From 0775b4a21936af27deded852bb815938bf7dfbb0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: sos Date: Sun, 27 Dec 1998 19:38:15 +0000 Subject: Remove LKM's depricated by modules. --- lkm/atapi/Makefile | 30 - lkm/ccd/Makefile | 15 - lkm/cd9660/Makefile | 11 - lkm/coda/Makefile | 10 - lkm/coff/Makefile | 11 - lkm/coff/coff.c | 62 -- lkm/fdesc/Makefile | 10 - lkm/fpu/Makefile | 10 - lkm/gnufpu/Makefile | 18 - lkm/ibcs2/Makefile | 24 - lkm/ibcs2/ibcs2 | 52 -- lkm/ibcs2/ibcs2.8 | 63 -- lkm/ibcs2/ibcs2.c | 60 -- lkm/if_disc/Makefile | 20 - lkm/if_ppp/Makefile | 58 -- lkm/if_sl/Makefile | 25 - lkm/if_tun/Makefile | 27 - lkm/ip_mroute_mod/Makefile | 9 - lkm/ipfw/Makefile | 17 - lkm/joy/Makefile | 22 - lkm/joy/joy | 4 - lkm/joy/joy.8 | 46 - lkm/kernfs/Makefile | 10 - lkm/linux/Makefile | 42 - lkm/linux/linux | 10 - lkm/linux/linux.8 | 45 - lkm/linux/linux.c | 87 -- lkm/mfs/Makefile | 10 - lkm/msdos/Makefile | 11 - lkm/nfs/Makefile | 23 - lkm/nullfs/Makefile | 14 - lkm/pcic/Makefile | 10 - lkm/portal/Makefile | 10 - lkm/procfs/Makefile | 15 - lkm/syscons/Makefile | 5 - lkm/syscons/blank/Makefile | 9 - lkm/syscons/blank/blank_saver.c | 121 --- lkm/syscons/daemon/Makefile | 9 - lkm/syscons/daemon/daemon_saver.c | 369 -------- lkm/syscons/fade/Makefile | 9 - lkm/syscons/fade/fade_saver.c | 137 --- lkm/syscons/green/Makefile | 9 - lkm/syscons/green/green_saver.c | 129 --- lkm/syscons/saver.h | 44 - lkm/syscons/snake/Makefile | 9 - lkm/syscons/snake/snake_saver.c | 150 ---- lkm/syscons/star/Makefile | 9 - lkm/syscons/star/star_saver.c | 113 --- lkm/umapfs/Makefile | 10 - lkm/union/Makefile | 10 - lkm/vesa/Makefile | 19 - lkm/vinum/COPYRIGHT | 37 - lkm/vinum/Makefile | 26 - lkm/vinum/config.c | 1723 ------------------------------------- lkm/vinum/interrupt.c | 198 ----- lkm/vinum/io.c | 907 ------------------- lkm/vinum/lock.c | 137 --- lkm/vinum/makestatetext | 40 - lkm/vinum/memory.c | 198 ----- lkm/vinum/parser.c | 206 ----- lkm/vinum/request.c | 966 --------------------- lkm/vinum/request.h | 191 ---- lkm/vinum/revive.c | 129 --- lkm/vinum/state.c | 799 ----------------- lkm/vinum/statetexts.h | 88 -- lkm/vinum/util.c | 211 ----- lkm/vinum/vinum.c | 544 ------------ lkm/vinum/vinumext.h | 204 ----- lkm/vinum/vinumhdr.h | 103 --- lkm/vinum/vinumio.h | 141 --- lkm/vinum/vinumioctl.c | 795 ----------------- lkm/vinum/vinumkw.h | 120 --- lkm/vinum/vinumstate.h | 213 ----- lkm/vinum/vinumvar.h | 516 ----------- sys/dev/vinum/COPYRIGHT | 37 - sys/dev/vinum/Makefile | 26 - sys/dev/vinum/makestatetext | 40 - sys/dev/vinum/request.h | 191 ---- sys/dev/vinum/statetexts.h | 88 -- sys/dev/vinum/vinum.c | 544 ------------ sys/dev/vinum/vinumconfig.c | 1723 ------------------------------------- sys/dev/vinum/vinumext.h | 204 ----- sys/dev/vinum/vinumhdr.h | 103 --- sys/dev/vinum/vinuminterrupt.c | 198 ----- sys/dev/vinum/vinumio.c | 907 ------------------- sys/dev/vinum/vinumio.h | 141 --- sys/dev/vinum/vinumioctl.c | 795 ----------------- sys/dev/vinum/vinumkw.h | 120 --- sys/dev/vinum/vinumlock.c | 137 --- sys/dev/vinum/vinummemory.c | 198 ----- sys/dev/vinum/vinumparser.c | 206 ----- sys/dev/vinum/vinumrequest.c | 966 --------------------- sys/dev/vinum/vinumrevive.c | 129 --- sys/dev/vinum/vinumstate.c | 799 ----------------- sys/dev/vinum/vinumstate.h | 213 ----- sys/dev/vinum/vinumutil.c | 211 ----- sys/dev/vinum/vinumvar.h | 516 ----------- 97 files changed, 19036 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 lkm/atapi/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/ccd/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/cd9660/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/coda/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/coff/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/coff/coff.c delete mode 100644 lkm/fdesc/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/fpu/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/gnufpu/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/ibcs2/Makefile delete mode 100755 lkm/ibcs2/ibcs2 delete mode 100644 lkm/ibcs2/ibcs2.8 delete mode 100644 lkm/ibcs2/ibcs2.c delete mode 100644 lkm/if_disc/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/if_ppp/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/if_sl/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/if_tun/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/ip_mroute_mod/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/ipfw/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/joy/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/joy/joy delete mode 100644 lkm/joy/joy.8 delete mode 100644 lkm/kernfs/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/linux/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/linux/linux delete mode 100644 lkm/linux/linux.8 delete mode 100644 lkm/linux/linux.c delete mode 100644 lkm/mfs/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/msdos/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/nfs/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/nullfs/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/pcic/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/portal/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/procfs/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/syscons/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/syscons/blank/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/syscons/blank/blank_saver.c delete mode 100644 lkm/syscons/daemon/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/syscons/daemon/daemon_saver.c delete mode 100644 lkm/syscons/fade/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/syscons/fade/fade_saver.c delete mode 100644 lkm/syscons/green/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/syscons/green/green_saver.c delete mode 100644 lkm/syscons/saver.h delete mode 100644 lkm/syscons/snake/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/syscons/snake/snake_saver.c delete mode 100644 lkm/syscons/star/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/syscons/star/star_saver.c delete mode 100644 lkm/umapfs/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/union/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/vesa/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/vinum/COPYRIGHT delete mode 100644 lkm/vinum/Makefile delete mode 100644 lkm/vinum/config.c delete mode 100644 lkm/vinum/interrupt.c delete mode 100644 lkm/vinum/io.c delete mode 100644 lkm/vinum/lock.c delete mode 100755 lkm/vinum/makestatetext delete mode 100644 lkm/vinum/memory.c delete mode 100644 lkm/vinum/parser.c delete mode 100644 lkm/vinum/request.c delete mode 100644 lkm/vinum/request.h delete mode 100644 lkm/vinum/revive.c delete mode 100644 lkm/vinum/state.c delete mode 100644 lkm/vinum/statetexts.h delete mode 100644 lkm/vinum/util.c delete mode 100644 lkm/vinum/vinum.c delete mode 100644 lkm/vinum/vinumext.h delete mode 100644 lkm/vinum/vinumhdr.h delete mode 100644 lkm/vinum/vinumio.h delete mode 100644 lkm/vinum/vinumioctl.c delete mode 100644 lkm/vinum/vinumkw.h delete mode 100644 lkm/vinum/vinumstate.h delete mode 100644 lkm/vinum/vinumvar.h delete mode 100644 sys/dev/vinum/COPYRIGHT delete mode 100644 sys/dev/vinum/Makefile delete mode 100755 sys/dev/vinum/makestatetext delete mode 100644 sys/dev/vinum/request.h delete mode 100644 sys/dev/vinum/statetexts.h delete mode 100644 sys/dev/vinum/vinum.c delete mode 100644 sys/dev/vinum/vinumconfig.c delete mode 100644 sys/dev/vinum/vinumext.h delete mode 100644 sys/dev/vinum/vinumhdr.h delete mode 100644 sys/dev/vinum/vinuminterrupt.c delete mode 100644 sys/dev/vinum/vinumio.c delete mode 100644 sys/dev/vinum/vinumio.h delete mode 100644 sys/dev/vinum/vinumioctl.c delete mode 100644 sys/dev/vinum/vinumkw.h delete mode 100644 sys/dev/vinum/vinumlock.c delete mode 100644 sys/dev/vinum/vinummemory.c delete mode 100644 sys/dev/vinum/vinumparser.c delete mode 100644 sys/dev/vinum/vinumrequest.c delete mode 100644 sys/dev/vinum/vinumrevive.c delete mode 100644 sys/dev/vinum/vinumstate.c delete mode 100644 sys/dev/vinum/vinumstate.h delete mode 100644 sys/dev/vinum/vinumutil.c delete mode 100644 sys/dev/vinum/vinumvar.h diff --git a/lkm/atapi/Makefile b/lkm/atapi/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index fce2cd1..0000000 --- a/lkm/atapi/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.10 1998/02/01 17:53:53 bde Exp $ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/i386/isa -KMOD = atapi_mod -SRCS = atapi.c wdc.h opt_atapi.h #wcd.h -NOMAN = -CFLAGS += -DATAPI_MODULE -CLEANFILES += wdc.h wcd.h opt_atapi.h -EXPORT_SYMS = _atapi_mod _atapi_debug_ptr _atapi_intr_ptr \ - _atapi_request_callback_ptr _atapi_request_immediate_ptr \ - _atapi_request_wait_ptr _atapi_start_ptr - -load: ${PROG} - ${MODLOAD} -u -e atapi_mod $(PROG) - -unload: ${PROG} - ${MODUNLOAD} -n atapi - -wdc.h: - echo "#define NWDC 2" > wdc.h - -# echo "#define NWD 4" >> wdc.h - -wcd.h: - echo "#define NWCD 1" > wcd.h - -opt_atapi.h: - echo "#define ATAPI 1"> opt_atapi.h - -.include diff --git a/lkm/ccd/Makefile b/lkm/ccd/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index b5b989b..0000000 --- a/lkm/ccd/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.5 1997/02/22 12:47:41 peter Exp $ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/dev/ccd -KMOD= ccd_mod -SRCS= ccd.c ccd.h vnode_if.h -NOMAN= -PSEUDO_LKM= - -NCCD?= 4 -CLEANFILES+= ccd.h vnode_if.h vnode_if.c - -ccd.h: - echo "#define NCCD ${NCCD}" > ccd.h - -.include diff --git a/lkm/cd9660/Makefile b/lkm/cd9660/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index bcf4cbc..0000000 --- a/lkm/cd9660/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.4 1998/02/04 21:56:34 eivind Exp $ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/isofs/cd9660 -KMOD= cd9660_mod -SRCS= cd9660_bmap.c cd9660_lookup.c cd9660_node.c cd9660_rrip.c \ - cd9660_util.c cd9660_vfsops.c cd9660_vnops.c -NOMAN= -VFS_LKM= -CFLAGS+= -DCD9660 - -.include diff --git a/lkm/coda/Makefile b/lkm/coda/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index c014608..0000000 --- a/lkm/coda/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.1.1.1 1998/09/25 17:47:48 rvb Exp $ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/coda -KMOD= coda_mod -SRCS= coda_fbsd.c coda_namecache.c coda_psdev.c coda_subr.c \ - coda_venus.c coda_vfsops.c coda_vnops.c -NOMAN= -VFS_LKM= - -.include diff --git a/lkm/coff/Makefile b/lkm/coff/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index e9f2910..0000000 --- a/lkm/coff/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.5 1998/02/01 18:12:12 bde Exp $ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/i386/ibcs2 -KMOD= ibcs2_coff_mod -SRCS= coff.c imgact_coff.c vnode_if.h -NOMAN= -CLEANFILES+= vnode_if.h vnode_if.c -CFLAGS+= -DLKM -DCOMPAT_IBCS2 -DEPLKMS=${.OBJDIR}/../ibcs2/ibcs2_mod.o - -.include diff --git a/lkm/coff/coff.c b/lkm/coff/coff.c deleted file mode 100644 index cc12cdf..0000000 --- a/lkm/coff/coff.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1994 Søren Schmidt - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer - * in this position and unchanged. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products - * derived from this software withough specific prior written permission - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES - * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. - * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, - * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT - * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, - * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY - * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT - * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF - * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * $Id: coff.c,v 1.9 1997/04/06 10:47:39 dufault Exp $ - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -extern const struct execsw coff_execsw; - -MOD_EXEC(ibcs2_coff, -1, &coff_execsw); - -static int -ibcs2_coff_load(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd) -{ - /* uprintf("coff loader installed\n"); XXX shut up, you! */ - return 0; -} - -static int -ibcs2_coff_unload(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd) -{ - uprintf("coff loader removed\n"); - return 0; -} - -int -ibcs2_coff_mod(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd, int ver) -{ - MOD_DISPATCH(ibcs2_coff, lkmtp, cmd, ver, - ibcs2_coff_load, ibcs2_coff_unload, lkm_nullcmd); -} diff --git a/lkm/fdesc/Makefile b/lkm/fdesc/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 9082068..0000000 --- a/lkm/fdesc/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -# $Id$ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/miscfs/fdesc -KMOD= fdesc_mod -SRCS= fdesc_vfsops.c fdesc_vnops.c -NOMAN= -VFS_LKM= -CFLAGS+= -DFDESC - -.include diff --git a/lkm/fpu/Makefile b/lkm/fpu/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 5a16be5..0000000 --- a/lkm/fpu/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.3 1997/02/22 12:47:51 peter Exp $ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/i386/i386 -KMOD= fpu_mod -SRCS= math_emulate.c -NOMAN= -PSEUDO_LKM= -CFLAGS+= -DLKM - -.include diff --git a/lkm/gnufpu/Makefile b/lkm/gnufpu/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 85610c2..0000000 --- a/lkm/gnufpu/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.4 1997/07/20 08:46:30 bde Exp $ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/gnu/i386/fpemul -KMOD= gnufpu_mod -SRCS= div_small.s errors.c fpu_arith.c fpu_aux.c fpu_entry.c fpu_etc.c \ - fpu_trig.c get_address.c load_store.c poly_2xm1.c poly_atan.c \ - poly_div.s poly_l2.c poly_mul64.s poly_sin.c poly_tan.c \ - polynomial.s reg_add_sub.c reg_compare.c reg_constant.c reg_div.s \ - reg_ld_str.c reg_u_mul.s reg_u_sub.s wm_shrx.s wm_sqrt.s -NOMAN= -PSEUDO_LKM= -CFLAGS+= -DLKM - -.s.o: - ${CC} -x assembler-with-cpp -DLOCORE ${CFLAGS} -c \ - ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET} - -.include diff --git a/lkm/ibcs2/Makefile b/lkm/ibcs2/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 0878459..0000000 --- a/lkm/ibcs2/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.17 1998/02/06 23:54:20 eivind Exp $ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/i386/ibcs2 -KMOD= ibcs2_mod -SRCS= ibcs2.c ibcs2_errno.c ibcs2_ipc.c ibcs2_stat.c ibcs2_misc.c \ - ibcs2_fcntl.c ibcs2_signal.c ibcs2_sysent.c ibcs2_ioctl.c \ - ibcs2_socksys.c ibcs2_util.c ibcs2_xenix.c ibcs2_xenix_sysent.c \ - ibcs2_isc.c ibcs2_isc_sysent.c \ - ibcs2_msg.c ibcs2_other.c ibcs2_sysi86.c ibcs2_sysvec.c \ - vnode_if.h opt_spx_hack.h -MAN8= ibcs2.8 - -CFLAGS+= -DLKM -DCOMPAT_IBCS2 -CLEANFILES+= vnode_if.h vnode_if.c opt_spx_hack.h -EXPORT_SYMS= _ibcs2_mod _ibcs2_emul_path _ibcs2_svr3_sysvec - -opt_spx_hack.h: - touch opt_spx_hack.h - -#afterinstall: -# ${INSTALL} -c -o ${BINOWN} -g ${BINGRP} -m ${BINMODE} \ -# ${.CURDIR}/ibcs2 ${DESTDIR}/usr/bin - -.include diff --git a/lkm/ibcs2/ibcs2 b/lkm/ibcs2/ibcs2 deleted file mode 100755 index a649885..0000000 --- a/lkm/ibcs2/ibcs2 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# -# Copyright (C) 1994-1997 -# FreeBSD Inc. All rights reserved. -# -# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -# are met: -# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -# -# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY FreeBSD Inc. AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND -# ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -# IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE -# ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL FreeBSD Inc. OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE -# FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL -# DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS -# OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) -# HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT -# LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -# OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF -# SUCH DAMAGE. -# -# $Id$ - - -PATH=/bin:/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin; export PATH - -if [ $# -le 1 ]; then - LOADERS="coff" # elf -fi - -set -e - -kernelfile=`sysctl -n kern.bootfile` -kernelfile=`basename $kernelfile` -newkernelfile="/tmp/_${kernelfile}+ibcs2$$" - -trap 'rm -f $newkernelfile; exit 1' 1 2 3 13 15 - -rm -f $newkernelfile -modload -e ibcs2_mod -o $newkernelfile -q /lkm/ibcs2_mod.o - -for loader in $LOADERS; do - modload -e ibcs2_${loader}_mod -o/tmp/ibcs2_${loader} -q -u \ - -A${newkernelfile} /lkm/ibcs2_${loader}_mod.o -done -rm -f ${newkernelfile} -set +e diff --git a/lkm/ibcs2/ibcs2.8 b/lkm/ibcs2/ibcs2.8 deleted file mode 100644 index 38b586e..0000000 --- a/lkm/ibcs2/ibcs2.8 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1995 Lyndon Nerenberg -.\" -.\" All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" This program is free software. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE DEVELOPERS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES -.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE DEVELOPERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, -.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT -.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, -.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY -.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT -.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF -.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" $Id: ibcs2.8,v 1.5 1998/05/19 03:31:34 jkoshy Exp $ -.\" -.Dd November 27, 1995 -.Dt IBCS2 8 -.Os FreeBSD-Experimental -.Sh NAME -.Nm ibcs2 -.Nd load iBCS2 runtime support for SCO and ISC binaries -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm ibcs2 -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm -utility loads kernel runtime support for iBCS2 compliant programs. -This runtime support is limited to emulation of the iBCS2 -system call interface, and is far from complete. COFF binaries -and shared libraries are supported, however no shared libraries -are provided with the FreeBSD distribution. -.Sh FILES -.Bl -tag -width /usr/share/examples/ibcs2/* -compact -.It Pa /lkm/ibcs2_mod.o -.It Pa /lkm/ibcs2_coff_mod.o -iBCS2 loadable kernel modules. -.Pp -.It Pa /usr/share/examples/ibcs2/* -Sample object files with which to test the emulator. -.Sh "SEE ALSO" -.Xr lkm 4 , -.Xr modload 8 -.Sh BUGS -The emulation is very incomplete. -.Pp -Running dynamically linked binaries requires access to an existing -SCO system from which you can grab the shared libraries. -.Pp -You can't really use this without reading the source code. diff --git a/lkm/ibcs2/ibcs2.c b/lkm/ibcs2/ibcs2.c deleted file mode 100644 index edc712e..0000000 --- a/lkm/ibcs2/ibcs2.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1994 Søren Schmidt - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer - * in this position and unchanged. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products - * derived from this software withough specific prior written permission - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES - * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. - * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, - * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT - * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, - * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY - * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT - * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF - * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * $Id: ibcs2.c,v 1.10 1997/04/06 10:47:52 dufault Exp $ - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -MOD_MISC(ibcs2); - -static int -ibcs2_load(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd) -{ - /* uprintf("ibcs2 emulator installed\n"); XXX - shut up, you! */ - return 0; -} - -static int -ibcs2_unload(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd) -{ - uprintf("ibcs2 emulator removed\n"); - return 0; -} - -int -ibcs2_mod(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd, int ver) -{ - MOD_DISPATCH(ibcs2, lkmtp, cmd, ver, - ibcs2_load, ibcs2_unload, lkm_nullcmd); -} diff --git a/lkm/if_disc/Makefile b/lkm/if_disc/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 747f942..0000000 --- a/lkm/if_disc/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.4 1998/01/08 23:50:13 eivind Exp $ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/net -KMOD= if_disc_mod -SRCS= if_disc.c bpfilter.h opt_inet.h -NOMAN= -PSEUDO_LKM= - -NBPFILTER?= 0 - -CFLAGS+= ${PROTOS} -CLEANFILES+= bpfilter.h opt_inet.h - -bpfilter.h: - echo "#define NBPFILTER ${NBPFILTER}" > bpfilter.h - -opt_inet.h: - echo "#define INET 1" > opt_inet.h - -.include diff --git a/lkm/if_ppp/Makefile b/lkm/if_ppp/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index e2721a0..0000000 --- a/lkm/if_ppp/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.13 1998/02/01 18:12:13 bde Exp $ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/net -KMOD= if_ppp_mod -SRCS= if_ppp.c ppp_tty.c slcompress.c \ - bpfilter.h ppp.h opt_inet.h opt_ipx.h opt_ppp.h -NOMAN= -PSEUDO_LKM= - -NPPP?= 2 -PPP_BSDCOMP?= 1 # 0/1 -PPP_DEFLATE?= 1 # 0/1 -PPP_FILTER?= 0 # 0/1 - requires bpf to be configured in kernel -PPP_INET?= 1 # 0/1 - requires INET to be configured in kernel -PPP_IPX?= 0 # 0/1 - requires IPX to be configured in kernel - -CFLAGS+= ${PROTOS} - -.if ${PPP_BSDCOMP} > 0 -SRCS+= bsd_comp.c -.endif -.if ${PPP_DEFLATE} > 0 -SRCS+= ppp_deflate.c zlib.c -.endif - -CLEANFILES+= bpfilter.h opt_inet.h opt_ipx.h opt_ppp.h ppp.h - -bpfilter.h: - echo "#define NBPFILTER ${PPP_FILTER}" > bpfilter.h - -ppp.h: - echo "#define NPPP ${NPPP}" > ppp.h - -opt_inet.h: - touch opt_inet.h -.if ${PPP_INET} > 0 - echo "#define INET 1" > opt_inet.h -.endif - -opt_ipx.h: - touch opt_ipx.h -.if ${PPP_IPX} > 0 - echo "#define IPX ${PPP_IPX}" > opt_ipx.h -.endif - -opt_ppp.h: - touch opt_ppp.h -.if ${PPP_BSDCOMP} > 0 - echo "#define PPP_BSDCOMP ${PPP_BSDCOMP}" > opt_ppp.h -.endif -.if ${PPP_DEFLATE} > 0 - echo "#define PPP_DEFLATE ${PPP_DEFLATE}" >> opt_ppp.h -.endif -.if ${PPP_FILTER} > 0 - echo "#define PPP_FILTER ${PPP_FILTER}" >> opt_ppp.h -.endif - -.include diff --git a/lkm/if_sl/Makefile b/lkm/if_sl/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 5825951..0000000 --- a/lkm/if_sl/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.5 1998/01/08 23:50:23 eivind Exp $ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/net -KMOD= if_sl_mod -SRCS= if_sl.c slcompress.c bpfilter.h opt_inet.h sl.h -NOMAN= -PSEUDO_LKM= - -NBPFILTER?= 0 -NSL?= 2 -PROTOS?= -DINET - -CFLAGS+= ${PROTOS} -CLEANFILES+= bpfilter.h opt_inet.h sl.h - -bpfilter.h: - echo "#define NBPFILTER ${NBPFILTER}" > bpfilter.h - -opt_inet.h: - echo "#define INET 1" > opt_inet.h - -sl.h: - echo "#define NSL ${NSL}" > sl.h - -.include diff --git a/lkm/if_tun/Makefile b/lkm/if_tun/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 33e9c2e..0000000 --- a/lkm/if_tun/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.5 1998/01/24 02:21:49 eivind Exp $ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/net -KMOD= if_tun_mod -SRCS= if_tun.c bpfilter.h opt_devfs.h opt_inet.h tun.h -NOMAN= -PSEUDO_LKM= - -NBPFILTER?= 0 -NTUN?= 2 - -CFLAGS+= ${PROTOS} -CLEANFILES+= bpfilter.h opt_devfs.h opt_inet.h tun.h - -bpfilter.h: - echo "#define NBPFILTER ${NBPFILTER}" > bpfilter.h - -opt_devfs.h: - touch opt_devfs.h - -opt_inet.h: - echo "#define INET 1" > opt_inet.h - -tun.h: - echo "#define NTUN ${NTUN}" > tun.h - -.include diff --git a/lkm/ip_mroute_mod/Makefile b/lkm/ip_mroute_mod/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 7e78283..0000000 --- a/lkm/ip_mroute_mod/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -# $Id$ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/netinet -KMOD= ip_mroute_mod -SRCS= ip_mroute.c -NOMAN= -CFLAGS+= -DMROUTE_LKM -DMROUTING - -.include diff --git a/lkm/ipfw/Makefile b/lkm/ipfw/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 2afebe8..0000000 --- a/lkm/ipfw/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.7 1997/02/22 12:48:14 peter Exp $ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/netinet -KMOD= ipfw_mod -SRCS= ip_fw.c -NOMAN= -CFLAGS+= -DIPFIREWALL -DIPFIREWALL_MODULE -# -#If you want it verbose -#CFLAGS+= -DIPFIREWALL_VERBOSE -#CFLAGS+= -DIPFIREWALL_VERBOSE_LIMIT=100 -# -#If you want it to pass all packets by default -#CFLAGS+= -DIPFIREWALL_DEFAULT_TO_ACCEPT -# - -.include diff --git a/lkm/joy/Makefile b/lkm/joy/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 1c0d08f..0000000 --- a/lkm/joy/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.7 1998/02/01 18:12:15 bde Exp $ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/i386/isa -KMOD = joy_mod -SRCS = joy.c joy.h opt_devfs.h -MAN8 = joy.8 - -CFLAGS += -DJOY_MODULE -CLEANFILES += joy.h opt_devfs.h - -joy.h: - echo "#define NJOY 1" > joy.h - -opt_devfs.h: - touch opt_devfs.h - - -#afterinstall: -# ${INSTALL} -c -o ${BINOWN} -g ${BINGRP} -m ${BINMODE} \ -# ${.CURDIR}/joy ${DESTDIR}/usr/bin - -.include diff --git a/lkm/joy/joy b/lkm/joy/joy deleted file mode 100644 index 3f5bbb9..0000000 --- a/lkm/joy/joy +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# $Id$ - -modload -q -u -A `sysctl -n kern.bootfile` /lkm/joy_mod.o diff --git a/lkm/joy/joy.8 b/lkm/joy/joy.8 deleted file mode 100644 index aa6255b..0000000 --- a/lkm/joy/joy.8 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1996 Jean-Marc Zucconi -.\" All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE DEVELOPERS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES -.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE DEVELOPERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, -.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT -.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, -.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY -.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT -.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF -.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" $Id$ -.\" -.Dd March 16, 1996 -.Dt JOY 8 -.Os FreeBSD -.Sh NAME -.Nm joy -.Nd load the joystick driver kernel module -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm joy -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm -utility loads the joystick driver kernel module. -.Sh FILES -.Bl -tag -width /lkm/joy_mod.o -.It Pa /lkm/joy_mod.o -joystick loadable kernel module. -.Sh "SEE ALSO" -.Xr joy 4 , -.Xr lkm 4 , -.Xr modload 8 diff --git a/lkm/kernfs/Makefile b/lkm/kernfs/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 8139d94..0000000 --- a/lkm/kernfs/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -# $Id$ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/miscfs/kernfs -KMOD= kernfs_mod -SRCS= kernfs_vfsops.c kernfs_vnops.c -NOMAN= -VFS_LKM= -CFLAGS+= -DKERNFS - -.include diff --git a/lkm/linux/Makefile b/lkm/linux/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 81ef2fe..0000000 --- a/lkm/linux/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.18 1998/07/07 02:04:20 bde Exp $ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/i386/linux -KMOD= linux_mod -SRCS= linux.c linux_file.c linux_ioctl.c linux_misc.c linux_signal.c \ - linux_ipc.c linux_socket.c linux_stats.c \ - linux_dummy.c linux_sysent.c linux_sysvec.c linux_util.c \ - imgact_linux.c opt_compat.h opt_linux.h opt_vmpage.h vnode_if.h -OBJS= linux_locore.o -MAN8= linux.8 - -CFLAGS+= -DLKM -DCOMPAT_LINUX #-DDEBUG -EXPORT_SYMS=_linux_mod -CLEANFILES+= vnode_if.h vnode_if.c linux_genassym.o linux_genassym \ - linux_assym.h opt_compat.h opt_linux.h opt_vmpage.h - -build-tools: linux_genassym - -linux_assym.h: linux_genassym - ./linux_genassym > linux_assym.h - -linux_locore.o: linux_locore.s linux_assym.h - ${CC} -c -x assembler-with-cpp -DLOCORE -DKERNEL ${CFLAGS} \ - ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET} - -linux_genassym.o: linux_genassym.c linux.h @ machine - ${CC} -c ${CFLAGS} -UKERNEL ${.IMPSRC} - -linux_genassym: linux_genassym.o - ${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} -o ${.TARGET} ${.ALLSRC} - -opt_compat.h: - echo "#define COMPAT_43 1" > opt_compat.h - -opt_linux.h opt_vmpage.h: - touch ${.TARGET} - -#afterinstall: -# ${INSTALL} -c -o ${BINOWN} -g ${BINGRP} -m ${BINMODE} \ -# ${.CURDIR}/linux ${DESTDIR}/usr/bin - -.include diff --git a/lkm/linux/linux b/lkm/linux/linux deleted file mode 100644 index 9945a99..0000000 --- a/lkm/linux/linux +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh - -# $Id: linux,v 1.4 1997/02/22 12:48:25 peter Exp $ - -if modstat -n linux_mod > /dev/null ; then - echo Linux lkm already loaded - exit 1 -else - modload -e linux_mod -u -q -o /tmp/linux_mod /lkm/linux_mod.o -fi diff --git a/lkm/linux/linux.8 b/lkm/linux/linux.8 deleted file mode 100644 index 6cde622..0000000 --- a/lkm/linux/linux.8 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -.\" -.\" Copyright (c) 1997 -.\" The FreeBSD Project. All rights reserved. -.\" -.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions -.\" are met: -.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. -.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright -.\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the -.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. -.\" -.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE DEVELOPERS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR -.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES -.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. -.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE DEVELOPERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, -.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT -.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, -.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY -.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT -.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF -.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. -.\" -.\" $Id$ -.\" -.Dd January 9, 1997 -.Dt LINUX 8 -.Os FreeBSD -.Sh NAME -.Nm linux -.Nd load the Linux emulator kernel module -.Sh SYNOPSIS -.Nm linux -.Sh DESCRIPTION -The -.Nm -utility loads the Linux emulator kernel module. -.Sh FILES -.Bl -tag -width /lkm/linux_mod.o -.It Pa /lkm/linux_mod.o -Linux emulator loadable kernel module. -.Sh SEE ALSO -.Xr lkm 4 , -.Xr modload 8 diff --git a/lkm/linux/linux.c b/lkm/linux/linux.c deleted file mode 100644 index b3da352..0000000 --- a/lkm/linux/linux.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1994 Søren Schmidt - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer - * in this position and unchanged. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products - * derived from this software withough specific prior written permission - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES - * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. - * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, - * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT - * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, - * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY - * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT - * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF - * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * $Id: linux.c,v 1.13 1998/09/17 22:08:34 msmith Exp $ - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include "i386/linux/linux.h" - -extern const struct execsw linux_execsw; - -MOD_EXEC(linux, -1, &linux_execsw); - -extern Elf32_Brandinfo *linux_brandlist[]; - -static int -linux_load(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd) -{ - Elf32_Brandinfo **brandinfo; - int error; - - error = 0; - - for (brandinfo = &linux_brandlist[0]; *brandinfo != NULL; ++brandinfo) - if (elf_insert_brand_entry(*brandinfo) < 0) - error = 1; - - if (error) - printf("Could not install ELF interpreter entry\n"); - /* uprintf("Linux emulator installed\n"); XXX - shut up, you! */ - return 0; -} - -static int -linux_unload(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd) -{ - Elf32_Brandinfo **brandinfo; - int error; - - error = 0; - - for (brandinfo = &linux_brandlist[0]; *brandinfo != NULL; ++brandinfo) - if (elf_remove_brand_entry(*brandinfo) < 0) - error = 1; - - if (error) - uprintf("Could not deinstall ELF interpreter entry\n"); - uprintf("Linux emulator removed\n"); - return 0; -} - -int -linux_mod(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd, int ver) -{ - MOD_DISPATCH(linux,lkmtp, cmd, ver, - linux_load, linux_unload, lkm_nullcmd); -} diff --git a/lkm/mfs/Makefile b/lkm/mfs/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index ee0afa8..0000000 --- a/lkm/mfs/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -# $Id$ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/ufs/mfs -KMOD= mfs_mod -SRCS= mfs_vfsops.c mfs_vnops.c -NOMAN= -VFS_LKM= -CFLAGS+= -DFFS -DMFS - -.include diff --git a/lkm/msdos/Makefile b/lkm/msdos/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 40aa777..0000000 --- a/lkm/msdos/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.5 1998/02/04 21:56:36 eivind Exp $ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/msdosfs -KMOD= msdos_mod -SRCS= msdosfs_conv.c msdosfs_denode.c msdosfs_fat.c msdosfs_lookup.c \ - msdosfs_vfsops.c msdosfs_vnops.c -NOMAN= -VFS_LKM= -CFLAGS+= -DMSDOSFS - -.include diff --git a/lkm/nfs/Makefile b/lkm/nfs/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 71b19a9..0000000 --- a/lkm/nfs/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -# $Id$ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/nfs -KMOD= nfs_mod -SRCS= nfs_bio.c nfs_node.c nfs_nqlease.c nfs_serv.c nfs_socket.c \ - nfs_srvcache.c nfs_subs.c nfs_syscalls.c nfs_vfsops.c \ - nfs_vnops.c opt_inet.h opt_nfs.h opt_vmpage.h -NFS_INET?= 1 # 0/1 - requires INET to be configured in kernel -NOMAN= -VFS_LKM= -CFLAGS+= -DNFS -CLEANFILES= opt_inet.h opt_nfs.h opt_vmpage.h - -opt_inet.h: - touch ${.TARGET} -.if ${NFS_INET} > 0 - echo "#define INET 1" > ${.TARGET} -.endif - -opt_nfs.h opt_vmpage.h: - touch ${.TARGET} - -.include diff --git a/lkm/nullfs/Makefile b/lkm/nullfs/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index e4e684a..0000000 --- a/lkm/nullfs/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.5 1998/02/04 21:56:37 eivind Exp $ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/miscfs/nullfs -KMOD= null_mod -SRCS= null_subr.c null_vfsops.c null_vnops.c opt_debug_nullfs.h -NOMAN= -VFS_LKM= -CFLAGS+= -DNULLFS -CLEANFILES= opt_debug_nullfs.h - -opt_debug_nullfs.h: - touch ${.TARGET} - -.include diff --git a/lkm/pcic/Makefile b/lkm/pcic/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 60f7f90..0000000 --- a/lkm/pcic/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -# $Id$ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/pccard -KMOD= pcic_mod -SRCS= pcic.c -NOMAN= -PSEUDO_LKM= -CFLAGS+= -DLKM - -.include diff --git a/lkm/portal/Makefile b/lkm/portal/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 4d503f7..0000000 --- a/lkm/portal/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -# $Id$ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/miscfs/portal -KMOD= portal_mod -SRCS= portal_vfsops.c portal_vnops.c -NOMAN= -VFS_LKM= -CFLAGS+= -DPORTAL - -.include diff --git a/lkm/procfs/Makefile b/lkm/procfs/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 59089e5..0000000 --- a/lkm/procfs/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.11 1998/07/25 15:52:43 alex Exp $ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/miscfs/procfs -KMOD= procfs_mod -SRCS= opt_vmpage.h procfs_ctl.c procfs_map.c procfs_note.c procfs_status.c \ - procfs_subr.c procfs_type.c procfs_vfsops.c procfs_vnops.c -NOMAN= -VFS_LKM= -CFLAGS+= -DPROCFS -CLEANFILES+= opt_vmpage.h - -opt_vmpage.h: - touch ${.TARGET} - -.include diff --git a/lkm/syscons/Makefile b/lkm/syscons/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 195fd03..0000000 --- a/lkm/syscons/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.3 1997/02/22 12:48:58 peter Exp $ - -SUBDIR= blank daemon fade green snake star - -.include diff --git a/lkm/syscons/blank/Makefile b/lkm/syscons/blank/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 7289b03..0000000 --- a/lkm/syscons/blank/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.6 1997/07/15 14:49:08 yokota Exp $ - -KMOD= blank_saver_mod -SRCS= blank_saver.c - -NOMAN= -CFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/.. - -.include diff --git a/lkm/syscons/blank/blank_saver.c b/lkm/syscons/blank/blank_saver.c deleted file mode 100644 index 1bb7323..0000000 --- a/lkm/syscons/blank/blank_saver.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1995-1998 Søren Schmidt - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer, - * without modification, immediately at the beginning of the file. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products - * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES - * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. - * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, - * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT - * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, - * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY - * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT - * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF - * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * $Id: blank_saver.c,v 1.12 1998/09/15 18:16:38 sos Exp $ - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include - -#include - -MOD_MISC(blank_saver); - -static void -blank_saver(int blank) -{ - u_char val; - if (blank) { - scrn_blanked = 1; - cur_console->status |= SAVER_RUNNING; - switch (crtc_type) { - case KD_VGA: - outb(TSIDX, 0x01); val = inb(TSREG); - outb(TSIDX, 0x01); outb(TSREG, val | 0x20); - break; - case KD_EGA: - /* not yet done XXX */ - break; - case KD_CGA: - outb(crtc_addr + 4, 0x25); - break; - case KD_MONO: - case KD_HERCULES: - outb(crtc_addr + 4, 0x21); - break; - default: - break; - } - } - else { - switch (crtc_type) { - case KD_VGA: - outb(TSIDX, 0x01); val = inb(TSREG); - outb(TSIDX, 0x01); outb(TSREG, val & 0xDF); - break; - case KD_EGA: - /* not yet done XXX */ - break; - case KD_CGA: - outb(crtc_addr + 4, 0x2d); - break; - case KD_MONO: - case KD_HERCULES: - outb(crtc_addr + 4, 0x29); - break; - default: - break; - } - cur_console->status &= ~SAVER_RUNNING; - scrn_blanked = 0; - } -} - -static int -blank_saver_load(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd) -{ - switch (crtc_type) { - case KD_MONO: - case KD_HERCULES: - case KD_CGA: - case KD_VGA: - break; - case KD_EGA: - /* EGA is yet to be supported */ - default: - return ENODEV; - } - return add_scrn_saver(blank_saver); -} - -static int -blank_saver_unload(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd) -{ - return remove_scrn_saver(blank_saver); -} - -int -blank_saver_mod(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd, int ver) -{ - MOD_DISPATCH(blank_saver, lkmtp, cmd, ver, - blank_saver_load, blank_saver_unload, lkm_nullcmd); -} diff --git a/lkm/syscons/daemon/Makefile b/lkm/syscons/daemon/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index d823bfd..0000000 --- a/lkm/syscons/daemon/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.3 1997/07/15 14:49:13 yokota Exp $ - -KMOD= daemon_saver_mod -SRCS= daemon_saver.c - -NOMAN= -CFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/.. - -.include diff --git a/lkm/syscons/daemon/daemon_saver.c b/lkm/syscons/daemon/daemon_saver.c deleted file mode 100644 index 59e99f0..0000000 --- a/lkm/syscons/daemon/daemon_saver.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,369 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997 Sandro Sigala, Brescia, Italy. - * Copyright (c) 1997 Chris Shenton - * Copyright (c) 1995 S ren Schmidt - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer - * in this position and unchanged. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES - * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. - * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, - * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT - * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, - * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY - * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT - * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF - * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * $Id: daemon_saver.c,v 1.10 1998/09/15 18:16:38 sos Exp $ - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include -#include - -#include - -#define CONSOLE_VECT(x, y) \ - (window + (y)*cur_console->xsize + (x)) - -#define DAEMON_MAX_WIDTH 32 -#define DAEMON_MAX_HEIGHT 19 - -MOD_MISC(daemon_saver); - -static char *message; -static int messagelen; -static u_short *window; - -/* Who is the author of this ASCII pic? */ - -static char *daemon_pic[] = { - " , ,", - " /( )`", - " \\ \\___ / |", - " /- _ `-/ '", - " (/\\/ \\ \\ /\\", - " / / | ` \\", - " O O ) / |", - " `-^--'`< '", - " (_.) _ ) /", - " `.___/` /", - " `-----' /", - "<----. __ / __ \\", - "<----|====O)))==) \\) /====", - "<----' `--' `.__,' \\", - " | |", - " \\ / /\\", - " ______( (_ / \\______/", - " ,' ,-----' |", - " `--{__________)", - NULL -}; - -static char *daemon_attr[] = { - " R R", - " RR RR", - " R RRRR R R", - " RR W RRR R", - " RWWW W R RR", - " W W W R R", - " B B W R R", - " WWWWWWRR R", - " RRRR R R R", - " RRRRRRR R", - " RRRRRRR R", - "YYYYYY RR R RR R", - "YYYYYYYYYYRRRRYYR RR RYYYY", - "YYYYYY RRRR RRRRRR R", - " R R", - " R R RR", - " CCCCCCR RR R RRRRRRRR", - " CC CCCCCCC C", - " CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC", - NULL -}; - -/* - * Reverse a graphics character, or return unaltered if no mirror; - * should do alphanumerics too, but I'm too lazy. - */ - -static char -xflip_symbol(char symbol) -{ - static const char lchars[] = "`'(){}[]\\/<>"; - static const char rchars[] = "'`)(}{][/\\><"; - int pos; - - for (pos = 0; lchars[pos] != '\0'; pos++) - if (lchars[pos] == symbol) - return rchars[pos]; - - return symbol; -} - -static void -clear_daemon(int xpos, int ypos, int dxdir, int xoff, int yoff, - int xlen, int ylen) -{ - int y; - - if (xlen <= 0) - return; - for (y = yoff; y < ylen; y++) - fillw(((FG_LIGHTGREY|BG_BLACK) << 8) | scr_map[0x20], - CONSOLE_VECT(xpos + xoff, ypos + y), xlen - xoff); -} - -static void -draw_daemon(int xpos, int ypos, int dxdir, int xoff, int yoff, - int xlen, int ylen) -{ - int x, y; - int px; - int attr; - - for (y = yoff; y < ylen; y++) { - if (dxdir < 0) - px = xoff; - else - px = DAEMON_MAX_WIDTH - xlen; - if (px >= strlen(daemon_pic[y])) - continue; - for (x = xoff; (x < xlen) && (daemon_pic[y][px] != '\0'); x++, px++) { - switch (daemon_attr[y][px]) { - case 'R': attr = (FG_LIGHTRED|BG_BLACK)<<8; break; - case 'Y': attr = (FG_YELLOW|BG_BLACK)<<8; break; - case 'B': attr = (FG_LIGHTBLUE|BG_BLACK)<<8; break; - case 'W': attr = (FG_LIGHTGREY|BG_BLACK)<<8; break; - case 'C': attr = (FG_CYAN|BG_BLACK)<<8; break; - default: attr = (FG_WHITE|BG_BLACK)<<8; break; - } - if (dxdir < 0) { /* Moving left */ - *CONSOLE_VECT(xpos + x, ypos + y) = - scr_map[daemon_pic[y][px]]|attr; - } else { /* Moving right */ - *CONSOLE_VECT(xpos + DAEMON_MAX_WIDTH - px - 1, ypos + y) = - scr_map[xflip_symbol(daemon_pic[y][px])]|attr; - } - } - } -} - -static void -clear_string(int xpos, int ypos, int xoff, char *s, int len) -{ - if (len <= 0) - return; - fillw(((FG_LIGHTGREY|BG_BLACK) << 8) | scr_map[0x20], - CONSOLE_VECT(xpos + xoff, ypos), len - xoff); -} - -static void -draw_string(int xpos, int ypos, int xoff, char *s, int len) -{ - int x; - - for (x = xoff; x < len; x++) - *CONSOLE_VECT(xpos + x, ypos) = - scr_map[s[x]]|(FG_LIGHTGREEN|BG_BLACK)<<8; -} - -static void -daemon_saver(int blank) -{ - static int txpos = 10, typos = 10; - static int txdir = -1, tydir = -1; - static int dxpos = 0, dypos = 0; - static int dxdir = 1, dydir = 1; - static int moved_daemon = 0; - static int xoff, yoff, toff; - static int xlen, ylen, tlen; - scr_stat *scp = cur_console; - int min, max; - - if (blank) { - if (!ISTEXTSC(scp)) - return; - if (scrn_blanked == 0) { - scp->status |= SAVER_RUNNING; - window = (u_short *)(*biosvidsw.adapter)(scp->adp)->va_window; - /* clear the screen and set the border color */ - fillw(((FG_LIGHTGREY|BG_BLACK) << 8) | scr_map[0x20], - window, scp->xsize * scp->ysize); - set_border(scp, 0); - xlen = ylen = tlen = 0; - } - if (scrn_blanked++ < 2) - return; - scrn_blanked = 1; - - clear_daemon(dxpos, dypos, dxdir, xoff, yoff, xlen, ylen); - clear_string(txpos, typos, toff, (char *)message, tlen); - - if (++moved_daemon) { - /* - * The daemon picture may be off the screen, if - * screen size is chagened while the screen - * saver is inactive. Make sure the origin of - * the picture is between min and max. - */ - if (scp->xsize <= DAEMON_MAX_WIDTH) { - /* - * If the screen width is too narrow, we - * allow part of the picture go off - * the screen so that the daemon won't - * flip too often. - */ - min = scp->xsize - DAEMON_MAX_WIDTH - 10; - max = 10; - } else { - min = 0; - max = scp->xsize - DAEMON_MAX_WIDTH; - } - if (dxpos <= min) { - dxpos = min; - dxdir = 1; - } else if (dxpos >= max) { - dxpos = max; - dxdir = -1; - } - - if (scp->ysize <= DAEMON_MAX_HEIGHT) { - min = scp->ysize - DAEMON_MAX_HEIGHT - 10; - max = 10; - } else { - min = 0; - max = scp->ysize - DAEMON_MAX_HEIGHT; - } - if (dypos <= min) { - dypos = min; - dydir = 1; - } else if (dypos >= max) { - dypos = max; - dydir = -1; - } - - moved_daemon = -1; - dxpos += dxdir; dypos += dydir; - - /* clip the picture */ - xoff = 0; - xlen = DAEMON_MAX_WIDTH; - if (dxpos + xlen <= 0) - xlen = 0; - else if (dxpos < 0) - xoff = -dxpos; - if (dxpos >= scp->xsize) - xlen = 0; - else if (dxpos + xlen > scp->xsize) - xlen = scp->xsize - dxpos; - yoff = 0; - ylen = DAEMON_MAX_HEIGHT; - if (dypos + ylen <= 0) - ylen = 0; - else if (dypos < 0) - yoff = -dypos; - if (dypos >= scp->ysize) - ylen = 0; - else if (dypos + ylen > scp->ysize) - ylen = scp->ysize - dypos; - } - - if (scp->xsize <= messagelen) { - min = scp->xsize - messagelen - 10; - max = 10; - } else { - min = 0; - max = scp->xsize - messagelen; - } - if (txpos <= min) { - txpos = min; - txdir = 1; - } else if (txpos >= max) { - txpos = max; - txdir = -1; - } - if (typos <= 0) { - typos = 0; - tydir = 1; - } else if (typos >= scp->ysize - 1) { - typos = scp->ysize - 1; - tydir = -1; - } - txpos += txdir; typos += tydir; - - toff = 0; - tlen = messagelen; - if (txpos + tlen <= 0) - tlen = 0; - else if (txpos < 0) - toff = -txpos; - if (txpos >= scp->xsize) - tlen = 0; - else if (txpos + tlen > scp->xsize) - tlen = scp->xsize - txpos; - - draw_daemon(dxpos, dypos, dxdir, xoff, yoff, xlen, ylen); - draw_string(txpos, typos, toff, (char *)message, tlen); - } else { - if (scrn_blanked > 0) { - set_border(scp, scp->border); - scrn_blanked = 0; - scp->status &= ~SAVER_RUNNING; - } - } -} - -static int -daemon_saver_load(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd) -{ - int err; - - messagelen = strlen(hostname) + 3 + strlen(ostype) + 1 + - strlen(osrelease); - message = malloc(messagelen + 1, M_DEVBUF, M_WAITOK); - sprintf(message, "%s - %s %s", hostname, ostype, osrelease); - - err = add_scrn_saver(daemon_saver); - if (err != 0) - free(message, M_DEVBUF); - return err; -} - -static int -daemon_saver_unload(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd) -{ - int err; - - err = remove_scrn_saver(daemon_saver); - if (err == 0) - free(message, M_DEVBUF); - return err; -} - -int -daemon_saver_mod(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd, int ver) -{ - MOD_DISPATCH(daemon_saver, lkmtp, cmd, ver, - daemon_saver_load, daemon_saver_unload, lkm_nullcmd); -} diff --git a/lkm/syscons/fade/Makefile b/lkm/syscons/fade/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index f9b8030..0000000 --- a/lkm/syscons/fade/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.6 1997/07/15 14:49:23 yokota Exp $ - -KMOD= fade_saver_mod -SRCS= fade_saver.c - -NOMAN= -CFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/.. - -.include diff --git a/lkm/syscons/fade/fade_saver.c b/lkm/syscons/fade/fade_saver.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0d31bd6..0000000 --- a/lkm/syscons/fade/fade_saver.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1995-1998 Søren Schmidt - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer, - * without modification, immediately at the beginning of the file. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products - * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES - * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. - * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, - * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT - * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, - * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY - * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT - * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF - * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * $Id: fade_saver.c,v 1.13 1998/09/15 18:16:39 sos Exp $ - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include - -#include - -MOD_MISC(fade_saver); - -static void -fade_saver(int blank) -{ - static int count = 0; - u_char pal[256*3]; - int i; - - if (blank) { - scrn_blanked = 1; - cur_console->status |= SAVER_RUNNING; - switch (crtc_type) { - case KD_VGA: - if (count < 64) { - pal[0] = pal[1] = pal[2] = 0; - for (i = 3; i < 256*3; i++) { - if (palette[i] - count > 60) - pal[i] = palette[i] - count; - else - pal[i] = 60; - } - load_palette(cur_console, pal); - count++; - } - break; - case KD_EGA: - /* not yet done XXX */ - break; - case KD_CGA: - outb(crtc_addr + 4, 0x25); - break; - case KD_MONO: - case KD_HERCULES: - outb(crtc_addr + 4, 0x21); - break; - default: - break; - } - } - else { - switch (crtc_type) { - case KD_VGA: - load_palette(cur_console, palette); - count = 0; - break; - case KD_EGA: - /* not yet done XXX */ - break; - case KD_CGA: - outb(crtc_addr + 4, 0x2d); - break; - case KD_MONO: - case KD_HERCULES: - outb(crtc_addr + 4, 0x29); - break; - default: - break; - } - cur_console->status &= ~SAVER_RUNNING; - scrn_blanked = 0; - } -} - -static int -fade_saver_load(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd) -{ - switch (crtc_type) { - case KD_MONO: - case KD_HERCULES: - case KD_CGA: - /* - * `fade' saver is not fully implemented for MDA and CGA. - * It simply blanks the display instead. - */ - case KD_VGA: - break; - case KD_EGA: - /* EGA is yet to be supported */ - default: - return ENODEV; - } - return add_scrn_saver(fade_saver); -} - -static int -fade_saver_unload(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd) -{ - return remove_scrn_saver(fade_saver); -} - -int -fade_saver_mod(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd, int ver) -{ - MOD_DISPATCH(fade_saver, lkmtp, cmd, ver, - fade_saver_load, fade_saver_unload, lkm_nullcmd); -} diff --git a/lkm/syscons/green/Makefile b/lkm/syscons/green/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 2ffe190..0000000 --- a/lkm/syscons/green/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.6 1997/07/15 14:49:27 yokota Exp $ - -KMOD= green_saver_mod -SRCS= green_saver.c - -NOMAN= -CFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/.. - -.include diff --git a/lkm/syscons/green/green_saver.c b/lkm/syscons/green/green_saver.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0e61c2e..0000000 --- a/lkm/syscons/green/green_saver.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,129 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1995-1998 Søren Schmidt - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer, - * without modification, immediately at the beginning of the file. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products - * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES - * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. - * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, - * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT - * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, - * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY - * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT - * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF - * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * $Id: green_saver.c,v 1.12 1998/09/15 18:16:39 sos Exp $ - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include - -#include - -MOD_MISC(green_saver); - -static void -green_saver(int blank) -{ - u_char val; - if (blank) { - scrn_blanked = 1; - cur_console->status |= SAVER_RUNNING; - switch (crtc_type) { - case KD_VGA: - outb(TSIDX, 0x01); val = inb(TSREG); - outb(TSIDX, 0x01); outb(TSREG, val | 0x20); - outb(crtc_addr, 0x17); val = inb(crtc_addr + 1); - outb(crtc_addr + 1, val & ~0x80); - break; - case KD_EGA: - /* not yet done XXX */ - break; - case KD_CGA: - outb(crtc_addr + 4, 0x25); - break; - case KD_MONO: - case KD_HERCULES: - outb(crtc_addr + 4, 0x21); - break; - default: - break; - } - } - else { - switch (crtc_type) { - case KD_VGA: - outb(TSIDX, 0x01); val = inb(TSREG); - outb(TSIDX, 0x01); outb(TSREG, val & 0xDF); - outb(crtc_addr, 0x17); val = inb(crtc_addr + 1); - outb(crtc_addr + 1, val | 0x80); - break; - case KD_EGA: - /* not yet done XXX */ - break; - case KD_CGA: - outb(crtc_addr + 4, 0x2d); - break; - case KD_MONO: - case KD_HERCULES: - outb(crtc_addr + 4, 0x29); - break; - default: - break; - } - cur_console->status &= ~SAVER_RUNNING; - scrn_blanked = 0; - } -} - -static int -green_saver_load(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd) -{ - switch (crtc_type) { - case KD_MONO: - case KD_HERCULES: - case KD_CGA: - /* - * `green' saver is not fully implemented for MDA and CGA. - * It simply blanks the display instead. - */ - case KD_VGA: - break; - case KD_EGA: - /* EGA is yet to be supported */ - default: - return ENODEV; - } - return add_scrn_saver(green_saver); -} - -static int -green_saver_unload(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd) -{ - return remove_scrn_saver(green_saver); -} - -int -green_saver_mod(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd, int ver) -{ - MOD_DISPATCH(green_saver, lkmtp, cmd, ver, - green_saver_load, green_saver_unload, lkm_nullcmd); -} diff --git a/lkm/syscons/saver.h b/lkm/syscons/saver.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9eb1995..0000000 --- a/lkm/syscons/saver.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1995-1998 Søren Schmidt - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer, - * without modification, immediately at the beginning of the file. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products - * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES - * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. - * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, - * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT - * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, - * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY - * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT - * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF - * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * $Id: saver.h,v 1.11 1998/09/15 18:16:38 sos Exp $ - */ -#include -#include - -#include -#include - -extern scr_stat *cur_console; -extern u_short *Crtat; -extern u_int crtc_addr; -extern char crtc_type; -extern char scr_map[]; -extern int scrn_blanked; -extern int fonts_loaded; -extern char font_8[], font_14[], font_16[]; -extern char palette[]; diff --git a/lkm/syscons/snake/Makefile b/lkm/syscons/snake/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 16006a7..0000000 --- a/lkm/syscons/snake/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.6 1997/07/15 14:49:33 yokota Exp $ - -KMOD= snake_saver_mod -SRCS= snake_saver.c - -NOMAN= -CFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/.. - -.include diff --git a/lkm/syscons/snake/snake_saver.c b/lkm/syscons/snake/snake_saver.c deleted file mode 100644 index efb76d5..0000000 --- a/lkm/syscons/snake/snake_saver.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,150 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1995-1998 Søren Schmidt - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer, - * without modification, immediately at the beginning of the file. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products - * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES - * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. - * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, - * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT - * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, - * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY - * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT - * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF - * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * $Id: snake_saver.c,v 1.18 1998/09/15 18:16:39 sos Exp $ - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include -#include - -#include - -MOD_MISC(snake_saver); - -static char *message; -static u_char **messagep; -static int messagelen; -static u_short *window; - -static void -snake_saver(int blank) -{ - static int dirx, diry; - int f; - scr_stat *scp = cur_console; - -/* XXX hack for minimal changes. */ -#define save message -#define savs messagep - - if (blank) { - if (!ISTEXTSC(scp)) - return; - if (scrn_blanked <= 0) { - scp->status |= SAVER_RUNNING; - window = (u_short *)(*biosvidsw.adapter)(scp->adp)->va_window; - fillw((FG_LIGHTGREY|BG_BLACK)<<8 | scr_map[0x20], - window, scp->xsize * scp->ysize); - set_border(scp, 0); - dirx = (scp->xpos ? 1 : -1); - diry = (scp->ypos ? - scp->xsize : -scp->xsize); - for (f=0; f< messagelen; f++) - savs[f] = (u_char *)window + 2 * - (scp->xpos+scp->ypos*scp->xsize); - *(savs[0]) = scr_map[*save]; - f = scp->ysize * scp->xsize + 5; - outb(crtc_addr, 14); - outb(crtc_addr+1, f >> 8); - outb(crtc_addr, 15); - outb(crtc_addr+1, f & 0xff); - scrn_blanked = 1; - } - if (scrn_blanked++ < 4) - return; - scrn_blanked = 1; - *(savs[messagelen-1]) = scr_map[0x20]; - for (f=messagelen-1; f > 0; f--) - savs[f] = savs[f-1]; - f = (savs[0] - (u_char *)window) / 2; - if ((f % scp->xsize) == 0 || - (f % scp->xsize) == scp->xsize - 1 || - (random() % 50) == 0) - dirx = -dirx; - if ((f / scp->xsize) == 0 || - (f / scp->xsize) == scp->ysize - 1 || - (random() % 20) == 0) - diry = -diry; - savs[0] += 2*dirx + 2*diry; - for (f=messagelen-1; f>=0; f--) - *(savs[f]) = scr_map[save[f]]; - } - else { - if (scrn_blanked > 0) { - set_border(scp, scp->border); - scrn_blanked = 0; - scp->status &= ~SAVER_RUNNING; - } - } -} - -static int -snake_saver_load(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd) -{ - int err; - - messagelen = strlen(ostype) + 1 + strlen(osrelease); - message = malloc(messagelen + 1, M_DEVBUF, M_WAITOK); - sprintf(message, "%s %s", ostype, osrelease); - messagep = malloc(messagelen * sizeof *messagep, M_DEVBUF, M_WAITOK); - - err = add_scrn_saver(snake_saver); - if (err != 0) { - free(message, M_DEVBUF); - free(messagep, M_DEVBUF); - } - return err; -} - -static int -snake_saver_unload(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd) -{ - int err; - - err = remove_scrn_saver(snake_saver); - if (err == 0) { - free(message, M_DEVBUF); - free(messagep, M_DEVBUF); - } - return err; -} - -int -snake_saver_mod(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd, int ver) -{ - MOD_DISPATCH(snake_saver, lkmtp, cmd, ver, - snake_saver_load, snake_saver_unload, lkm_nullcmd); -} diff --git a/lkm/syscons/star/Makefile b/lkm/syscons/star/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index f8f8522..0000000 --- a/lkm/syscons/star/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.6 1997/07/15 14:49:38 yokota Exp $ - -KMOD= star_saver_mod -SRCS= star_saver.c - -NOMAN= -CFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/.. - -.include diff --git a/lkm/syscons/star/star_saver.c b/lkm/syscons/star/star_saver.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2e56a3c..0000000 --- a/lkm/syscons/star/star_saver.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1995-1998 Søren Schmidt - * All rights reserved. - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer, - * without modification, immediately at the beginning of the file. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products - * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. - * - * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES - * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. - * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, - * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT - * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, - * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY - * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT - * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF - * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - * - * $Id: star_saver.c,v 1.15 1998/09/15 18:16:39 sos Exp $ - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include -#include - -#include - -MOD_MISC(star_saver); - -#define NUM_STARS 50 - -static u_short *window; - -/* - * Alternate saver that got its inspiration from a well known utility - * package for an inferior^H^H^H^H^H^Hfamous OS. - */ -static void -star_saver(int blank) -{ - scr_stat *scp = cur_console; - int cell, i; - char pattern[] = {"...........++++*** "}; - char colors[] = {FG_DARKGREY, FG_LIGHTGREY, - FG_WHITE, FG_LIGHTCYAN}; - static u_short stars[NUM_STARS][2]; - - if (blank) { - if (!ISTEXTSC(scp)) - return; - if (scrn_blanked <= 0) { - scp->status |= SAVER_RUNNING; - window = (u_short *)(*biosvidsw.adapter)(scp->adp)->va_window; - scrn_blanked = 1; - fillw((FG_LIGHTGREY|BG_BLACK)<<8|scr_map[0x20], window, - scp->xsize * scp->ysize); - set_border(scp, 0); - for(i=0; ixsize*scp->ysize); - stars[i][1] = 0; - } - } - cell = random() % NUM_STARS; - *((u_short*)(window + stars[cell][0])) = - scr_map[pattern[stars[cell][1]]] | - colors[random()%sizeof(colors)] << 8; - if ((stars[cell][1]+=(random()%4)) >= sizeof(pattern)-1) { - stars[cell][0] = random() % (scp->xsize*scp->ysize); - stars[cell][1] = 0; - } - } - else { - if (scrn_blanked > 0) { - set_border(scp, scp->border); - scrn_blanked = 0; - scp->status &= ~SAVER_RUNNING; - } - } -} - -static int -star_saver_load(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd) -{ - return add_scrn_saver(star_saver); -} - -static int -star_saver_unload(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd) -{ - return remove_scrn_saver(star_saver); -} - -int -star_saver_mod(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd, int ver) -{ - MOD_DISPATCH(star_saver, lkmtp, cmd, ver, - star_saver_load, star_saver_unload, lkm_nullcmd); -} diff --git a/lkm/umapfs/Makefile b/lkm/umapfs/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index eb333da6..0000000 --- a/lkm/umapfs/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -# $Id$ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/miscfs/umapfs -KMOD= umap_mod -SRCS= umap_subr.c umap_vfsops.c umap_vnops.c -NOMAN= -VFS_LKM= yes -CFLAGS+= -DUMAPFS - -.include diff --git a/lkm/union/Makefile b/lkm/union/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 5636659..0000000 --- a/lkm/union/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -# $Id$ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/miscfs/union -KMOD= union_mod -SRCS= union_subr.c union_vfsops.c union_vnops.c -NOMAN= -VFS_LKM= -CFLAGS+= -DUNION - -.include diff --git a/lkm/vesa/Makefile b/lkm/vesa/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index ae9662f..0000000 --- a/lkm/vesa/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.1 1998/09/15 20:09:18 sos Exp $ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/i386/isa -KMOD = vesa_mod -SRCS = vesa.c scvesactl.c sc.h opt_vesa.h opt_vm86.h -NOMAN = -CFLAGS += -DVESA_MODULE -CLEANFILES += sc.h opt_vesa.h opt_vm86.h - -sc.h: - echo "#define NSC 1" > sc.h - -opt_vesa.h: - echo "#define VESA 1" > opt_vesa.h - -opt_vm86.h: - echo "#define VM86 1" > opt_vm86.h - -.include diff --git a/lkm/vinum/COPYRIGHT b/lkm/vinum/COPYRIGHT deleted file mode 100644 index 4ee95f2..0000000 --- a/lkm/vinum/COPYRIGHT +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: COPYRIGHT,v 1.1 1998/03/05 06:07:05 grog Exp grog $ - */ diff --git a/lkm/vinum/Makefile b/lkm/vinum/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index f1f4bb7..0000000 --- a/lkm/vinum/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.1.1.1 1998/09/16 05:56:21 grog Exp $ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/dev/ccd -KMOD= vinum_mod -SRCS= vinum.c vinum.h vnode_if.h parser.c config.c io.c util.c vinumhdr.h request.h \ - state.c memory.c request.c lock.c vinumext.h vinumio.h vinumkw.h \ - vinumstate.h vinumvar.h revive.c vinumioctl.c interrupt.c -NOMAN= -PSEUDO_LKM= -CFLAGS = -I${.CURDIR} -O -g -I/usr/include/machine -DDEBUG -Wall -Wno-unused -Wno-parentheses - -CLEANFILES+= vinum.h vnode_if.h vnode_if.c - -all: - -# We don't need this, but the Makefile wants it -vinum.h: - touch $@ - -state.h: maketabs vinumstate.h - ./maketabs >state.h - -maketabs: maketabs.c - ${CC} -g -o maketabs maketabs.c - -.include diff --git a/lkm/vinum/config.c b/lkm/vinum/config.c deleted file mode 100644 index 24df101..0000000 --- a/lkm/vinum/config.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1723 +0,0 @@ -/* To do: - - * Don't store drive configuration on the config DB: read each drive's header - * to decide where it is. - * - * Accept any old crap in the config_ functions, and complain when - * we try to bring it up. - * - * When trying to bring volumes up, check that the complete address range - * is covered. - */ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: config.c,v 1.19 1998/10/05 02:48:15 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -#define STATIC /* nothing while we're testing XXX */ - -#define REALLYKERNEL -#include "vinumhdr.h" - -extern jmp_buf command_fail; /* return on a failed command */ - -#if __FreeBSD__ >= 3 -/* Why aren't these declared anywhere? XXX */ -void longjmp(jmp_buf, int); -#endif - -#define MAXTOKEN 64 /* maximum number of tokens in a line */ - -/* We can afford the luxury of global variables here, - * since start_config ensures that these functions - * are single-threaded. */ - -/* These are indices in vinum_conf of the last-mentioned of each kind of object */ -static int current_drive = -1; /* note the last drive we mention, for - * some defaults */ -static int current_plex = -1; /* and the same for the last plex */ -static int current_volume = -1; /* and the last volme */ -static struct _ioctl_reply *ioctl_reply; /* struct to return via ioctl */ - - -/* These values are used by most of these routines, so set them as globals */ -static char *token[MAXTOKEN]; /* pointers to individual tokens */ -static int tokens; /* number of tokens */ - -#define TOCONS 0x01 -#define TOTTY 0x02 -#define TOLOG 0x04 - -struct putchar_arg { - int flags; - struct tty *tty; -}; - -#define MSG_MAX 1024 /* maximum length of a formatted message */ -/* Format an error message and return to the user in the reply. - * CARE: This routine is designed to be called only from the - * configuration routines, so it assumes it's the owner of - * the configuration lock, and unlocks it on exit */ -void -throw_rude_remark(int error, char *msg,...) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int retval; - va_list ap; - char *text; - static int finishing; /* don't recurse */ - int was_finishing; - - va_start(ap, msg); - if ((ioctl_reply != NULL) /* we're called from the user */ - &&(!(vinum_conf.flags & VF_KERNELOP))) { /* and we're not doing kernel things: return msg */ - /* XXX We can't just format to ioctl_reply, since it - * may contain our input parameters */ - text = Malloc(MSG_MAX); - if (text == NULL) { - printf("vinum: can't allocate error message buffer"); - printf("vinum: "); - vprintf(msg, ap); /* print to the console */ - printf("\n"); - } else { - retval = kvprintf(msg, NULL, (void *) text, 10, ap); - text[retval] = '\0'; /* delimit */ - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, text); - ioctl_reply->error = error; /* first byte is the error number */ - Free(text); - } - } else { - printf("vinum: "); - vprintf(msg, ap); /* print to the console */ - printf("\n"); - } - va_end(ap); - - if (vinum_conf.flags & VF_READING_CONFIG) /* go through to the bitter end, */ - return; - /* We have a problem here: we want to unlock the - * configuration, which implies tidying up, but - * if we find an error while tidying up, we could - * recurse for ever. Use this kludge to only try - * once */ - was_finishing = finishing; - finishing = 1; - finish_config(was_finishing); /* unlock anything we may be holding */ - finishing = was_finishing; - longjmp(command_fail, error); -} - -/* Function declarations */ -int atoi(char *); /* no atoi in the kernel */ - -/* Minimal version of atoi */ -int -atoi(char *s) -{ /* no atoi in the kernel */ - BROKEN_GDB; - int r = 0; - int sign = 1; - - while (((*s >= '0') && (*s <= '9')) || (*s == '-')) { - if (*s == '-') - sign = -sign; - else - r = r * 10 + (*s - '0'); - } - return r; -} - -/* Find index of volume in vinum_conf. Return the index - * if found, or -1 if not */ -int -volume_index(struct volume *vol) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.volumes_used; i++) - if (&VOL[i] == vol) - return i; - return -1; -} - -/* Find index of plex in vinum_conf. Return the index - * if found, or -1 if not */ -int -plex_index(struct plex *plex) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.plexes_used; i++) - if (&PLEX[i] == plex) - return i; - return -1; -} - -/* Find index of subdisk in vinum_conf. Return the index - * if found, or -1 if not */ -int -sd_index(struct sd *sd) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.subdisks_used; i++) - if (&SD[i] == sd) - return i; - return -1; -} - -/* Find index of drive in vinum_conf. Return the index - * if found, or -1 if not */ -int -drive_index(struct drive *drive) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.drives_used; i++) - if (&DRIVE[i] == drive) - return i; - return -1; -} - -/* Check a volume to see if the plex is already assigned to it. - * Return index in volume->plex, or -1 if not assigned */ -int -my_plex(int volno, int plexno) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int i; - struct volume *vol; - - vol = &VOL[volno]; /* point to volno */ - for (i = 0; i < vol->plexes; i++) - if (vol->plex[i] == plexno) - return i; - return -1; /* not found */ -} - -/* Check a plex to see if the subdisk is already assigned to it. - * Return index in plex->sd, or -1 if not assigned */ -int -my_sd(int plexno, int sdno) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int i; - struct plex *plex; - - plex = &PLEX[plexno]; - for (i = 0; i < plex->subdisks; i++) - if (plex->sdnos[i] == sdno) - return i; - return -1; /* not found */ -} - -/* Check that this operation is being done in the kernel. - * longjmp out if not. op the name of the operation. */ -void -checkkernel(char *op) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - if (vinum_conf.flags & VF_KERNELOP == 0) - throw_rude_remark(EPERM, "Can't perform '%s' from user space", op); -} - -/* Add plex to the volume if possible */ -int -give_plex_to_volume(int volno, int plexno) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct volume *vol; - - /* XXX It's not an error for the plex to already - * belong to the volume, but we need to check a - * number of things to make sure it's done right. - * Some day. */ - if (my_plex(volno, plexno) >= 0) - return plexno; /* that's it */ - - vol = &VOL[volno]; /* point to volume */ - if (vol->plexes == MAXPLEX) /* all plexes allocated */ - throw_rude_remark(ENOSPC, - "Too many plexes for volume %s", - vol->name); - vol->plex[vol->plexes] = plexno; /* this one */ - vol->plexes++; /* add another plex */ - PLEX[plexno].volno = volno; /* note the number of our volume */ - - return vol->plexes - 1; /* and return its index */ -} - -/* Add subdisk to a plex if possible */ -int -give_sd_to_plex(int plexno, int sdno) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int i; - struct plex *plex; - struct sd *sd; - - /* XXX It's not an error for the sd to already - * belong to the plex, but we need to check a - * number of things to make sure it's done right. - * Some day. */ - i = my_sd(plexno, sdno); - if (i >= 0) /* does it already belong to us? */ - return i; /* that's it */ - - plex = &PLEX[plexno]; /* point to the plex */ - sd = &SD[sdno]; /* and the subdisk */ - - /* Do we have an offset? Otherwise put it after the last one */ - if (sd->plexoffset < 0) { /* no offset specified */ - if (plex->subdisks > 0) { - struct sd *lastsd = &SD[plex->sdnos[plex->subdisks - 1]]; /* last subdisk */ - sd->plexoffset = lastsd->sectors + lastsd->plexoffset; /* take it */ - } else /* first subdisk */ - sd->plexoffset = 0; /* start at the beginning */ - } - if (plex->subdisks == MAXSD) /* we already have our maximum */ - throw_rude_remark(ENOSPC, /* crap out */ - "Can't add %s to %s: plex full\n", - sd->name, - plex->name); - - plex->subdisks++; /* another entry */ - if (plex->subdisks >= plex->subdisks_allocated) /* need more space */ - EXPAND(plex->sdnos, int, plex->subdisks_allocated, INITIAL_SUBDISKS_IN_PLEX); - - /* XXX I'm not sure this makes any sense - * for anything except concatenated plexes, - * and it comes up with the wrong answer for - * RAID-5 plexes, but it's currently needed - * for the calculations. We'll adjust for - * RAID-5 in config_plex */ - if ((sd->sectors + sd->plexoffset) > plex->length) { /* gone beyond the end of the plex */ - plex->length = sd->sectors + sd->plexoffset; /* adjust the length */ - - if ((plex->volno >= 0) /* we have a volume */ - &&(plex->length > VOL[plex->volno].size)) /* and we're now the longest plex */ - VOL[plex->volno].size = plex->length; /* increase the size of the volume */ - } - /* We need to check that the subdisks don't overlap, - * but we can't do that until a point where we *must* - * know the size of all the subdisks. That's not - * here. But we need to sort them by offset */ - for (i = 0; i < plex->subdisks - 1; i++) { - if (sd->plexoffset < SD[plex->sdnos[i]].plexoffset) { /* it fits before this one */ - /* First move any remaining subdisks by one */ - int j; - - for (j = plex->subdisks - 1; j > i; j--) /* move up one at a time */ - plex->sdnos[j] = plex->sdnos[j - 1]; - plex->sdnos[i] = sdno; - return i; - } - } - - /* The plex doesn't have any subdisk with a larger - * offset. Insert it */ - plex->sdnos[i] = sdno; - return i; -} - -/* Add a subdisk to drive if possible. The pointer to the drive - * must already be stored in the sd structure, but the drive - * doesn't know about the subdisk yet. */ -static void -give_sd_to_drive(int sdno) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct sd *sd; /* pointer to subdisk */ - struct drive *drive; /* and drive */ - int fe; /* index in free list */ - - sd = &SD[sdno]; /* point to sd */ - drive = &DRIVE[sd->driveno]; /* and drive */ - - if (drive->state != drive_up) /* not up */ - throw_rude_remark(EIO, "Drive %s is not accessible", drive->label.name); - else if (sd->sectors > drive->sectors_available) { /* too big, */ - sd->driveoffset = -1; /* don't be confusing */ - throw_rude_remark(ENOSPC, "No space for %s on %s", sd->name, drive->label.name); - } - drive->subdisks_used++; /* one more subdisk */ - - /* no offset specified, find one */ - if (sd->driveoffset < 0) { - for (fe = 0; fe < drive->freelist_entries; fe++) { - if (drive->freelist[fe].sectors >= sd->sectors) { /* it'll fit here */ - sd->driveoffset = drive->freelist[fe].offset; - if (sd->sectors == drive->freelist[fe].sectors) { /* used up the entire entry */ - if (fe < (drive->freelist_entries - 1)) /* not the last one, */ - bcopy(&drive->freelist[fe + 1], - &drive->freelist[fe], - (drive->freelist_entries - fe) * sizeof(struct drive_freelist)); - drive->freelist_entries--; /* one less entry */ - } else { - drive->freelist[fe].sectors -= sd->sectors; /* this much less space */ - drive->freelist[fe].offset += sd->sectors; /* this much further on */ - } - drive->sectors_available -= sd->sectors; /* and note how much less space we have */ - break; - } - } - if (fe == drive->freelist_entries) - /* Didn't find anything. Although the drive has - * enough space, it's too fragmented */ - { - sd->driveoffset = -1; /* don't be confusing */ - throw_rude_remark(ENOSPC, "No space for %s on %s", sd->name, drive->label.name); - } - } else { /* specific offset */ - /* For a specific offset to work, the space must be - * entirely in a single freelist entry. Look for it. */ - u_int64_t sdend = sd->driveoffset + sd->sectors; /* end of our subdisk */ - for (fe = 0; fe < drive->freelist_entries; fe++) { - u_int64_t dend = drive->freelist[fe].offset + drive->freelist[fe].sectors; /* end of entry */ - if (dend >= sdend) { /* fits before here */ - if (drive->freelist[fe].offset > sd->driveoffset) /* starts after the beginning of sd area */ - throw_rude_remark(ENOSPC, - "No space for subdisk %s on drive %s at offset %qd\n", - sd->name, - drive->label.name); - - /* We've found the space, and we can allocate it. - * We don't need to say that to the subdisk, which - * already knows about it. We need to tell it to - * the free list, though. We have four possibilities: - * - * 1. The subdisk exactly eats up the entry. That's the - * same as above. - * 2. The subdisk starts at the beginning and leaves space - * at the end. - * 3. The subdisk starts after the beginning and leaves - * space at the end as well: we end up with another - * fragment. - * 4. The subdisk leaves space at the beginning and finishes - * at the end. - */ - drive->sectors_available -= sd->sectors; /* note how much less space we have */ - if (sd->driveoffset == drive->freelist[fe].offset) { /* 1 or 2 */ - if (sd->sectors == drive->freelist[fe].sectors) { /* 1: used up the entire entry */ - if (fe < (drive->freelist_entries - 1)) /* not the last one, */ - bcopy(&drive->freelist[fe + 1], - &drive->freelist[fe], - (drive->freelist_entries - fe) * sizeof(struct drive_freelist)); - drive->freelist_entries--; /* one less entry */ - } else { /* 2: space at the end */ - drive->freelist[fe].sectors -= sd->sectors; /* this much less space */ - drive->freelist[fe].offset += sd->sectors; /* this much further on */ - } - } else { /* 3 or 4 */ - drive->freelist[fe].sectors = sd->driveoffset - drive->freelist[fe].offset; - if (dend > sdend) { /* 3: space at the end as well */ - if (fe < (drive->freelist_entries - 1)) /* not the last one */ - bcopy(&drive->freelist[fe], /* move the rest down */ - &drive->freelist[fe + 1], - (drive->freelist_entries - fe) * sizeof(struct drive_freelist)); - drive->freelist_entries++; /* one less entry */ - drive->freelist[fe + 1].offset = sdend; /* second entry starts after sd */ - drive->freelist[fe + 1].sectors = dend - sdend; /* and is this long */ - } - } - break; - } - } - } - drive->opencount++; /* one more subdisk attached */ -} - -/* Get an empty drive entry from the drive table */ -int -get_empty_drive(void) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int driveno; - struct drive *drive; - - /* first see if we have one which has been deallocated */ - for (driveno = 0; driveno < vinum_conf.drives_used; driveno++) { - if (DRIVE[driveno].state == drive_unallocated) /* bingo */ - break; - } - - if (driveno >= vinum_conf.drives_used) - /* Couldn't find a deallocated drive. Allocate a new one */ - { - vinum_conf.drives_used++; - if (vinum_conf.drives_used > vinum_conf.drives_allocated) /* we've used all our allocation */ - EXPAND(DRIVE, struct drive, vinum_conf.drives_allocated, INITIAL_DRIVES); - } - /* got a drive entry. Make it pretty */ - drive = &DRIVE[driveno]; - bzero(drive, sizeof(struct drive)); - drive->driveno = driveno; /* put number in structure */ - return driveno; /* return the index */ -} - -/* Find the named drive in vinum_conf.drive, return a pointer - * return the index in vinum_conf.drive. - * Don't mark the drive as allocated (XXX SMP) - * If create != 0, create an entry if it doesn't exist - */ -/* XXX check if we have it open from attach */ -int -find_drive(const char *name, int create) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int driveno; - struct drive *drive; - - if (name != NULL) { - for (driveno = 0; driveno < vinum_conf.drives_used; driveno++) { - drive = &DRIVE[driveno]; /* point to drive */ - if ((drive->label.name[0] != '\0') /* it has a name */ - &&(strcmp(drive->label.name, name) == 0)) /* and it's this one: found */ - return driveno; - } - } - /* the drive isn't in the list. Add it if he wants */ - if (create == 0) /* don't want to create */ - return -1; /* give up */ - - driveno = get_empty_drive(); - drive = &DRIVE[driveno]; - if (name != NULL) - bcopy(name, /* put in its name */ - drive->label.name, - min(sizeof(drive->label.name), - strlen(name))); - drive->state = drive_uninit; /* in use, nothing worthwhile there */ - return driveno; /* return the index */ -} - -/* Find a drive given its device name. - * devname must be valid. - * Otherwise the same as find_drive above */ -int -find_drive_by_dev(const char *devname, int create) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int driveno; - struct drive *drive; - - for (driveno = 0; driveno < vinum_conf.drives_used; driveno++) { - drive = &DRIVE[driveno]; /* point to drive */ - if ((drive->label.name[0] != '\0') /* it has a name */ - &&(strcmp(drive->label.name, devname) == 0)) /* and it's this one: found */ - return driveno; - } - - /* the drive isn't in the list. Add it if he wants */ - if (create == 0) /* don't want to create */ - return -1; /* give up */ - - driveno = get_empty_drive(); - drive = &DRIVE[driveno]; - bcopy(devname, /* put in its name */ - drive->devicename, - min(sizeof(drive->devicename), - strlen(devname))); - drive->state = drive_uninit; /* in use, nothing worthwhile there */ - return driveno; /* return the index */ -} - -/* Find an empty subdisk in the subdisk table */ -int -get_empty_sd(void) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int sdno; - struct sd *sd; - - /* first see if we have one which has been deallocated */ - for (sdno = 0; sdno < vinum_conf.subdisks_used; sdno++) { - if (SD[sdno].state == sd_unallocated) /* bingo */ - break; - } - - if (sdno >= vinum_conf.subdisks_used) { /* No unused sd found. Allocate a new one */ - vinum_conf.subdisks_used++; - if (vinum_conf.subdisks_used > vinum_conf.subdisks_allocated) - EXPAND(SD, struct sd, vinum_conf.subdisks_allocated, INITIAL_SUBDISKS); - } - /* initialize some things */ - sd = &SD[sdno]; /* point to it */ - bzero(sd, sizeof(struct sd)); /* initialize */ - sd->plexno = -1; /* no plex */ - sd->driveno = -1; /* and no drive */ - sd->plexoffset = -1; /* and no offsets */ - sd->driveoffset = -1; - return sdno; /* return the index */ -} - -/* return a drive to the free pool */ -void -free_drive(struct drive *drive) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - if (drive->vp != NULL) /* device open */ - vn_close(drive->vp, FREAD | FWRITE, FSCRED, drive->p); - bzero(drive, sizeof(struct drive)); /* this also sets drive_unallocated */ - vinum_conf.drives_used--; /* one less drive */ -} - -/* Find the named subdisk in vinum_conf.sd. - - * If create != 0, create an entry if it doesn't exist - * - * Return index in vinum_conf.sd - */ -int -find_subdisk(const char *name, int create) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int sdno; - struct sd *sd; - - for (sdno = 0; sdno < vinum_conf.subdisks_allocated; sdno++) { - if (strcmp(SD[sdno].name, name) == 0) /* found it */ - return sdno; - } - - /* the subdisk isn't in the list. Add it if he wants */ - if (create == 0) /* don't want to create */ - return -1; /* give up */ - - /* Allocate one and insert the name */ - sdno = get_empty_sd(); - sd = &SD[sdno]; - bcopy(name, sd->name, min(sizeof(sd->name), strlen(name))); /* put in its name */ - return sdno; /* return the pointer */ -} - -/* Free an allocated sd entry - * This performs memory management only. remove() - * is responsible for checking relationships. - */ -void -free_sd(int sdno) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct sd *sd; - struct drive *drive; - int fe; /* free list entry */ - u_int64_t sdend; /* end of our subdisk */ - u_int64_t dend; /* end of our freelist entry */ - - sd = &SD[sdno]; - if ((sd->driveno >= 0) /* we have a drive, */ - &&(sd->sectors > 0)) { /* and some space on it */ - drive = &DRIVE[sd->driveno]; - sdend = sd->driveoffset + sd->sectors; /* end of our subdisk */ - - /* Look for where to return the sd address space */ - for (fe = 0; - (fe < drive->freelist_entries) && (drive->freelist[fe].offset < sd->driveoffset); - fe++); - /* Now we are pointing to the last entry, the first - * with a higher offset than the subdisk, or both. */ - if ((fe > 1) /* not the first entry */ - &&((fe == drive->freelist_entries) /* gone past the end */ - ||(drive->freelist[fe].offset > sd->driveoffset))) /* or past the block were looking for */ - fe--; /* point to the block before */ - dend = drive->freelist[fe].offset + drive->freelist[fe].sectors; /* end of the entry */ - - /* At this point, we are pointing to the correct - * place in the free list. A number of possibilities - * exist: - * - * 1. The block to be freed immediately follows - * the block to which we are pointing. Just - * enlarge it. - * 2. The block to be freed starts at the end of - * the current block and ends at the beginning - * of the following block. Merge the three - * areas into a single block. - * 3. The block to be freed starts after the end - * of the block and ends before the start of - * the following block. Create a new free block. - * 4. The block to be freed starts after the end - * of the block, but ends at the start of the - * following block. Enlarge the following block - * downwards. - * - */ - if (sd->driveoffset == dend) { /* it starts after the end of this block */ - if ((fe < drive->freelist_entries - 1) /* we're not the last block in the free list */ - &&(sdend == drive->freelist[fe + 1].offset)) { /* and the subdisk ends at the start of the - * next block */ - drive->freelist[fe].sectors = drive->freelist[fe + 1].sectors; /* 2: merge all three blocks */ - if (fe < drive->freelist_entries - 2) /* still more blocks after next */ - bcopy(&drive->freelist[fe + 2], /* move down one */ - &drive->freelist[fe + 1], - (drive->freelist_entries - 2 - fe) * sizeof(struct drive_freelist)); - drive->freelist_entries--; /* one less entry in the free list */ - } else /* 1: just enlarge this block */ - drive->freelist[fe].sectors += sd->sectors; - } else { - if (sd->driveoffset > dend) /* it starts after this block */ - fe++; /* so look at the next block */ - if ((fe < drive->freelist_entries) /* we're not the last block in the free list */ - &&(sdend == drive->freelist[fe].offset)) { /* and the subdisk ends at the start of - * this block: case 4 */ - drive->freelist[fe].offset = sd->driveoffset; /* it starts where the sd was */ - drive->freelist[fe].sectors += sd->sectors; /* and it's this much bigger */ - } else { /* case 3: non-contiguous */ - if (fe < drive->freelist_entries) /* not after the last block, */ - bcopy(&drive->freelist[fe], /* move the rest up one entry */ - &drive->freelist[fe + 1], - (drive->freelist_entries - fe) * sizeof(struct drive_freelist)); - drive->freelist_entries++; /* one less entry */ - drive->freelist[fe].offset = sd->driveoffset; /* this entry represents the sd */ - drive->freelist[fe].sectors = sd->sectors; - } - } - drive->opencount--; /* one less subdisk attached */ - } - bzero(sd, sizeof(struct sd)); /* and clear it out */ - sd->state = sd_unallocated; - vinum_conf.subdisks_used--; /* one less sd */ -} - -/* Find an empty plex in the plex table */ -int -get_empty_plex(void) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int plexno; - struct plex *plex; /* if we allocate one */ - - /* first see if we have one which has been deallocated */ - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vinum_conf.plexes_used; plexno++) { - if (PLEX[plexno].state == plex_unallocated) /* bingo */ - break; /* and get out of here */ - } - - if (plexno >= vinum_conf.plexes_used) { - /* Couldn't find a deallocated plex. Allocate a new one */ - vinum_conf.plexes_used++; - if (vinum_conf.plexes_used > vinum_conf.plexes_allocated) - EXPAND(PLEX, struct plex, vinum_conf.plexes_allocated, INITIAL_PLEXES); - } - /* Found a plex. Give it an sd structure */ - plex = &PLEX[plexno]; /* this one is ours */ - bzero(plex, sizeof(struct plex)); /* polish it up */ - plex->sdnos = (int *) Malloc(sizeof(int) * INITIAL_SUBDISKS_IN_PLEX); /* allocate sd table */ - CHECKALLOC(plex->sdnos, "vinum: Can't allocate plex subdisk table"); - bzero(plex->sdnos, (sizeof(int) * INITIAL_SUBDISKS_IN_PLEX)); /* do we need this? */ - plex->subdisks = 0; /* no subdisks in use */ - plex->subdisks_allocated = INITIAL_SUBDISKS_IN_PLEX; /* and we have space for this many */ - plex->organization = plex_disorg; /* and it's not organized */ - plex->volno = -1; /* no volume yet */ - return plexno; /* return the index */ -} - -/* Find the named plex in vinum_conf.plex - - * If create != 0, create an entry if it doesn't exist - * return index in vinum_conf.plex - */ -int -find_plex(const char *name, int create) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int plexno; - struct plex *plex; - - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vinum_conf.plexes_allocated; plexno++) { - if (strcmp(PLEX[plexno].name, name) == 0) /* found it */ - return plexno; - } - - /* the plex isn't in the list. Add it if he wants */ - if (create == 0) /* don't want to create */ - return -1; /* give up */ - - /* Allocate one and insert the name */ - plexno = get_empty_plex(); - plex = &PLEX[plexno]; /* point to it */ - bcopy(name, plex->name, min(sizeof(plex->name), strlen(name))); /* put in its name */ - return plexno; /* return the pointer */ -} - -/* Free an allocated plex entry - * and its associated memory areas */ -void -free_plex(int plexno) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct plex *plex; - - plex = &PLEX[plexno]; - if (plex->sdnos) - Free(plex->sdnos); - if (plex->lock) - Free(plex->lock); - if (plex->defective_region) - Free(plex->defective_region); - if (plex->unmapped_region) - Free(plex->unmapped_region); - bzero(plex, sizeof(struct plex)); /* and clear it out */ - plex->state = plex_unallocated; - vinum_conf.plexes_used--; /* one less plex */ -} - -/* Find an empty volume in the volume table */ -int -get_empty_volume(void) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int volno; - struct volume *vol; - - /* first see if we have one which has been deallocated */ - for (volno = 0; volno < vinum_conf.volumes_used; volno++) { - if (VOL[volno].state == volume_unallocated) /* bingo */ - break; - } - - if (volno >= vinum_conf.volumes_used) - /* Couldn't find a deallocated volume. Allocate a new one */ - { - vinum_conf.volumes_used++; - if (vinum_conf.volumes_used > vinum_conf.volumes_allocated) - EXPAND(VOL, struct volume, vinum_conf.volumes_allocated, INITIAL_VOLUMES); - } - /* Now initialize fields */ - vol = &VOL[volno]; - bzero(vol, sizeof(struct volume)); - vol->preferred_plex = -1; /* default to round robin */ - vol->preferred_plex = ROUND_ROBIN_READPOL; /* round robin */ - - return volno; /* return the index */ -} - -/* Find the named volume in vinum_conf.volume. - - * If create != 0, create an entry if it doesn't exist - * return the index in vinum_conf - */ -int -find_volume(const char *name, int create) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int volno; - struct volume *vol; - - for (volno = 0; volno < vinum_conf.volumes_used; volno++) { - if (strcmp(VOL[volno].name, name) == 0) /* found it */ - return volno; - } - - /* the volume isn't in the list. Add it if he wants */ - if (create == 0) /* don't want to create */ - return -1; /* give up */ - - /* Allocate one and insert the name */ - volno = get_empty_volume(); - vol = &VOL[volno]; - bcopy(name, vol->name, min(sizeof(vol->name), strlen(name))); /* put in its name */ - vol->blocksize = DEV_BSIZE; /* block size of this volume */ - return volno; /* return the pointer */ -} - -/* Free an allocated volume entry - * and its associated memory areas */ -void -free_volume(int volno) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct volume *vol; - - vol = &VOL[volno]; - bzero(vol, sizeof(struct volume)); /* and clear it out */ - vol->state = volume_unallocated; - vinum_conf.volumes_used--; /* one less volume */ -} - -/* Handle a drive definition. We store the information in the global variable - * drive, so we don't need to allocate. - * - * If we find an error, print a message and return - */ -void -config_drive(void) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - enum drive_label_info partition_status; /* info about the partition */ - int parameter; - int driveno; /* index of drive in vinum_conf */ - struct drive *drive; /* and pointer to it */ - - if (tokens < 2) /* not enough tokens */ - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Drive has no name"); - driveno = find_drive(token[1], 1); /* allocate a drive to initialize */ - drive = &DRIVE[driveno]; /* and get a pointer */ - - if (drive->state != drive_uninit) { /* we already know this drive */ - /* XXX Check which definition is more up-to-date. Give - * preference for the definition on its own drive */ - return; /* XXX */ - } - for (parameter = 2; parameter < tokens; parameter++) { /* look at the other tokens */ - switch (get_keyword(token[parameter], &keyword_set)) { - case kw_device: - parameter++; - if (drive->devicename[0] != '\0') { /* we know this drive... */ - if (strcmp(drive->devicename, token[parameter])) /* different name */ - close_drive(drive); /* close it if it's open */ - else /* no change */ - break; - } - bcopy(token[parameter], /* insert device information */ - drive->devicename, - min(sizeof(drive->devicename), - strlen(token[parameter]))); - /* open the device and get the configuration */ - partition_status = read_drive_label(drive); - if (partition_status == DL_CANT_OPEN) { /* not our kind */ - close_drive(drive); - if (drive->lasterror == EFTYPE) /* wrong kind of partition */ - throw_rude_remark(drive->lasterror, - "Drive %s has invalid partition type", - drive->label.name); - else /* I/O error of some kind */ - throw_rude_remark(drive->lasterror, - "Can't initialize drive %s", - drive->label.name); - } else if (partition_status == DL_WRONG_DRIVE) { /* valid drive, not ours */ - close_drive(drive); - throw_rude_remark(drive->lasterror, - "Incorrect drive name %s specified for drive %s", - token[1], - drive->label.name); - } - break; - - case kw_state: - checkkernel(token[++parameter]); /* must be a kernel user */ - drive->state = DriveState(token[parameter]); /* set the state */ - break; - - default: - close_drive(drive); - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, - "Drive %s, invalid keyword: %s", - token[1], - token[parameter]); - } - } - - if (drive->devicename[0] == '\0') { - drive->state = drive_unallocated; /* deallocate the drive */ - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "No device name for %s", drive->label.name); - } -} - -/* Handle a subdisk definition. We store the information in the global variable - * sd, so we don't need to allocate. - * - * If we find an error, print a message and return - */ -void -config_subdisk(void) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int parameter; - int sdno; /* index of sd in vinum_conf */ - struct sd *sd; /* and pointer to it */ - u_int64_t size; - int sectors; /* sector offset value */ - int detached = 0; /* set to 1 if this is a detached subdisk */ - int sdindex = -1; /* index in plexes subdisk table */ - int namedsdno; - - sdno = get_empty_sd(); /* allocate an SD to initialize */ - sd = &SD[sdno]; /* and get a pointer */ - for (parameter = 1; parameter < tokens; parameter++) { /* look at the other tokens */ - switch (get_keyword(token[parameter], &keyword_set)) { - case kw_detached: - detached = 1; - break; - - case kw_plexoffset: - size = sizespec(token[++parameter]); - if ((size % DEV_BSIZE) != 0) - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "sd %s, bad plex offset alignment: %qd", sd->name, size); - else - sd->plexoffset = size / DEV_BSIZE; - break; - - case kw_driveoffset: - size = sizespec(token[++parameter]); - if ((size % DEV_BSIZE) != 0) - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "sd %s, bad drive offset alignment: %qd", sd->name, size); - else - sd->driveoffset = size / DEV_BSIZE; - break; - - case kw_name: - namedsdno = find_subdisk(token[++parameter], 0); /* find an existing sd with this name */ - if (namedsdno >= 0) - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Duplicate subdisk %s", token[parameter]); - bcopy(token[parameter], - sd->name, - min(sizeof(sd->name), strlen(token[parameter]))); - break; - - case kw_len: - size = sizespec(token[++parameter]); - if ((size % DEV_BSIZE) != 0) - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "sd %s, length %d not multiple of sector size", sd->name, size); - else - sd->sectors = size / DEV_BSIZE; - break; - - case kw_drive: - sd->driveno = find_drive(token[++parameter], 1); /* insert drive information */ - break; - - case kw_plex: - sd->plexno = find_plex(token[++parameter], 1); /* insert plex information */ - break; - - case kw_state: - checkkernel(token[++parameter]); /* must be a kernel user */ - sd->state = SdState(token[parameter]); /* set the state */ - break; - - default: - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "sd %s, invalid keyword: %s", sd->name, token[parameter]); - } - } - - /* Check we have a drive name */ - if (sd->driveno < 0) { /* didn't specify a drive */ - sd->driveno = current_drive; /* set to the current drive */ - if (sd->driveno < 0) /* no current drive? */ - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Subdisk %s is not associated with a drive", sd->name); - } - /* Check for a plex name */ - if ((sd->plexno < 0) /* didn't specify a plex */ - &&(!detached)) /* and didn't say not to, */ - sd->plexno = current_plex; /* set to the current plex */ - - if (sd->plexno >= 0) - sdindex = give_sd_to_plex(sd->plexno, sdno); /* now tell the plex that it has this sd */ - - sd->sdno = sdno; /* point to our entry in the table */ - - /* Does the subdisk have a name? If not, give it one */ - if (sd->name[0] == '\0') { /* no name */ - char sdsuffix[8]; /* form sd name suffix here */ - - /* Do we have a plex name? */ - if (sdindex >= 0) /* we have a plex */ - strcpy(sd->name, PLEX[sd->plexno].name); /* take it from there */ - else /* no way */ - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Unnamed sd is not associated with a plex"); - sprintf(sdsuffix, ".s%d", sdindex); /* form the suffix */ - strcat(sd->name, sdsuffix); /* and add it to the name */ - } - /* do we have complete info for this subdisk? */ - if (sd->sectors == 0) - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "sd %s has no length spec", sd->name); - - if (sd->state == sd_unallocated) /* no state decided, */ - sd->state = sd_init; /* at least we're in the game */ - - /* register the subdisk with the drive. This action - * will have the side effect of setting the offset if - * we haven't specified one, and causing an error - * message if it overlaps with another subdisk. */ - give_sd_to_drive(sdno); -} - -/* Handle a plex definition. - * If we find an error, print a message, deallocate the nascent plex, and return - */ -void -config_plex(void) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int parameter; - int plexno; /* index of plex in vinum_conf */ - struct plex *plex; /* and pointer to it */ - int pindex = MAXPLEX; /* index in volume's plex list */ - int detached = 0; /* don't give it to a volume */ - int namedplexno; - - current_plex = -1; /* forget the previous plex */ - plexno = get_empty_plex(); /* allocate a plex */ - plex = &PLEX[plexno]; /* and point to it */ - plex->plexno = plexno; /* and back to the config */ - for (parameter = 1; parameter < tokens; parameter++) { /* look at the other tokens */ - switch (get_keyword(token[parameter], &keyword_set)) { - case kw_detached: - detached = 1; - break; - - case kw_name: - namedplexno = find_plex(token[++parameter], 0); /* find an existing plex with this name */ - if (namedplexno >= 0) - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Duplicate plex %s", token[parameter]); - bcopy(token[parameter], /* put in the name */ - plex->name, - min(MAXPLEXNAME, strlen(token[parameter]))); - break; - - case kw_org: /* plex organization */ - switch (get_keyword(token[++parameter], &keyword_set)) { - case kw_concat: - plex->organization = plex_concat; - break; - - case kw_striped: - { - int stripesize = sizespec(token[++parameter]); - - plex->organization = plex_striped; - if (stripesize % DEV_BSIZE != 0) /* not a multiple of block size, */ - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "plex %s: stripe size %d not a multiple of sector size", - plex->name, - stripesize); - else - plex->stripesize = stripesize / DEV_BSIZE; - break; - } - - - default: - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Invalid plex organization"); - } - if (((plex->organization == plex_striped) - ) - && (plex->stripesize == 0)) /* didn't specify a valid stripe size */ - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Need a stripe size parameter"); - break; - - case kw_volume: - plex->volno = find_volume(token[++parameter], 1); /* insert a pointer to the volume */ - break; - - case kw_sd: /* add a subdisk */ - { - int sdno; - - sdno = find_subdisk(token[++parameter], 1); /* find a subdisk */ - SD[sdno].plexoffset = sizespec(token[++parameter]); /* get the offset */ - give_sd_to_plex(plexno, sdno); /* and insert it there */ - break; - } - - case kw_state: - checkkernel(token[++parameter]); /* only for kernel use */ - plex->state = PlexState(token[parameter]); /* set the state */ - break; - - default: - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "plex %s, invalid keyword: %s", - plex->name, - token[parameter]); - } - } - - if ((plex->volno < 0) /* we don't have a volume */ - &&(!detached)) /* and we wouldn't object */ - plex->volno = current_volume; - - if (plex->volno >= 0) - pindex = give_plex_to_volume(plex->volno, plexno); /* Now tell the volume that it has this plex */ - - /* Does the plex have a name? If not, give it one */ - if (plex->name[0] == '\0') { /* no name */ - char plexsuffix[8]; /* form plex name suffix here */ - /* Do we have a volume name? */ - if (plex->volno >= 0) /* we have a volume */ - strcpy(plex->name, /* take it from there */ - VOL[plex->volno].name); - else /* no way */ - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Unnamed plex is not associated with a volume"); - sprintf(plexsuffix, ".p%d", pindex); /* form the suffix */ - strcat(plex->name, plexsuffix); /* and add it to the name */ - } - /* Note the last plex we configured */ - current_plex = plexno; - if (plex->state == plex_unallocated) /* we haven't changed the state, */ - plex->state = plex_init; /* we're initialized now */ -} - -/* Handle a volume definition. - * If we find an error, print a message, deallocate the nascent volume, and return - */ -void -config_volume(void) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int parameter; - int volno; - struct volume *vol; /* collect volume info here */ - int i; - - if (tokens < 2) /* not enough tokens */ - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Volume has no name"); - current_volume = -1; /* forget the previous volume */ - volno = find_volume(token[1], 1); /* allocate a volume to initialize */ - vol = &VOL[volno]; /* and get a pointer */ - - for (parameter = 2; parameter < tokens; parameter++) { /* look at all tokens */ - switch (get_keyword(token[parameter], &keyword_set)) { - case kw_plex: - { - int plexno; /* index of this plex */ - - plexno = find_plex(token[++parameter], 1); /* find a plex */ - if (plexno < 0) /* couldn't */ - break; /* we've already had an error message */ - plexno = my_plex(volno, plexno); /* does it already belong to us? */ - if (plexno > 0) /* yes, shouldn't get it again */ - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, - "Plex %s already belongs to volume %s", - token[parameter], - vol->name); - else if (++vol->plexes > 8) /* another entry */ - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, - "Too many plexes for volume %s", - vol->name); - vol->plex[vol->plexes - 1] = plexno; - } - break; - - case kw_readpol: - switch (get_keyword(token[++parameter], &keyword_set)) { /* decide what to do */ - case kw_round: - vol->preferred_plex = ROUND_ROBIN_READPOL; /* default */ - break; - - case kw_prefer: - { - int myplexno; /* index of this plex */ - - myplexno = find_plex(token[++parameter], 1); /* find a plex */ - if (myplexno < 0) /* couldn't */ - break; /* we've already had an error message */ - myplexno = my_plex(volno, myplexno); /* does it already belong to us? */ - if (myplexno > 0) /* yes */ - vol->preferred_plex = myplexno; /* just note the index */ - else if (++vol->plexes > 8) /* another entry */ - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Too many plexes"); - else { /* space for the new plex */ - vol->plex[vol->plexes - 1] = myplexno; /* add it to our list */ - vol->preferred_plex = vol->plexes - 1; /* and note the index */ - } - } - break; - - default: - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Invalid read policy"); - } - - case kw_setupstate: - vol->flags |= VF_CONFIG_SETUPSTATE; /* set the volume up later on */ - break; - - case kw_state: - checkkernel(token[++parameter]); /* must be a kernel user */ - vol->state = VolState(token[parameter]); /* set the state */ - break; - - /* XXX experimental ideas. These are not - * documented, and will not be until I - * decide they're worth keeping */ - case kw_writethrough: /* set writethrough mode */ - vol->flags |= VF_WRITETHROUGH; - break; - - case kw_writeback: /* set writeback mode */ - vol->flags &= ~VF_WRITETHROUGH; - break; - - case kw_raw: - vol->flags |= VF_RAW; /* raw volume (no label) */ - break; - - default: - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "volume %s, invalid keyword: %s", - vol->name, - token[parameter]); - } - } - - current_volume = volno; /* note last referred volume */ - vol->devno = VINUMBDEV(volno, 0, 0, VINUM_VOLUME_TYPE); /* also note device number */ - - /* Before we can actually use the volume, we need - * a volume label. We could start to fake one here, - * but it will be a lot easier when we have some - * to copy from the drives, so defer it until we - * set up the configuration. XXX */ - if (vol->state == volume_unallocated) - vol->state = volume_down; /* now ready to bring up at the end */ - - /* Find out how big our volume is */ - for (i = 0; i < vol->plexes; i++) - vol->size = max(vol->size, PLEX[vol->plex[i]].length); -} - -/* Parse a config entry. CARE! This destroys the original contents of the - * config entry, which we don't really need after this. More specifically, it - * places \0 characters at the end of each token. - * - * Return 0 if all is well, otherwise EINVAL */ -int -parse_config(char *cptr, struct keywordset *keyset) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int status; - - status = 0; /* until proven otherwise */ - tokens = tokenize(cptr, token); /* chop up into tokens */ - - if (tokens <= 0) /* screwed up or empty line */ - return tokens; /* give up */ - - if (token[0][0] == '#') /* comment line */ - return 0; - - switch (get_keyword(token[0], keyset)) { /* decide what to do */ - case kw_read: /* read config from a specified drive */ - vinum_conf.flags |= VF_KERNELOP | VF_READING_CONFIG; /* kernel operation: reading config */ - status = check_drive(token[1]); /* check the drive info */ - vinum_conf.flags &= ~(VF_KERNELOP | VF_READING_CONFIG); - if (status != 0) { - char *msg = "Can't read configuration from %s"; - if (status == ENODEV) - msg = "No vinum configuration on %s"; - throw_rude_remark(status, msg, token[1]); - } - updateconfig(VF_KERNELOP); /* update from kernel space */ - break; - - case kw_drive: - config_drive(); - break; - - case kw_subdisk: - config_subdisk(); - break; - - case kw_plex: - config_plex(); - break; - - case kw_volume: - config_volume(); - break; - - /* Anything else is invalid in this context */ - default: - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, /* should we die? */ - "Invalid configuration information: %s", - token[0]); - } - return status; -} - -/* parse a line handed in from userland via ioctl. - * This differs only by the error reporting mechanism: - * we return the error indication in the reply to the - * ioctl, so we need to set a global static pointer in - * this file. This technique works because we have - * ensured that configuration is performed in a single- - * threaded manner */ -int -parse_user_config(char *cptr, struct keywordset *keyset) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int status; - - ioctl_reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) cptr; - status = parse_config(cptr, keyset); - ioctl_reply = NULL; /* don't do this again */ - return status; -} - -/* Remove an object */ -void -remove(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *msg) -{ - struct vinum_ioctl_msg message = *msg; /* make a copy to hand on */ - - ioctl_reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) msg; /* reinstate the address to reply to */ - ioctl_reply->error = 0; /* no error, */ - ioctl_reply->msg[0] = '\0'; /* no message */ - - switch (message.type) { - case drive_object: - remove_drive_entry(message.index, message.force, message.recurse); - updateconfig(0); - return; - - case sd_object: - remove_sd_entry(message.index, message.force, message.recurse); - updateconfig(0); - return; - - case plex_object: - remove_plex_entry(message.index, message.force, message.recurse); - updateconfig(0); - return; - - case volume_object: - remove_volume_entry(message.index, message.force, message.recurse); - updateconfig(0); - return; - - default: - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, "Invalid object type"); - } -} - -/* Remove a drive. */ -void -remove_drive_entry(int driveno, int force, int recurse) -{ - struct drive *drive = &DRIVE[driveno]; - - if ((driveno > vinum_conf.drives_used) /* not a valid drive */ - ||(drive->state == drive_unallocated)) { /* or nothing there */ - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, "No such drive"); - } else if (drive->opencount > 0) { /* we have subdisks */ - if (force) { /* do it at any cost */ - int sdno; - struct vinum_ioctl_msg sdmsg; - - for (sdno = 0; sdno < vinum_conf.subdisks_used; sdno++) { - if ((SD[sdno].state != sd_unallocated) /* subdisk is allocated */ - &&(SD[sdno].driveno == driveno)) { /* and it belongs to this drive */ - sdmsg.type = sd_object; - sdmsg.recurse = 1; - sdmsg.force = force; - remove(&sdmsg); /* remove the subdisk by force */ - } - } - remove_drive(driveno); /* now remove it */ - } else - ioctl_reply->error = EBUSY; /* can't do that */ - } else - remove_drive(driveno); /* just remove it */ -} - -/* remove a subdisk */ -void -remove_sd_entry(int sdno, int force, int recurse) -{ - struct sd *sd = &SD[sdno]; - - if ((sdno > vinum_conf.subdisks_used) /* not a valid sd */ - ||(sd->state == sd_unallocated)) { /* or nothing there */ - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, "No such subdisk"); - } else if (sd->plexno >= 0) { /* we have a plex */ - if (force) { /* do it at any cost */ - struct plex *plex = &PLEX[sd->plexno]; /* point to our plex */ - int mysdno; - - for (mysdno = 0; /* look for ourselves */ - mysdno < plex->subdisks && &SD[plex->sdnos[mysdno]] != sd; - mysdno++); - if (mysdno == plex->subdisks) /* didn't find it */ - throw_rude_remark(ENOENT, "plex %s does not contain subdisk %s", plex->name, sd->name); - if (mysdno < (plex->subdisks - 1)) /* not the last subdisk */ - bcopy(&plex->sdnos[mysdno + 1], - &plex->sdnos[mysdno], - (plex->subdisks - 1 - mysdno) * sizeof(int)); - plex->subdisks--; - /* removing a subdisk from a striped or - * RAID-5 plex really tears the hell out - * of the structure, and it needs to be - * reinitialized */ - if (plex->organization != plex_concat) /* not concatenated, */ - set_plex_state(plex->plexno, plex_faulty, setstate_force); /* need to reinitialize */ - rebuild_plex_unmappedlist(plex); /* and see what remains */ - free_sd(sdno); - } else - ioctl_reply->error = EBUSY; /* can't do that */ - } else - free_sd(sdno); -} - -/* remove a plex */ -void -remove_plex_entry(int plexno, int force, int recurse) -{ - struct plex *plex = &PLEX[plexno]; - int sdno; - - if ((plexno > vinum_conf.plexes_used) /* not a valid plex */ - ||(plex->state == plex_unallocated)) { /* or nothing there */ - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, "No such plex"); - } else if (plex->pid) { /* we're open */ - ioctl_reply->error = EBUSY; /* no getting around that */ - return; - } - if (plex->subdisks) { - if (force) { /* do it anyway */ - if (recurse) { /* remove all below */ - for (sdno = 0; sdno < plex->subdisks; sdno++) - free_sd(plex->sdnos[sdno]); /* free all subdisks */ - } else { /* just tear them out */ - for (sdno = 0; sdno < plex->subdisks; sdno++) - SD[plex->sdnos[sdno]].plexno = -1; /* no plex any more */ - } - } else { /* can't do it without force */ - ioctl_reply->error = EBUSY; /* can't do that */ - return; - } - } - if (plex->volno >= 0) { /* we are part of a volume */ - /* XXX This should be more intelligent. We should - * be able to remove a plex as long as the volume - * does not lose any data, which is normally the - * case when it has more than one plex. To do it - * right we must compare the completeness of the - * mapping of all the plexes in the volume */ - if (force) { /* do it at any cost */ - struct volume *vol = &VOL[plex->volno]; - int myplexno; - - for (myplexno = 0; myplexno < vol->plexes; myplexno++) - if (vol->plex[myplexno] == plexno) /* found it */ - break; - if (myplexno == vol->plexes) /* didn't find it. Huh? */ - throw_rude_remark(ENOENT, "volume %s does not contain plex %s", vol->name, plex->name); - if (myplexno < (vol->plexes - 1)) /* not the last plex in the list */ - bcopy(&vol->plex[myplexno + 1], &vol->plex[myplexno], vol->plexes - 1 - myplexno); - vol->plexes--; - } else { - ioctl_reply->error = EBUSY; /* can't do that */ - return; - } - } - free_plex(plexno); -} - -/* remove a volume */ -void -remove_volume_entry(int volno, int force, int recurse) -{ - struct volume *vol = &VOL[volno]; - int plexno; - - if ((volno > vinum_conf.volumes_used) /* not a valid volume */ - ||(vol->state == volume_unallocated)) { /* or nothing there */ - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, "No such volume"); - } else if (vol->opencount) /* we're open */ - ioctl_reply->error = EBUSY; /* no getting around that */ - else if (vol->plexes) { - if (recurse && force) { /* remove all below */ - struct vinum_ioctl_msg plexmsg; - - plexmsg.type = plex_object; - plexmsg.recurse = 1; - plexmsg.force = force; - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vol->plexes; plexno++) { - plexmsg.index = vol->plex[plexno]; /* plex number */ - remove(&plexmsg); - } - free_volume(volno); - } else - ioctl_reply->error = EBUSY; /* can't do that */ - } else - free_volume(volno); -} - -void -update_sd_config(int sdno, int kernelstate) -{ - if (!kernelstate) - set_sd_state(sdno, sd_up, setstate_configuring | setstate_norecurse); -} - -void -update_plex_config(int plexno, int kernelstate) -{ - int error = 0; - int size; - int sdno; - struct plex *plex = &PLEX[plexno]; - enum plexstate state = plex_up; /* state we want the plex in */ - - /* XXX Insert checks here for sparse plexes and volumes */ - - /* Check that our subdisks make sense. For - * striped and RAID5 plexes, we need at least - * two subdisks, and they must all be the same - * size */ - if (((plex->organization == plex_striped) - ) - && (plex->subdisks < 2)) { - error = 1; - printf("vinum: plex %s does not have at least 2 subdisks\n", plex->name); - if (!kernelstate) - set_plex_state(plexno, plex_down, setstate_force | setstate_configuring | setstate_norecurse); - } - size = 0; - for (sdno = 0; sdno < plex->subdisks; sdno++) { - if (((plex->organization == plex_striped) - ) - && (sdno > 0) - && (SD[plex->sdnos[sdno]].sectors != SD[plex->sdnos[sdno - 1]].sectors)) { - error = 1; - printf("vinum: plex %s must have equal sized subdisks\n", plex->name); - set_plex_state(plexno, plex_down, setstate_force | setstate_configuring | setstate_norecurse); - } - size += SD[plex->sdnos[sdno]].sectors; - } - - if (plex->subdisks) { /* plex has subdisks, calculate size */ - rebuild_plex_unmappedlist(plex); /* rebuild the unmapped list first */ - - plex->length = size; - } else { /* no subdisks, */ - plex->length = 0; /* no size */ - state = plex_down; /* take it down */ - } - if (!(kernelstate || error)) - set_plex_state(plexno, state, setstate_none | setstate_configuring | setstate_norecurse); -} - -void -update_volume_config(int volno, int kernelstate) -{ - struct volume *vol = &VOL[volno]; - struct plex *plex; - int plexno; - - if (vol->state != volume_unallocated) - /* Recalculate the size of the volume */ - { - vol->size = 0; - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vol->plexes; plexno++) { - plex = &PLEX[vol->plex[plexno]]; - vol->size = max(plex->length, vol->size); /* maximum size */ - plex->volplexno = plexno; /* note it in the plex */ - } - } - if (!kernelstate) /* try to bring it up */ - set_volume_state(volno, volume_up, setstate_configuring | setstate_norecurse); -} - -/* Update the global configuration. - * kernelstate is != 0 if we're reading in a config - * from disk. In this case, we don't try to - * bring the devices up, though we will bring - * them down if there's some error which got - * missed when writing to disk. - */ -void -updateconfig(int kernelstate) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int sdno; - int plexno; - int volno; - struct volume *vol; - struct plex *plex; - - for (sdno = 0; sdno < vinum_conf.subdisks_used; sdno++) - update_sd_config(sdno, kernelstate); - - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vinum_conf.plexes_used; plexno++) - update_plex_config(plexno, kernelstate); - - for (volno = 0; volno < vinum_conf.volumes_used; volno++) - update_volume_config(volno, kernelstate); - save_config(); -} - -/* Start manual changes to the configuration and lock out - * others who may wish to do so. - * XXX why do we need this and lock_config too? */ -int -start_config(void) -{ - int error; - - while ((vinum_conf.flags & VF_CONFIGURING) != 0) { - vinum_conf.flags |= VF_WILL_CONFIGURE; - if ((error = tsleep(&vinum_conf, PRIBIO | PCATCH, "vincfg", 0)) != 0) - return error; - } - /* We need two flags here: VF_CONFIGURING - * tells other processes to hold off (this - * function), and VF_CONFIG_INCOMPLETE - * tells the state change routines not to - * propagate incrememntal state changes */ - vinum_conf.flags |= VF_CONFIGURING | VF_CONFIG_INCOMPLETE; - current_drive = -1; /* reset the defaults */ - current_plex = -1; /* and the same for the last plex */ - current_volume = -1; /* and the last volme */ - return 0; -} - -/* Update the config if update is 1, and unlock - * it. We won't update the configuration if we - * are called in a recursive loop via throw_rude_remark. - */ -void -finish_config(int update) -{ - vinum_conf.flags &= ~VF_CONFIG_INCOMPLETE; /* we've finished our config */ - if (update) - updateconfig(0); /* so update things */ - else - updateconfig(1); /* do some updates only */ - vinum_conf.flags &= ~VF_CONFIGURING; /* and now other people can take a turn */ - if ((vinum_conf.flags & VF_WILL_CONFIGURE) != 0) { - vinum_conf.flags &= ~VF_WILL_CONFIGURE; - wakeup(&vinum_conf); - } -} diff --git a/lkm/vinum/interrupt.c b/lkm/vinum/interrupt.c deleted file mode 100644 index 086d6d1..0000000 --- a/lkm/vinum/interrupt.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -/* interrupt.c: bottom half of the driver */ - -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: interrupt.c,v 1.2 1998/10/30 06:39:36 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -#define REALLYKERNEL -#include "vinumhdr.h" -#include "request.h" -#include -#include - -void complete_raid5_write(struct rqelement *); -void freerq(struct request *rq); -void free_rqg(struct rqgroup *rqg); -void complete_rqe(struct buf *bp); -void sdio_done(struct buf *bp); - -/* Take a completed buffer, transfer the data back if - * it's a read, and complete the high-level request - * if this is the last subrequest. - * - * The bp parameter is in fact a struct rqelement, which - * includes a couple of extras at the end. - */ -void -complete_rqe(struct buf *bp) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct rqelement *rqe; - struct request *rq; - struct rqgroup *rqg; - struct buf *ubp; /* user buffer */ - - rqe = (struct rqelement *) bp; /* point to the element element that completed */ - rqg = rqe->rqg; /* and the request group */ - rq = rqg->rq; /* and the complete request */ - ubp = rq->bp; /* user buffer */ - -#ifdef DEBUG - if (debug & DEBUG_LASTREQS) - logrq(loginfo_iodone, rqe, ubp); -#endif - if ((bp->b_flags & B_ERROR) != 0) { /* transfer in error */ - if (bp->b_error != 0) /* did it return a number? */ - rq->error = bp->b_error; /* yes, put it in. */ - else if (rq->error == 0) /* no: do we have one already? */ - rq->error = EIO; /* no: catchall "I/O error" */ - if (rq->error == EIO) /* I/O error, */ - set_sd_state(rqe->sdno, sd_crashed, setstate_force | setstate_noupdate); /* take the subdisk down */ - else if (rq->error = ENXIO) /* or "not configured" (drive down) */ - set_drive_state(rqe->driveno, /* take the drive down */ - drive_down, - setstate_force | setstate_noupdate); - } - /* Now update the statistics */ - if (bp->b_flags & B_READ) { /* read operation */ - DRIVE[rqe->driveno].reads++; - DRIVE[rqe->driveno].bytes_read += bp->b_bcount; - SD[rqe->sdno].reads++; - SD[rqe->sdno].bytes_read += bp->b_bcount; - PLEX[rqe->rqg->plexno].reads++; - PLEX[rqe->rqg->plexno].bytes_read += bp->b_bcount; - } else { /* write operation */ - DRIVE[rqe->driveno].writes++; - DRIVE[rqe->driveno].bytes_written += bp->b_bcount; - SD[rqe->sdno].writes++; - SD[rqe->sdno].bytes_written += bp->b_bcount; - PLEX[rqe->rqg->plexno].writes++; - PLEX[rqe->rqg->plexno].bytes_written += bp->b_bcount; - } - rqg->active--; /* one less request active */ - if (rqg->active == 0) /* request group finished, */ - rq->active--; /* one less */ - if (rq->active == 0) { /* request finished, */ -#if DEBUG - if (debug & DEBUG_RESID) { - if (ubp->b_resid != 0) /* still something to transfer? */ - Debugger("resid"); - - { - int i; - for (i = 0; i < ubp->b_bcount; i += 512) /* XXX debug */ - if (((char *) ubp->b_data)[i] != '<') { /* and not what we expected */ - printf("At 0x%x (offset 0x%x): '%c' (0x%x)\n", - (int) (&((char *) ubp->b_data)[i]), - i, - ((char *) ubp->b_data)[i], - ((char *) ubp->b_data)[i]); - Debugger("complete_request checksum"); - } - } - } -#endif - - if (rq->error) { /* did we have an error? */ - ubp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; /* yes, propagate to user */ - ubp->b_error = rq->error; - } else - ubp->b_resid = 0; /* completed our transfer */ - if (rq->isplex == 0) /* volume request, */ - VOL[rq->volplex.volno].active--; /* another request finished */ - biodone(ubp); /* top level buffer completed */ - freerq(rq); /* return the request storage */ - } -} - - -/* Free a request block and anything hanging off it */ -void -freerq(struct request *rq) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct rqgroup *rqg; - struct rqgroup *nrqg; /* next in chain */ - int rqno; - - for (rqg = rq->rqg; rqg != NULL; rqg = nrqg) { /* through the whole request chain */ - for (rqno = 0; rqno < rqg->count; rqno++) - if ((rqg->rqe[rqno].flags & XFR_MALLOCED) /* data buffer was malloced, */ - &&rqg->rqe[rqno].b.b_data) /* and the allocation succeeded */ - Free(rqg->rqe[rqno].b.b_data); /* free it */ - nrqg = rqg->next; /* note the next one */ - Free(rqg); /* and free this one */ - } - Free(rq); /* free the request itself */ -} - -void -free_rqg(struct rqgroup *rqg) -{ - if ((rqg->flags & XFR_GROUPOP) /* RAID 5 request */ - &&(rqg->rqe) /* got a buffer structure */ - &&(rqg->rqe->b.b_data)) /* and it has a buffer allocated */ - Free(rqg->rqe->b.b_data); /* free it */ -} - -/* I/O on subdisk completed */ -void -sdio_done(struct buf *bp) -{ - struct sdbuf *sbp; - - sbp = (struct sdbuf *) bp; - if (sbp->b.b_flags & B_ERROR) { /* had an error */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - bp->b_error = sbp->b.b_error; - } - bp->b_resid = sbp->b.b_resid; - biodone(sbp->bp); /* complete the caller's I/O */ - /* Now update the statistics */ - if (bp->b_flags & B_READ) { /* read operation */ - DRIVE[sbp->driveno].reads++; - DRIVE[sbp->driveno].bytes_read += bp->b_bcount; - SD[sbp->sdno].reads++; - SD[sbp->sdno].bytes_read += bp->b_bcount; - } else { /* write operation */ - DRIVE[sbp->driveno].writes++; - DRIVE[sbp->driveno].bytes_written += bp->b_bcount; - SD[sbp->sdno].writes++; - SD[sbp->sdno].bytes_written += bp->b_bcount; - } - Free(sbp); -} diff --git a/lkm/vinum/io.c b/lkm/vinum/io.c deleted file mode 100644 index e06d0ef..0000000 --- a/lkm/vinum/io.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,907 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: io.c,v 1.18 1998/10/05 02:20:59 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -#define STATIC /* nothing while we're testing XXX */ - -#if __FreeBSD__ < 3 /* this is in sys/disklabel.h in 3.0 and on */ -#define DTYPE_VINUM 12 /* vinum volume */ -#endif - -#define REALLYKERNEL -#include "vinumhdr.h" -#include - -extern jmp_buf command_fail; /* return on a failed command */ -struct _ioctl_reply *ioctl_reply; /* data pointer, for returning error messages */ - -#if __FreeBSD__ >= 3 -/* Why aren't these declared anywhere? XXX */ -int setjmp(jmp_buf); -void longjmp(jmp_buf, int); -#endif - -/* pointer to ioctl p parameter, to save passing it around */ -extern struct proc *myproc; - -/* Open the device associated with the drive, and set drive's vp */ -int -open_drive(struct drive *drive, struct proc *p) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct nameidata nd; - struct vattr va; - int error; - - if (drive->devicename[0] == '\0') /* no device name */ - sprintf(drive->devicename, "/dev/%s", drive->label.name); /* get it from the drive name */ - NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW, UIO_SYSSPACE, drive->devicename, p); - error = vn_open(&nd, FREAD | FWRITE, 0); /* open the device */ - if (error != 0) { /* can't open? */ - set_drive_state(drive->driveno, drive_down, 1); - drive->lasterror = error; - printf("vinum open_drive %s: failed with error %d\n", drive->devicename, error); /* XXX */ - return error; - } - drive->vp = nd.ni_vp; - drive->p = p; - - if (drive->vp->v_usecount > 1) { /* already in use? */ -#if 1 - printf("open_drive %s: use count %d, ignoring\n", /* XXX where does this come from? */ - drive->devicename, - drive->vp->v_usecount); - drive->vp->v_usecount = 1; /* will this work? */ -#else -#if __FreeBSD__ == 2 /* pre-4.4BSD Lite/2 parameters */ - VOP_UNLOCK(drive->vp); -#else - VOP_UNLOCK(drive->vp, 0, p); -#endif - close_drive(drive); - set_drive_state(drive->driveno, drive_down, 1); - drive->lasterror = EBUSY; - printf("vinum open_drive %s: Drive in use\n", drive->devicename); /* XXX */ - return EBUSY; -#endif - } - error = VOP_GETATTR(drive->vp, &va, NOCRED, p); - if (error) { -#if __FreeBSD__ == 2 /* pre-4.4BSD Lite/2 parameters */ - VOP_UNLOCK(drive->vp); -#else - VOP_UNLOCK(drive->vp, 0, p); -#endif - close_drive(drive); - set_drive_state(drive->driveno, drive_down, 1); - drive->lasterror = error; - printf("vinum open_drive %s: GETAATTR returns error %d\n", drive->devicename, error); /* XXX */ - return error; - } - drive->dev = va.va_rdev; /* device */ - - if (va.va_type != VBLK) { /* only consider block devices */ -#if __FreeBSD__ == 2 /* pre-4.4BSD Lite/2 parameters */ - VOP_UNLOCK(drive->vp); -#else - VOP_UNLOCK(drive->vp, 0, p); -#endif - close_drive(drive); - set_drive_state(drive->driveno, drive_down, 1); /* this also closes the drive */ - drive->lasterror = ENOTBLK; - printf("vinum open_drive %s: Not a block device\n", drive->devicename); /* XXX */ - return ENOTBLK; - } - drive->vp->v_numoutput = 0; -#if __FreeBSD__ == 2 /* pre-4.4BSD Lite/2 parameters */ - VOP_UNLOCK(drive->vp); -#else - VOP_UNLOCK(drive->vp, 0, p); -#endif - return 0; -} - -/* Set some variables in the drive struct - * in more convenient form. Return error indication */ -int -set_drive_parms(struct drive *drive) -{ - drive->blocksize = BLKDEV_IOSIZE; /* XXX do we need this? */ - drive->secsperblock = drive->blocksize /* number of sectors per block */ - / drive->partinfo.disklab->d_secsize; - - /* Now update the label part */ - bcopy(hostname, drive->label.sysname, VINUMHOSTNAMELEN); /* put in host name */ -#if __FreeBSD__ >= 3 - getmicrotime(&drive->label.date_of_birth); /* and current time */ -#else - drive->label.date_of_birth = time; /* and current time */ -#endif - drive->label.drive_size = ((u_int64_t) drive->partinfo.part->p_size) /* size of the drive in bytes */ - *((u_int64_t) drive->partinfo.disklab->d_secsize); - - /* number of sectors available for subdisks */ - drive->sectors_available = drive->label.drive_size / DEV_BSIZE - DATASTART; - - /* XXX Bug in 3.0 as of January 1998: you can open - * non-existent slices. They have a length of 0 */ - if (drive->label.drive_size < MINVINUMSLICE) { /* too small to worry about */ - set_drive_state(drive->driveno, drive_down, 1); - printf("vinum open_drive %s: Drive too small\n", drive->devicename); /* XXX */ - drive->lasterror = ENOSPC; - return ENOSPC; - } - drive->freelist_size = INITIAL_DRIVE_FREELIST; /* initial number of entries */ - drive->freelist = (struct drive_freelist *) - Malloc(INITIAL_DRIVE_FREELIST * sizeof(struct drive_freelist)); - if (drive->freelist == NULL) /* can't malloc, dammit */ - return ENOSPC; - drive->freelist_entries = 1; /* just (almost) the complete drive */ - drive->freelist[0].offset = DATASTART; /* starts here */ - drive->freelist[0].sectors = (drive->label.drive_size >> DEV_BSHIFT) - DATASTART; /* and it's this long */ - set_drive_state(drive->driveno, drive_up, 1); /* our drive is accessible */ - return 0; -} - -/* Initialize a drive: open the device and add device - * information */ -int -init_drive(struct drive *drive) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int error; - - if (drive->devicename[0] == '\0') { /* no device name yet, default to drive name */ - drive->lasterror = EINVAL; - printf("vinum: Can't open drive without drive name\n"); /* XXX */ - return EINVAL; - } - error = open_drive(drive, myproc); /* open the drive */ - if (error) - return error; - - error = VOP_IOCTL(drive->vp, /* get the partition information */ - DIOCGPART, - (caddr_t) & drive->partinfo, - FREAD, - NOCRED, - myproc); - if (error) { - printf("vinum open_drive %s: Can't get partition information, error %d\n", - drive->devicename, - error); /* XXX */ - close_drive(drive); - drive->lasterror = error; - set_drive_state(drive->driveno, drive_down, 1); - return error; - } - if (drive->partinfo.part->p_fstype != 0) { /* not plain */ - drive->lasterror = EFTYPE; - printf("vinum open_drive %s: Wrong partition type for vinum\n", drive->devicename); /* XXX */ - close_drive(drive); - set_drive_state(drive->driveno, drive_down, 1); - return EFTYPE; - } - return set_drive_parms(drive); /* set various odds and ends */ -} - -/* Close a drive if it's open. No errors */ -void -close_drive(struct drive *drive) -{ - if (drive->vp) { - vn_close(drive->vp, FREAD | FWRITE, NOCRED, drive->p); - if (drive->vp->v_usecount) { /* XXX shouldn't happen */ - printf("close_drive %s: use count still %d\n", drive->devicename, drive->vp->v_usecount); - drive->vp->v_usecount = 0; /* will this work? */ - } - drive->vp = NULL; - } -} - -/* Remove drive from the configuration. - * Caller must ensure that it isn't active - */ -void -remove_drive(int driveno) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct drive *drive = &vinum_conf.drive[driveno]; - long long int nomagic = VINUM_NOMAGIC; /* no magic number */ - - write_drive(drive, /* obliterate the magic, but leave a hint */ - (char *) &nomagic, - 8, - VINUM_LABEL_OFFSET); - close_drive(drive); /* and close it */ - drive->state = drive_unallocated; /* and forget everything we knew about it */ - save_config(); /* and save the updated configuration */ -} - -/* Transfer drive data. Usually called from one of these defines; - * #define read_drive(a, b, c, d) driveio (a, b, c, d, B_READ) - * #define write_drive(a, b, c, d) driveio (a, b, c, d, B_WRITE) - * - * Return error number - */ -int -driveio(struct drive *drive, void *buf, size_t length, off_t offset, int flag) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int error; - struct buf *bp; - int spl; - - error = 0; - - /* Get a buffer */ - bp = (struct buf *) Malloc(sizeof(struct buf)); /* get a buffer */ - CHECKALLOC(bp, "Can't allocate memory"); - - bzero(&buf, sizeof(buf)); - bp->b_flags = B_BUSY | flag; /* tell us when it's done */ - bp->b_iodone = drive_io_done; /* here */ - bp->b_proc = myproc; /* process */ - bp->b_dev = drive->vp->v_un.vu_specinfo->si_rdev; /* device */ - if (offset & (drive->partinfo.disklab->d_secsize - 1)) /* not on a block boundary */ - bp->b_blkno = offset / drive->partinfo.disklab->d_secsize; /* block number */ - bp->b_data = buf; - bp->b_vp = drive->vp; /* vnode */ - bp->b_bcount = length; - bp->b_bufsize = length; - - (*bdevsw[major(bp->b_dev)]->d_strategy) (bp); /* initiate the transfer */ - - spl = splbio(); - while ((bp->b_flags & B_DONE) == 0) { - bp->b_flags |= B_CALL; /* wake me again */ - tsleep((caddr_t) bp, PRIBIO, "driveio", 0); /* and wait for it to complete */ - } - splx(spl); - if (bp->b_flags & B_ERROR) /* didn't work */ - error = bp->b_error; /* get the error return */ - Free(bp); /* then return the buffer */ - return error; -} - -/* Read data from a drive - - * Return error number - */ -int -read_drive(struct drive *drive, void *buf, size_t length, off_t offset) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int error; - struct buf *bp; - daddr_t nextbn; - long bscale; - - struct uio uio; - struct iovec iov; - daddr_t blocknum; /* block number */ - int blockoff; /* offset in block */ - int count; /* amount to transfer */ - - iov.iov_base = buf; - iov.iov_len = length; - - uio.uio_iov = &iov; - uio.uio_iovcnt = length; - uio.uio_offset = offset; - uio.uio_resid = length; - uio.uio_segflg = UIO_SYSSPACE; - uio.uio_rw = UIO_READ; - uio.uio_procp = myproc; - - bscale = btodb(drive->blocksize); /* mask off offset from block number */ - do { - blocknum = btodb(uio.uio_offset) & ~(bscale - 1); /* get the block number */ - blockoff = uio.uio_offset % drive->blocksize; /* offset in block */ - count = min((unsigned) (drive->blocksize - blockoff), /* amount to transfer in this block */ - uio.uio_resid); - - /* XXX Check this. I think the test is wrong */ - if (drive->vp->v_lastr + bscale == blocknum) { /* did our last read finish in this block? */ - nextbn = blocknum + bscale; /* note the end of the transfer */ - error = breadn(drive->vp, /* and read with read-ahead */ - blocknum, - (int) drive->blocksize, - &nextbn, - (int *) &drive->blocksize, - 1, - NOCRED, - &bp); - } else /* random read: just read this block */ - error = bread(drive->vp, blocknum, (int) drive->blocksize, NOCRED, &bp); - drive->vp->v_lastr = blocknum; /* note the last block we read */ - count = min(count, drive->blocksize - bp->b_resid); - if (error) { - brelse(bp); - return error; - } - error = uiomove((char *) bp->b_data + blockoff, count, &uio); /* move the data */ - brelse(bp); - } - while (error == 0 && uio.uio_resid > 0 && count != 0); - return error; -} - -/* Write data to a drive - - * Return error number - */ -int -write_drive(struct drive *drive, void *buf, size_t length, off_t offset) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int error; - struct buf *bp; - struct uio uio; - struct iovec iov; - daddr_t blocknum; /* block number */ - int blockoff; /* offset in block */ - int count; /* amount to transfer */ - int blockshift; - - if (drive->state == drive_down) /* currently down */ - return 0; /* ignore */ - if (drive->vp == NULL) { - drive->lasterror = ENODEV; - return ENODEV; /* not configured yet */ - } - iov.iov_base = buf; - iov.iov_len = length; - - uio.uio_iov = &iov; - uio.uio_iovcnt = length; - uio.uio_offset = offset; - uio.uio_resid = length; - uio.uio_segflg = UIO_SYSSPACE; - uio.uio_rw = UIO_WRITE; - uio.uio_procp = myproc; - - error = 0; - blockshift = btodb(drive->blocksize) - 1; /* amount to shift block number - * to get sector number */ - do { - blocknum = btodb(uio.uio_offset) & ~blockshift; /* get the block number */ - blockoff = uio.uio_offset % drive->blocksize; /* offset in block */ - count = min((unsigned) (drive->blocksize - blockoff), /* amount to transfer in this block */ - uio.uio_resid); - if (count == drive->blocksize) /* the whole block */ - bp = getblk(drive->vp, blocknum, drive->blocksize, 0, 0); /* just get it */ - else /* partial block: */ - error = bread(drive->vp, /* read it first */ - blocknum, - drive->blocksize, - NOCRED, - &bp); - count = min(count, drive->blocksize - bp->b_resid); /* how much will we transfer now? */ - if (error == 0) - error = uiomove((char *) bp->b_data + blockoff, /* move the data to the block */ - count, - &uio); - if (error) { - brelse(bp); - drive->lasterror = error; - switch (error) { - case EIO: - set_drive_state(drive->driveno, drive_down, 1); - break; - - /* XXX Add other possibilities here */ - default: - } - return error; - } - if (count + blockoff == drive->blocksize) - /* The transfer goes to the end of the block. There's - * no need to wait for any more data to arrive. */ - bawrite(bp); /* start the write now */ - else - bdwrite(bp); /* do a delayed write */ - } - while (error == 0 && uio.uio_resid > 0 && count != 0); - if (error) - drive->lasterror = error; - return error; /* OK */ -} - -/* Wake up on completion */ -void -drive_io_done(struct buf *bp) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - wakeup((caddr_t) bp); /* Wachet auf! */ - bp->b_flags &= ~B_CALL; /* don't do this again */ -} - -/* Check a drive for a vinum header. If found, - * update the drive information. We come here - * with a partially populated drive structure - * which includes the device name. - * - * Return information on what we found - */ -enum drive_label_info -read_drive_label(struct drive *drive) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int error; - int result; /* result of our search */ - struct vinum_hdr *vhdr; /* and as header */ - - error = init_drive(drive); /* find the drive */ - if (error) /* find the drive */ - return DL_CANT_OPEN; /* not ours */ - - vhdr = (struct vinum_hdr *) Malloc(VINUMHEADERLEN); /* allocate buffers */ - CHECKALLOC(vhdr, "Can't allocate memory"); - - error = read_drive(drive, (void *) vhdr, VINUMHEADERLEN, VINUM_LABEL_OFFSET); - if (vhdr->magic == VINUM_MAGIC) { /* ours! */ - if (drive->label.name[0] /* we have a name for this drive */ - &&(strcmp(drive->label.name, vhdr->label.name))) { /* but it doesn't match the real name */ - drive->lasterror = EINVAL; - result = DL_WRONG_DRIVE; /* it's the wrong drive */ - } else { - set_drive_parms(drive); /* and set other parameters */ - result = DL_OURS; - } - /* We copy the drive anyway so that we have - * the correct name in the drive info. This - * may not be the name specified */ - drive->label = vhdr->label; /* put in the label information */ - } else if (vhdr->magic == VINUM_NOMAGIC) /* was ours, but we gave it away */ - result = DL_DELETED_LABEL; - else - result = DL_NOT_OURS; /* we could have it, but we don't yet */ - Free(vhdr); /* that's all. */ - return result; -} - -/* Check a drive for a vinum header. If found, - * read configuration information from the drive and - * incorporate the data into the configuration. - * - * Return error number - */ -int -check_drive(char *drivename) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int error; - struct nameidata nd; /* mount point credentials */ - char *config_text; /* read the config info from disk into here */ - volatile char *cptr; /* pointer into config information */ - char *eptr; /* end pointer into config information */ - int driveno; - struct drive *drive; - char *config_line; /* copy the config line to */ - - driveno = find_drive_by_dev(drivename, 1); /* doesn't exist, create it */ - drive = &vinum_conf.drive[driveno]; /* and get a pointer */ - strcpy(drive->devicename, drivename); /* put in device name */ - - if (read_drive_label(drive) == DL_OURS) { /* ours! */ - config_text = (char *) Malloc(MAXCONFIG * 2); /* allocate buffers */ - CHECKALLOC(config_text, "Can't allocate memory"); - config_line = (char *) Malloc(MAXCONFIGLINE * 2); /* allocate buffers */ - CHECKALLOC(config_line, "Can't allocate memory"); - - /* Read in both copies of the configuration information */ - error = read_drive(drive, config_text, MAXCONFIG * 2, VINUM_CONFIG_OFFSET); - - if (error != 0) { - printf("vinum: Can't read device %s, error %d\n", drive->devicename, error); - Free(config_text); - Free(config_line); - free_drive(drive); /* give it back */ - return error; - } - /* XXX At this point, check that the two copies are the same, and do something useful if not. - * In particular, consider which is newer, and what this means for the integrity of the - * data on the drive */ - - /* Parse the configuration, and add it to the global configuration */ - for (cptr = config_text; *cptr != '\0';) { /* love this style(9) */ - volatile int parse_status; /* return value from parse_config */ - - for (eptr = config_line; (*cptr != '\n') && (*cptr != '\0');) /* until the end of the line */ - *eptr++ = *cptr++; - *eptr = '\0'; /* and delimit */ - if (setjmp(command_fail) == 0) { /* come back here on error and continue */ - parse_status = parse_config(config_line, &keyword_set); /* parse the config line */ - if (parse_status < 0) { /* error in config */ - /* This config should have been parsed in user - * space. If we run into problems here, something - * serious is afoot. Complain and let the user - * snarf the config to see what's wrong */ - printf("vinum: Config error on drive %s, aborting integration\n", nd.ni_dirp); - Free(config_text); - Free(config_line); - free_drive(drive); /* give it back */ - return EINVAL; - } - } - while (*cptr == '\n') - cptr++; /* skip to next line */ - } - Free(config_text); - if ((vinum_conf.flags & VF_READING_CONFIG) == 0) /* not reading config */ - updateconfig(0); /* update object states */ - printf("vinum: read configuration from %s\n", drivename); - return 0; /* it all worked */ - } else { /* no vinum label found */ - if (drive->lasterror) { - set_drive_state(drive->driveno, drive_down, 1); - return drive->lasterror; - } else - return ENODEV; /* not our device */ - } -} - -/* Kludge: kernel printf doesn't handle longs correctly XXX */ -static char *lltoa(long long l, char *s); -static char *sappend(char *txt, char *s); - -static char * -lltoa(long long l, char *s) -{ - if (l < 0) { - *s++ = '-'; - l = -l; - } - if (l > 9) { - s = lltoa(l / 10, s); - l %= 10; - } - *s++ = l + '0'; - return s; -} - -static char * -sappend(char *txt, char *s) -{ - while (*s++ = *txt++); - return s - 1; -} - -/* Format the configuration in text form into the buffer - * at config. Don't go beyond len bytes - * XXX this stinks. Fix soon. */ -void -format_config(char *config, int len) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int i; - int j; - char *s = config; - - bzero(config, len); - - /* First write the drive configuration */ - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.drives_used; i++) { - struct drive *drive; - - drive = &vinum_conf.drive[i]; - if (drive->state != drive_unallocated) { - sprintf(s, - "drive %s state %s device %s\n", - drive->label.name, - drive_state(drive->state), - drive->devicename); - while (*s) - s++; /* find the end */ - if (s > &config[len - 80]) { - printf("vinum: configuration data overflow\n"); - return; - } - } - } - - /* Then the volume configuration */ - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.volumes_used; i++) { - struct volume *vol; - - vol = &vinum_conf.volume[i]; - if (vol->state != volume_unallocated) { - if (vol->preferred_plex >= 0) /* preferences, */ - sprintf(s, - "volume %s state %s readpol prefer %s", - vol->name, - volume_state(vol->state), - vinum_conf.plex[vol->preferred_plex].name); - else /* default round-robin */ - sprintf(s, - "volume %s state %s", - vol->name, - volume_state(vol->state)); - while (*s) - s++; /* find the end */ - s = sappend("\n", s); - if (s > &config[len - 80]) { - printf("vinum: configuration data overflow\n"); - return; - } - } - } - - /* Then the plex configuration */ - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.plexes_used; i++) { - struct plex *plex; - - plex = &vinum_conf.plex[i]; - if (plex->state != plex_unallocated) { - sprintf(s, "plex name %s state %s org %s ", - plex->name, - plex_state(plex->state), - plex_org(plex->organization)); - while (*s) - s++; /* find the end */ - if ((plex->organization == plex_striped) - ) { - sprintf(s, "%db ", (int) plex->stripesize); - while (*s) - s++; /* find the end */ - } - if (plex->volno >= 0) /* we have a volume */ - sprintf(s, "vol %s ", vinum_conf.volume[plex->volno].name); - while (*s) - s++; /* find the end */ - for (j = 0; j < plex->subdisks; j++) { - sprintf(s, " sd %s", vinum_conf.sd[plex->sdnos[j]].name); - } - s = sappend("\n", s); - if (s > &config[len - 80]) { - printf("vinum: configuration data overflow\n"); - return; - } - } - } - - /* And finally the subdisk configuration */ - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.subdisks_used; i++) { - struct sd *sd = &vinum_conf.sd[i]; /* XXX */ - if (vinum_conf.sd[i].state != sd_unallocated) { - sprintf(s, - "sd name %s drive %s plex %s state %s len ", - sd->name, - vinum_conf.drive[sd->driveno].label.name, - vinum_conf.plex[sd->plexno].name, - sd_state(sd->state)); - while (*s) - s++; /* find the end */ - s = lltoa(sd->sectors, s); - s = sappend("b driveoffset ", s); - s = lltoa(sd->driveoffset, s); - s = sappend("b plexoffset ", s); - s = lltoa(sd->plexoffset, s); - s = sappend("b\n", s); - if (s > &config[len - 80]) { - printf("vinum: configuration data overflow\n"); - return; - } - } - } -} - -/* Write the configuration to all vinum slices */ -int -save_config(void) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int error; - int written_config; /* set when we firstnwrite the config to disk */ - int driveno; - struct drive *drive; /* point to current drive info */ - struct vinum_hdr *vhdr; /* and as header */ - char *config; /* point to config data */ - int wlabel_on; /* to set writing label on/off */ - - /* don't save the configuration while we're still working on it */ - if (vinum_conf.flags & VF_CONFIGURING) - return 0; - written_config = 0; /* no config written yet */ - /* Build a volume header */ - vhdr = (struct vinum_hdr *) Malloc(VINUMHEADERLEN); /* get space for the config data */ - CHECKALLOC(vhdr, "Can't allocate config data"); - vhdr->magic = VINUM_MAGIC; /* magic number */ - vhdr->config_length = MAXCONFIG; /* length of following config info */ - - config = Malloc(MAXCONFIG); /* get space for the config data */ - CHECKALLOC(config, "Can't allocate config data"); - - format_config(config, MAXCONFIG); - error = 0; /* no errors yet */ - for (driveno = 0; driveno < vinum_conf.drives_used; driveno++) { - drive = &vinum_conf.drive[driveno]; /* point to drive */ - - if ((drive->devicename[0] == '\0') /* XXX we keep getting these nameless drives */ - ||(drive->label.name[0] == '\0')) { /* XXX we keep getting these nameless drives */ - printf("Removing incomplete drive, index %d\n", driveno); - if (drive->vp) /* how can it be open without a name? */ - close_drive(drive); - free_drive(drive); /* get rid of it */ - break; - } - if ((drive->vp == NULL) /* drive not open */ - &&(drive->state > drive_down)) /* and it thinks it's not down */ - set_drive_state(driveno, drive_down, setstate_force | setstate_noupdate); /* tell it what's what */ - if (drive->state != drive_down) { -#if (__FreeBSD__ >= 3) - getmicrotime(&drive->label.last_update); /* time of last update is now */ -#else - drive->label.last_update = time; /* time of last update is now */ -#endif - bcopy((char *) &drive->label, /* and the label info from the drive structure */ - (char *) &vhdr->label, - sizeof(vhdr->label)); - if ((drive->state != drive_unallocated) - && (drive->state != drive_uninit)) { - wlabel_on = 1; /* enable writing the label */ - error = VOP_IOCTL(drive->vp, /* make the label writeable */ - DIOCWLABEL, - (caddr_t) & wlabel_on, - FWRITE, - NOCRED, - myproc); - if (error == 0) - error = write_drive(drive, vhdr, VINUMHEADERLEN, VINUM_LABEL_OFFSET); - if (error == 0) - error = write_drive(drive, config, MAXCONFIG, VINUM_CONFIG_OFFSET); - wlabel_on = 0; /* enable writing the label */ - VOP_IOCTL(drive->vp, /* make the label non-writeable again */ - DIOCWLABEL, - (caddr_t) & wlabel_on, - FWRITE, - NOCRED, - myproc); - if (error) { - printf("vinum: Can't write config to %s, error %d\n", drive->devicename, error); - set_drive_state(drive->driveno, drive_down, 1); - } else - written_config = 1; /* we've written it on at least one drive */ - } - } - } - Free(vhdr); - Free(config); - return written_config == 0; /* return 1 if we failed to write config */ -} - -/* Disk labels are a mess. The correct way to access them - * is with the DIOC[GSW]DINFO ioctls, but some programs, such - * as newfs, access the disk directly, so we have to write - * things there. We do this only on request. If a user - * request tries to read it directly, we fake up one on the fly. - */ - -/* get_volume_label returns a label structure to lp, which - * is allocated by the caller */ -void -get_volume_label(struct volume *vol, struct disklabel *lp) -{ - bzero(lp, sizeof(struct disklabel)); - - strncpy(lp->d_typename, "vinum", sizeof(lp->d_typename)); - lp->d_type = DTYPE_VINUM; - strncpy(lp->d_packname, vol->name, min(sizeof(lp->d_packname), sizeof(vol->name))); - lp->d_rpm = 14400 * vol->plexes; /* to keep them guessing */ - lp->d_interleave = 1; - lp->d_flags = 0; - - /* Fitting unto the vine, a vinum has a single - * track with all its sectors */ - lp->d_secsize = DEV_BSIZE; /* bytes per sector */ - lp->d_nsectors = vol->size; /* data sectors per track */ - lp->d_ntracks = 1; /* tracks per cylinder */ - lp->d_ncylinders = 1; /* data cylinders per unit */ - lp->d_secpercyl = vol->size; /* data sectors per cylinder */ - lp->d_secperunit = vol->size; /* data sectors per unit */ - - lp->d_bbsize = BBSIZE; - lp->d_sbsize = SBSIZE; - - lp->d_magic = DISKMAGIC; - lp->d_magic2 = DISKMAGIC; - - /* Set up partitions a, b and c to be identical - * and the size of the volume. a is UFS, b is - * swap, c is nothing */ - lp->d_partitions[0].p_size = vol->size; - lp->d_partitions[0].p_fsize = 1024; - lp->d_partitions[0].p_fstype = FS_BSDFFS; /* FreeBSD File System :-) */ - lp->d_partitions[0].p_fsize = 1024; /* FS fragment size */ - lp->d_partitions[0].p_frag = 8; /* and fragments per block */ - lp->d_partitions[SWAP_PART].p_size = vol->size; - lp->d_partitions[SWAP_PART].p_fstype = FS_SWAP; /* swap partition */ - lp->d_partitions[LABEL_PART].p_size = vol->size; - lp->d_npartitions = LABEL_PART + 1; - strncpy(lp->d_packname, vol->name, min(sizeof(lp->d_packname), sizeof(vol->name))); - lp->d_checksum = dkcksum(lp); -} - -int -write_volume_label(int volno) -{ - struct disklabel *lp; - struct buf *bp; - struct disklabel *dlp; - struct volume *vol; - int error; - - lp = (struct disklabel *) Malloc((sizeof(struct disklabel) + (DEV_BSIZE - 1)) & (DEV_BSIZE - 1)); - if (lp == 0) - return ENOMEM; - - if ((unsigned) (volno) >= (unsigned) vinum_conf.volumes_used) /* invalid volume */ - return ENOENT; - - vol = &VOL[volno]; /* volume in question */ - if (vol->state == volume_unallocated) /* nothing there */ - return ENOENT; - - get_volume_label(vol, lp); /* get the label */ - - /* Now write to disk. This code is derived from the - * system writedisklabel (), which does silly things - * like reading the label and refusing to write - * unless it's already there. */ - bp = geteblk((int) lp->d_secsize); /* get a buffer */ - bp->b_dev = minor(vol->devno) | (CDEV_MAJOR << MAJORDEV_SHIFT); /* our own raw volume */ - bp->b_blkno = LABELSECTOR * ((int) lp->d_secsize / DEV_BSIZE); - bp->b_bcount = lp->d_secsize; - bzero(bp->b_data, lp->d_secsize); - dlp = (struct disklabel *) bp->b_data; - *dlp = *lp; - bp->b_flags &= ~B_INVAL; - bp->b_flags |= B_BUSY | B_WRITE; - vinumstrategy(bp); /* write it out */ - error = biowait(bp); - bp->b_flags |= B_INVAL | B_AGE; - brelse(bp); - return error; -} - -/* Initialize a subdisk */ -int -initsd(int sdno) -{ - return 0; -} diff --git a/lkm/vinum/lock.c b/lkm/vinum/lock.c deleted file mode 100644 index ed69649..0000000 --- a/lkm/vinum/lock.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: lock.c,v 1.6 1998/07/28 06:32:57 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -#define REALLYKERNEL -#include "vinumhdr.h" - -/* Lock routines. Currently, we lock either an individual volume - * or the global configuration. I don't think tsleep and - * wakeup are SMP safe. FIXME XXX */ - -/* Lock a volume, wait if it's in use */ -int -lockvol(struct volume *vol) -{ - int error; - - while ((vol->flags & VF_LOCKED) != 0) { - vol->flags |= VF_LOCKING; - /* It would seem to make more sense to sleep on - * the address 'vol'. Unfortuntaly we can't - * guarantee that this address won't change due to - * table expansion. The address we choose won't change. */ - if ((error = tsleep(&vinum_conf.volume + vol->devno, - PRIBIO | PCATCH, - "volock", - 0)) != 0) - return error; - } - vol->flags |= VF_LOCKED; - return 0; -} - -/* Unlock a volume and let the next one at it */ -void -unlockvol(struct volume *vol) -{ - vol->flags &= ~VF_LOCKED; - if ((vol->flags & VF_LOCKING) != 0) { - vol->flags &= ~VF_LOCKING; - wakeup(&vinum_conf.volume + vol->devno); - } -} - -/* Lock a plex, wait if it's in use */ -int -lockplex(struct plex *plex) -{ - int error; - - while ((plex->flags & VF_LOCKED) != 0) { - plex->flags |= VF_LOCKING; - /* It would seem to make more sense to sleep on - * the address 'plex'. Unfortuntaly we can't - * guarantee that this address won't change due to - * table expansion. The address we choose won't change. */ - if ((error = tsleep(&vinum_conf.plex + plex->sdnos[0], - PRIBIO | PCATCH, - "plexlk", - 0)) != 0) - return error; - } - plex->flags |= VF_LOCKED; - return 0; -} - -/* Unlock a plex and let the next one at it */ -void -unlockplex(struct plex *plex) -{ - plex->flags &= ~VF_LOCKED; - if ((plex->flags & VF_LOCKING) != 0) { - plex->flags &= ~VF_LOCKING; - wakeup(&vinum_conf.plex + plex->plexno); - } -} - - -/* Get a lock for the global config, wait if it's not available */ -int -lock_config(void) -{ - int error; - - while ((vinum_conf.flags & VF_LOCKED) != 0) { - vinum_conf.flags |= VF_LOCKING; - if ((error = tsleep(&vinum_conf, PRIBIO | PCATCH, "vincfg", 0)) != 0) - return error; - } - vinum_conf.flags |= VF_LOCKED; - return 0; -} - -/* Unlock and wake up any waiters */ -void -unlock_config(void) -{ - vinum_conf.flags &= ~VF_LOCKED; - if ((vinum_conf.flags & VF_LOCKING) != 0) { - vinum_conf.flags &= ~VF_LOCKING; - wakeup(&vinum_conf); - } -} diff --git a/lkm/vinum/makestatetext b/lkm/vinum/makestatetext deleted file mode 100755 index ca5eb2d..0000000 --- a/lkm/vinum/makestatetext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# Make statetexts.h from vinumstate.h -# $Id: makestatetext,v 1.4 1998/03/13 05:36:16 grog Exp grog $ -infile=vinumstate.h -ofile=statetexts.h -cat $ofile - -echo >>$ofile "/* Created by $0 on" `date`. "Do not edit */" -echo >>$ofile -echo >>$ofile "/* Drive state texts */" -echo >>$ofile "char *drivestatetext [] = - { " -egrep -e 'drive_[A-z0-9]*,' <$infile | grep -v = | sed 's: *drive_\([^,]*\).*: \"\1\",:' >>$ofile -cat <> $ofile - }; - -/* Subdisk state texts */ -char *sdstatetext [] = - { -FOO -egrep -e 'sd_[A-z0-9]*,' $infile | grep -v = | sed 's: *sd_\([^,]*\).*: \"\1\",:' >>$ofile -cat <> $ofile - }; - -/* Plex state texts */ -char *plexstatetext [] = - { -FOO -egrep -e 'plex_[A-z0-9]*,' $infile | grep -v = | sed 's: *plex_\([^,]*\).*: \"\1\",:' >>$ofile -cat <> $ofile - }; - -/* Volume state texts */ -char *volstatetext [] = - { -FOO -egrep -e 'volume_[A-z0-9]*,' $infile | grep -v = | sed 's: *volume_\([^,]*\).*: \"\1\",:' >>$ofile -cat <> $ofile - }; -FOO diff --git a/lkm/vinum/memory.c b/lkm/vinum/memory.c deleted file mode 100644 index e77af7e..0000000 --- a/lkm/vinum/memory.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: memory.c,v 1.17 1998/09/29 05:18:09 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -#define REALLYKERNEL -#define USES_VM -#include "vinumhdr.h" - -extern jmp_buf command_fail; /* return on a failed command */ - -#ifdef DEBUG -#include "request.h" -extern struct rqinfo rqinfo[]; -extern struct rqinfo *rqip; -#endif - -#if __FreeBSD__ >= 3 -/* Why aren't these declared anywhere? XXX */ -int setjmp(jmp_buf); -void longjmp(jmp_buf, int); -#endif - -void freedatabuf(struct mc *me); -caddr_t allocdatabuf(struct mc *me); - -void -expand_table(void **table, int oldsize, int newsize) -{ - if (newsize > oldsize) { - int *temp; - - temp = (int *) Malloc(newsize); /* allocate a new table */ - CHECKALLOC(temp, "vinum: Can't expand table\n"); - if (*table != NULL) { /* already something there, */ - bcopy((char *) *table, (char *) temp, oldsize); /* copy it to the old table */ - Free(*table); - } - *table = temp; - } -} - -#if DEBUG /* XXX debug */ -#define MALLOCENTRIES 16384 -int malloccount = 0; -int highwater = 0; /* highest index ever allocated */ -static struct mc malloced[MALLOCENTRIES]; - -static total_malloced; - -caddr_t -MMalloc(int size, char *file, int line) -{ - caddr_t result; - int i; - static int seq = 0; - int s; - struct mc me; /* information to pass to allocdatabuf */ - - if (malloccount >= MALLOCENTRIES) { /* too many */ - printf("vinum: can't allocate table space to trace memory allocation"); - return 0; /* can't continue */ - } - result = malloc(size, M_DEVBUF, M_WAITOK); /* use malloc for smaller and irregular stuff */ - if (result == NULL) - printf("vinum: can't allocate %d bytes from %s:%d\n", size, file, line); - else { - me.flags = 0; /* allocation via malloc */ - s = splhigh(); - for (i = 0; i < malloccount; i++) { - if (((result + size) > malloced[i].address) - && (result < malloced[i].address + malloced[i].size)) /* overlap */ - Debugger("Malloc overlap"); - } - if (result) { - char *f = index(file, '/'); /* chop off dirname if present */ - - if (f == NULL) - f = file; - i = malloccount++; - total_malloced += size; - malloced[i].address = result; - malloced[i].size = size; - malloced[i].line = line; - malloced[i].seq = seq++; - malloced[i].flags = me.flags; - malloced[i].databuf = me.databuf; /* only used with kva alloc */ - bcopy(f, malloced[i].file, min(strlen(f) + 1, 16)); - } - if (malloccount > highwater) - highwater = malloccount; - splx(s); - } - return result; -} - -void -FFree(void *mem, char *file, int line) -{ - int i; - int s; - - s = splhigh(); - for (i = 0; i < malloccount; i++) { - if ((caddr_t) mem == malloced[i].address) { /* found it */ - bzero(mem, malloced[i].size); /* XXX */ - free(mem, M_DEVBUF); - malloccount--; - total_malloced -= malloced[i].size; - if (i < malloccount) /* more coming after */ - bcopy(&malloced[i + 1], &malloced[i], (malloccount - i) * sizeof(struct mc)); - splx(s); - return; - } - } - splx(s); - printf("Freeing unallocated data at 0x%08x from %s, line %d\n", (int) mem, file, line); - Debugger("Free"); -} - -void -vinum_meminfo(caddr_t data) -{ - struct meminfo *m = (struct meminfo *) data; - - m->mallocs = malloccount; - m->total_malloced = total_malloced; - m->malloced = malloced; - m->highwater = highwater; -} - -int -vinum_mallocinfo(caddr_t data) -{ - struct mc *m = (struct mc *) data; - unsigned int ent = *(int *) data; /* 1st word is index */ - - if (ent >= malloccount) - return ENOENT; - m->address = malloced[ent].address; - m->size = malloced[ent].size; - m->line = malloced[ent].line; - m->seq = malloced[ent].seq; - bcopy(malloced[ent].file, m->file, 16); - return 0; -} - -/* return the nth request trace buffer entry. This - * is indexed back from the current entry (which - * has index 0) */ -int -vinum_rqinfo(caddr_t data) -{ - struct rqinfo *rq = (struct rqinfo *) data; - int ent = *(int *) data; /* 1st word is index */ - int lastent = rqip - rqinfo; /* entry number of current entry */ - - if (ent >= RQINFO_SIZE) /* out of the table */ - return ENOENT; - if ((ent = lastent - ent - 1) < 0) - ent += RQINFO_SIZE; /* roll over backwards */ - bcopy(&rqinfo[ent], rq, sizeof(struct rqinfo)); - return 0; -} -#endif diff --git a/lkm/vinum/parser.c b/lkm/vinum/parser.c deleted file mode 100644 index 9e7f791..0000000 --- a/lkm/vinum/parser.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,206 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: parser.c,v 1.11 1998/08/10 08:50:42 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -/* This file contains the parser for the configuration routines. It's used - * both in the kernel and in the user interface program, thus the separate file. */ - -/* Go through a text and split up into text tokens. These are either non-blank - * sequences, or any sequence (except \0) enclosed in ' or ". Embedded ' or - * " characters may be escaped by \, which otherwise has no special meaning. - * - * Delimit by following with a \0, and return pointers to the starts at token []. - * Return the number of tokens found as the return value. - * - * This method has the restriction that a closing " or ' must be followed by - * grey space. - * - * Error conditions are end of line before end of quote, or no space after - * a closing quote. In this case, tokenize() returns -1. */ - -#include -#ifdef KERNEL -#undef KERNEL /* XXX */ -#define REALLYKERNEL -#else -#include -#include -#include -#endif -/* All this mess for a single struct definition */ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include "sys/buf.h" - -#include -#include "vinumkw.h" -#include "vinumio.h" -#include "vinumext.h" - -#ifdef REALLYKERNEL -#define isspace(c) ((c == ' ') || (c == '\t')) /* check for white space */ -#else /* get it from the headers */ -#include -#endif - -/* enum keyword is defined in vinumvar.h */ - -#define keypair(x) { #x, kw_##x } /* create pair "foo", kw_foo */ -#define flagkeypair(x) { "-"#x, kw_##x } /* create pair "-foo", kw_foo */ -#define KEYWORDSET(x) {sizeof (x) / sizeof (struct _keywords), x} - -/* Normal keywords. These are all the words that vinum knows. */ -struct _keywords keywords[] = -{keypair(drive), - keypair(sd), - keypair(subdisk), - keypair(plex), - keypair(volume), - keypair(vol), - keypair(setupstate), - keypair(readpol), - keypair(org), - keypair(name), - keypair(writethrough), - keypair(writeback), - keypair(raw), - keypair(device), - keypair(concat), - keypair(raid5), - keypair(striped), - keypair(plexoffset), - keypair(driveoffset), - keypair(length), - keypair(len), - keypair(state), - keypair(round), - keypair(prefer), - keypair(rename), - keypair(detached), -#ifndef KERNEL /* for vinum(8) only */ -#ifdef DEBUG - keypair(debug), -#endif - keypair(attach), - keypair(detach), - keypair(printconfig), - keypair(replace), - keypair(create), - keypair(read), - keypair(modify), - keypair(list), - keypair(l), - keypair(ld), - keypair(ls), - keypair(lp), - keypair(lv), - keypair(info), - keypair(set), - keypair(rm), - keypair(init), - keypair(label), - keypair(resetconfig), - keypair(start), - keypair(stop), - keypair(resetstats) -#endif -}; -struct keywordset keyword_set = KEYWORDSET(keywords); - -#ifndef KERNEL -struct _keywords flag_keywords[] = -{flagkeypair(f), - flagkeypair(d), - flagkeypair(v), - flagkeypair(s), - flagkeypair(r) -}; -struct keywordset flag_set = KEYWORDSET(flag_keywords); - -#endif - -int -tokenize(char *cptr, char *token[]) -{ - char delim; /* delimiter for searching for the partner */ - int tokennr; /* index of this token */ - tokennr = 0; /* none found yet */ - - for (;;) { - while (isspace(*cptr)) - cptr++; /* skip initial white space */ - if ((*cptr == '\0') || (*cptr == '\n') || (*cptr == '#')) /* end of line */ - return tokennr; /* return number of tokens found */ - delim = *cptr; - token[tokennr] = cptr; /* point to it */ - tokennr++; /* one more */ - /* XXX this is broken. It leaves superfluous \\ characters in the text */ - if ((delim == '\'') || (delim == '"')) { /* delimitered */ - for (;;) { - cptr++; - if ((*cptr == delim) && (cptr[-1] != '\\')) { /* found the partner */ - cptr++; /* move on past */ - if (!isspace(*cptr)) /* error, no space after closing quote */ - return -1; - *cptr++ = '\0'; /* delimit */ - } else if ((*cptr == '\0') || (*cptr == '\n')) /* end of line */ - return -1; - } - } else { /* not quoted */ - while ((*cptr != '\0') && (!isspace(*cptr)) && (*cptr != '\n')) - cptr++; - if (*cptr != '\0') /* not end of the line, */ - *cptr++ = '\0'; /* delimit and move to the next */ - } - } -} - -/* Find a keyword and return an index */ -enum keyword -get_keyword(char *name, struct keywordset *keywordset) -{ - int i; - struct _keywords *keywords = keywordset->k; /* point to the keywords */ - for (i = 0; i < keywordset->size; i++) - if (!strcmp(name, keywords[i].name)) - return (enum keyword) keywords[i].keyword; - return kw_invalid_keyword; -} diff --git a/lkm/vinum/request.c b/lkm/vinum/request.c deleted file mode 100644 index bb7711c..0000000 --- a/lkm/vinum/request.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,966 +0,0 @@ -/* XXX to do: - - * Decide where we need splbio () - */ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: request.c,v 1.19 1998/11/01 02:18:39 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -#define REALLYKERNEL -#include "vinumhdr.h" -#include "request.h" -#include -#include - -/* pointer to ioctl p parameter, to save passing it around */ -extern struct proc *myproc; - -enum requeststatus bre(struct request *rq, - int plexno, - daddr_t * diskstart, - daddr_t diskend); -enum requeststatus bre5(struct request *rq, - int plexno, - daddr_t * diskstart, - daddr_t diskend); -enum requeststatus build_read_request(struct request *rq, int volplexno); -enum requeststatus build_write_request(struct request *rq); -enum requeststatus build_rq_buffer(struct rqelement *rqe, struct plex *plex); -void freerq(struct request *rq); -void free_rqg(struct rqgroup *rqg); -int find_alternate_sd(struct request *rq); -int check_range_covered(struct request *); -void complete_rqe(struct buf *bp); -void complete_raid5_write(struct rqelement *); -int abortrequest(struct request *rq, int error); -void sdio(struct buf *bp); -void sdio_done(struct buf *bp); -int vinum_bounds_check(struct buf *bp, struct volume *vol); -caddr_t allocdatabuf(struct rqelement *rqe); -void freedatabuf(struct rqelement *rqe); - -#ifdef DEBUG -struct rqinfo rqinfo[RQINFO_SIZE]; -struct rqinfo *rqip = rqinfo; - -void -logrq(enum rqinfo_type type, union rqinfou info, struct buf *ubp) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int s = splhigh(); - - vinum_conf.rqipp = &rqip; /* XXX for broken gdb */ - vinum_conf.rqinfop = rqinfo; /* XXX for broken gdb */ - -#if __FreeBSD__ < 3 - rqip->timestamp = time; /* when did this happen? */ -#else - microtime(&rqip->timestamp); /* when did this happen? */ -#endif - rqip->type = type; - rqip->bp = ubp; /* user buffer */ - switch (type) { - case loginfo_user_bp: - case loginfo_user_bpl: - bcopy(info.bp, &rqip->info.b, sizeof(struct buf)); - break; - - case loginfo_iodone: - case loginfo_rqe: - case loginfo_raid5_data: - case loginfo_raid5_parity: - bcopy(info.rqe, &rqip->info.rqe, sizeof(struct rqelement)); - break; - - case loginfo_unused: - break; - } - rqip++; - if (rqip >= &rqinfo[RQINFO_SIZE]) /* wrap around */ - rqip = rqinfo; - splx(s); -} - -#endif - -void -vinumstrategy(struct buf *bp) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int volno; - struct volume *vol = NULL; - int s; - struct devcode *device = (struct devcode *) &bp->b_dev; /* decode device number */ - enum requeststatus status; - - /* We may have changed the configuration in - * an interrupt context. Update it now. It - * could change again, so do it in a loop. - * XXX this is broken and contains a race condition. - * The correct way is to hand it off the the Vinum - * daemon, but I haven't found a name for it yet */ - while (vinum_conf.flags & VF_DIRTYCONFIG) { /* config is dirty, save it now */ - int driveno; - - vinum_conf.flags &= ~VF_DIRTYCONFIG; /* turn it off */ - for (driveno = 0; driveno < vinum_conf.drives_used; driveno++) { - if ((DRIVE[driveno].state == drive_down) /* drive down */ - &&(DRIVE[driveno].vp != NULL)) /* but still open */ - close_drive(&DRIVE[driveno]); /* close it now */ - } - save_config(); - } - - switch (device->type) { - case VINUM_SD_TYPE: - sdio(bp); - return; - - /* In fact, vinum doesn't handle drives: they're - * handled directly by the disk drivers */ - case VINUM_DRIVE_TYPE: - default: - bp->b_error = EIO; /* I/O error */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - biodone(bp); - return; - - case VINUM_VOLUME_TYPE: /* volume I/O */ - volno = VOLNO(bp->b_dev); - vol = &VOL[volno]; - if (vol->state != volume_up) { /* can't access this volume */ - bp->b_error = EIO; /* I/O error */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - biodone(bp); - return; - } - if (vinum_bounds_check(bp, vol) <= 0) { /* don't like them bounds */ - biodone(bp); /* have nothing to do with this */ - return; - } - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - /* Plex I/O is pretty much the same as volume I/O - * for a single plex. Indicate this by passing a NULL - * pointer (set above) for the volume */ - case VINUM_PLEX_TYPE: - bp->b_resid = bp->b_bcount; /* transfer everything */ - vinumstart(bp, 0); - return; - } -} - -/* Start a transfer. Return -1 on error, - * 0 if OK, 1 if we need to retry. - * Parameter reviveok is set when doing - * transfers for revives: it allows transfers to - * be started immediately when a revive is in - * progress. During revive, normal transfers - * are queued if they share address space with - * a currently active revive operation. */ -int -vinumstart(struct buf *bp, int reviveok) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int plexno; - int maxplex; /* maximum number of plexes to handle */ - struct volume *vol; - struct rqgroup *rqg; /* current plex's requests */ - struct rqelement *rqe; /* individual element */ - struct request *rq; /* build up our request here */ - int rqno; /* index in request list */ - enum requeststatus status; - -#if DEBUG - if (debug & DEBUG_LASTREQS) - logrq(loginfo_user_bp, bp, bp); -#endif - - /* XXX In these routines, we're assuming that - * we will always be called with bp->b_bcount - * which is a multiple of the sector size. This - * is a reasonable assumption, since we are only - * called from system routines. Should we check - * anyway? */ - - if ((bp->b_bcount % DEV_BSIZE) != 0) { /* bad length */ - bp->b_error = EINVAL; /* invalid size */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - biodone(bp); - return -1; - } - rq = (struct request *) Malloc(sizeof(struct request)); /* allocate a request struct */ - if (rq == NULL) { /* can't do it */ - bp->b_error = ENOMEM; /* can't get memory */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - biodone(bp); - return -1; - } - bzero(rq, sizeof(struct request)); - - /* Note the volume ID. This can be NULL, which - * the request building functions use as an - * indication for single plex I/O */ - rq->bp = bp; /* and the user buffer struct */ - - if (DEVTYPE(bp->b_dev) == VINUM_VOLUME_TYPE) { /* it's a volume, */ - rq->volplex.volno = VOLNO(bp->b_dev); /* get the volume number */ - vol = &VOL[rq->volplex.volno]; /* and point to it */ - vol->active++; /* one more active request */ - maxplex = vol->plexes; /* consider all its plexes */ - } else { - vol = NULL; /* no volume */ - rq->volplex.plexno = PLEXNO(bp->b_dev); /* point to the plex */ - rq->isplex = 1; /* note that it's a plex */ - maxplex = 1; /* just the one plex */ - } - - if (bp->b_flags & B_READ) { - /* This is a read request. Decide - * which plex to read from. - * - * There's a potential race condition here, - * since we're not locked, and we could end - * up multiply incrementing the round-robin - * counter. This doesn't have any serious - * effects, however. */ - if (vol != NULL) { - vol->reads++; - vol->bytes_read += bp->b_bcount; - plexno = vol->preferred_plex; /* get the plex to use */ - if (plexno < 0) { /* round robin */ - plexno = vol->last_plex_read; - vol->last_plex_read++; - if (vol->last_plex_read == vol->plexes) /* got the the end? */ - vol->last_plex_read = 0; /* wrap around */ - } - status = build_read_request(rq, plexno); /* build a request */ - } else { - daddr_t diskaddr = bp->b_blkno; /* start offset of transfer */ - status = bre(rq, /* build a request list */ - rq->volplex.plexno, - &diskaddr, - diskaddr + (bp->b_bcount / DEV_BSIZE)); - } - - if ((status > REQUEST_RECOVERED) /* can't satisfy it */ - ||(bp->b_flags & B_DONE)) { /* XXX shouldn't get this without bad status */ - if (status == REQUEST_DOWN) { /* not enough subdisks */ - bp->b_error = EIO; /* I/O error */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - } - biodone(bp); - freerq(rq); - return -1; - } { /* XXX */ - int result; - int s = splhigh(); - result = launch_requests(rq, reviveok); /* now start the requests if we can */ - splx(s); - return result; - } - } else - /* This is a write operation. We write to all - * plexes. If this is a RAID 5 plex, we must also - * update the parity stripe. */ - { - if (vol != NULL) { - vol->writes++; - vol->bytes_written += bp->b_bcount; - status = build_write_request(rq); /* Not all the subdisks are up */ - } else { /* plex I/O */ - daddr_t diskstart; - - diskstart = bp->b_blkno; /* start offset of transfer */ - status = bre(rq, - PLEXNO(bp->b_dev), - &diskstart, - bp->b_blkno + (bp->b_bcount / DEV_BSIZE)); /* build requests for the plex */ - } - if ((status > REQUEST_RECOVERED) /* can't satisfy it */ - ||(bp->b_flags & B_DONE)) { /* XXX shouldn't get this without bad status */ - if (status == REQUEST_DOWN) { /* not enough subdisks */ - bp->b_error = EIO; /* I/O error */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - } - if ((bp->b_flags & B_DONE) == 0) - biodone(bp); - freerq(rq); - return -1; - } { /* XXX */ - int result; - int s = splhigh(); - result = launch_requests(rq, reviveok); /* now start the requests if we can */ - splx(s); - return result; - } - /* return launch_requests (rq, reviveok); *//* start the requests */ - } -} - -/* Call the low-level strategy routines to - * perform the requests in a struct request */ -int -launch_requests(struct request *rq, int reviveok) -{ - struct rqgroup *rqg; - int rqno; /* loop index */ - struct rqelement *rqe; /* current element */ - int s; - - /* First find out whether we're reviving, and the - * request contains a conflict. If so, we hang - * the request off plex->waitlist of the first - * plex we find which is reviving */ - if ((rq->flags & XFR_REVIVECONFLICT) /* possible revive conflict */ - &&(!reviveok)) { /* and we don't want to do it now, */ - struct volume *vol = &VOL[VOLNO(rq->bp->b_dev)]; - struct plex *plex; - int plexno; - - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vol->plexes; plexno++) { /* find the reviving plex */ - plex = &PLEX[vol->plex[plexno]]; - if (plex->state == plex_reviving) /* found it */ - break; - } - if (plexno < vol->plexes) { /* found it? */ - struct request *waitlist = plex->waitlist; /* point to the waiting list */ - - while (waitlist->next != NULL) /* find the end */ - waitlist = waitlist->next; - waitlist->next = rq; /* hook our request there */ - return 0; /* and get out of here */ - } else /* bad vinum, bad */ - printf("vinum: can't find reviving plex for volume %s\n", vol->name); - } - rq->active = 0; /* nothing yet */ - /* XXX This is probably due to a bug */ - if (rq->rqg == NULL) { /* no request */ - abortrequest(rq, EINVAL); - return -1; - } -#if DEBUG - if (debug & DEBUG_ADDRESSES) - printf("Request: %x\n%s dev 0x%x, offset 0x%x, length %ld\n", - (u_int) rq, - rq->bp->b_flags & B_READ ? "Read" : "Write", - rq->bp->b_dev, - rq->bp->b_blkno, - rq->bp->b_bcount); /* XXX */ - vinum_conf.lastrq = (int) rq; - vinum_conf.lastbuf = rq->bp; - if (debug & DEBUG_LASTREQS) - logrq(loginfo_user_bpl, rq->bp, rq->bp); -#endif - for (rqg = rq->rqg; rqg != NULL; rqg = rqg->next) { /* through the whole request chain */ - rqg->active = rqg->count; /* they're all active */ - rq->active++; /* one more active request group */ - for (rqno = 0; rqno < rqg->count; rqno++) { - rqe = &rqg->rqe[rqno]; - if (rqe->flags & XFR_BAD_SUBDISK) /* this subdisk is bad, */ - rqg->active--; /* one less active request */ - else { - struct drive *drive = &DRIVE[rqe->driveno]; /* drive to access */ - if ((rqe->b.b_flags & B_READ) == 0) - rqe->b.b_vp->v_numoutput++; /* one more output going */ - rqe->b.b_flags |= B_ORDERED; /* XXX chase SCSI driver */ -#if DEBUG - if (debug & DEBUG_ADDRESSES) - printf(" %s dev 0x%x, sd %d, offset 0x%x, devoffset 0x%x, length %ld\n", - rqe->b.b_flags & B_READ ? "Read" : "Write", - rqe->b.b_dev, - rqe->sdno, - (u_int) (rqe->b.b_blkno - SD[rqe->sdno].driveoffset), - rqe->b.b_blkno, - rqe->b.b_bcount); /* XXX */ - if (debug & DEBUG_NUMOUTPUT) - printf(" vinumstart sd %d numoutput %ld\n", - rqe->sdno, - rqe->b.b_vp->v_numoutput); - if (debug & DEBUG_LASTREQS) - logrq(loginfo_rqe, rqe, rq->bp); -#endif - /* fire off the request */ - s = splbio(); - (*bdevsw[major(rqe->b.b_dev)]->d_strategy) (&rqe->b); - splx(s); - } - /* XXX Do we need caching? Think about this more */ - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* define the low-level requests needed to perform a - * high-level I/O operation for a specific plex 'plexno'. - * - * Return 0 if all subdisks involved in the request are up, 1 if some - * subdisks are not up, and -1 if the request is at least partially - * outside the bounds of the subdisks. - * - * Modify the pointer *diskstart to point to the end address. On - * read, return on the first bad subdisk, so that the caller - * (build_read_request) can try alternatives. - * - * On entry to this routine, the rqg structures are not assigned. The - * assignment is performed by expandrq(). Strictly speaking, the - * elements rqe->sdno of all entries should be set to -1, since 0 - * (from bzero) is a valid subdisk number. We avoid this problem by - * initializing the ones we use, and not looking at the others (index - * >= rqg->requests). - */ -enum requeststatus -bre(struct request *rq, - int plexno, - daddr_t * diskaddr, - daddr_t diskend) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int sdno; - struct sd *sd; - struct rqgroup *rqg; - struct buf *bp; /* user's bp */ - struct plex *plex; - enum requeststatus status; /* return value */ - daddr_t plexoffset; /* offset of transfer in plex */ - daddr_t stripebase; /* base address of stripe (1st subdisk) */ - daddr_t stripeoffset; /* offset in stripe */ - daddr_t blockoffset; /* offset in stripe on subdisk */ - struct rqelement *rqe; /* point to this request information */ - daddr_t diskstart = *diskaddr; /* remember where this transfer starts */ - - bp = rq->bp; /* buffer pointer */ - status = REQUEST_OK; /* return value: OK until proven otherwise */ - plex = &PLEX[plexno]; /* point to the plex */ - - switch (plex->organization) { - case plex_concat: - for (sdno = 0; sdno < plex->subdisks; sdno++) { - sd = &SD[plex->sdnos[sdno]]; - if ((*diskaddr < (sd->plexoffset + sd->sectors)) /* The request starts before the end of this */ - &&(diskend > sd->plexoffset)) { /* subdisk and ends after the start of this sd */ - if ((sd->state != sd_up) || (plex->state != plex_up)) { - enum requeststatus s; - - s = checksdstate(sd, rq, *diskaddr, diskend); /* do we need to change state? */ - if (s) /* give up? */ - return s; /* yup */ - } - rqg = allocrqg(rq, 1); /* space for the request */ - if (rqg == NULL) { /* malloc failed */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - bp->b_error = ENOMEM; - biodone(bp); - return REQUEST_ENOMEM; - } - rqg->plexno = plexno; - - rqe = &rqg->rqe[0]; /* point to the element */ - rqe->rqg = rqg; /* group */ - rqe->sdno = sd->sdno; /* put in the subdisk number */ - plexoffset = max(sd->plexoffset, *diskaddr); /* start offset in plex */ - rqe->sdoffset = plexoffset - sd->plexoffset; /* start offset in subdisk */ - rqe->useroffset = plexoffset - diskstart; /* start offset in user buffer */ - rqe->dataoffset = 0; - rqe->datalen = min(diskend - *diskaddr, /* number of sectors to transfer in this sd */ - sd->sectors - rqe->sdoffset); - rqe->groupoffset = 0; /* no groups for concatenated plexes */ - rqe->grouplen = 0; - rqe->buflen = rqe->datalen; /* buffer length is data buffer length */ - rqe->flags = 0; - rqe->driveno = sd->driveno; - *diskaddr += rqe->datalen; /* bump the address */ - if (build_rq_buffer(rqe, plex)) { /* build the buffer */ - deallocrqg(rqg); - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - bp->b_error = ENOMEM; - biodone(bp); - return REQUEST_ENOMEM; /* can't do it */ - } - } - if (*diskaddr > diskend) /* we're finished, */ - break; /* get out of here */ - } - break; - - case plex_striped: - { - while (*diskaddr < diskend) { /* until we get it all sorted out */ - /* The offset of the start address from - * the start of the stripe */ - stripeoffset = *diskaddr % (plex->stripesize * plex->subdisks); - - /* The plex-relative address of the - * start of the stripe */ - stripebase = *diskaddr - stripeoffset; - - /* The number of the subdisk in which - * the start is located */ - sdno = stripeoffset / plex->stripesize; - - /* The offset from the beginning of the stripe - * on this subdisk */ - blockoffset = stripeoffset % plex->stripesize; - - sd = &SD[plex->sdnos[sdno]]; /* the subdisk in question */ - if ((sd->state != sd_up) || (plex->state != plex_up)) { - enum requeststatus s; - - s = checksdstate(sd, rq, *diskaddr, diskend); /* do we need to change state? */ - if (s) /* give up? */ - return s; /* yup */ - } - rqg = allocrqg(rq, 1); /* space for the request */ - if (rqg == NULL) { /* malloc failed */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - bp->b_error = ENOMEM; - biodone(bp); - return REQUEST_ENOMEM; - } - rqg->plexno = plexno; - - rqe = &rqg->rqe[0]; /* point to the element */ - rqe->rqg = rqg; - rqe->sdoffset = stripebase / plex->subdisks + blockoffset; /* start offset in this subdisk */ - rqe->useroffset = *diskaddr - diskstart; /* The offset of the start in the user buffer */ - rqe->dataoffset = 0; - rqe->datalen = min(diskend - *diskaddr, /* the amount remaining to transfer */ - plex->stripesize - blockoffset); /* and the amount left in this stripe */ - rqe->groupoffset = 0; /* no groups for striped plexes */ - rqe->grouplen = 0; - rqe->buflen = rqe->datalen; /* buffer length is data buffer length */ - rqe->flags = 0; - rqe->sdno = sd->sdno; /* put in the subdisk number */ - rqe->driveno = sd->driveno; - - if (rqe->sdoffset >= sd->sectors) { /* starts beyond the end of the subdisk? */ - deallocrqg(rqg); - return REQUEST_EOF; - } else if (rqe->sdoffset + rqe->datalen > sd->sectors) /* ends beyond the end of the subdisk? */ - rqe->datalen = sd->sectors - rqe->sdoffset; /* yes, truncate */ - - if (build_rq_buffer(rqe, plex)) { /* build the buffer */ - deallocrqg(rqg); - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - bp->b_error = ENOMEM; - biodone(bp); - return REQUEST_ENOMEM; /* can't do it */ - } - *diskaddr += rqe->datalen; /* look at the remainder */ - if (*diskaddr < diskend) { /* didn't finish the request on this stripe */ - plex->multiblock++; /* count another one */ - if (sdno == plex->subdisks - 1) /* last subdisk, */ - plex->multistripe++; /* another stripe as well */ - } - } - } - break; - - - default: - printf("vinum: invalid plex type in bre"); - } - - return status; -} - -/* Build up a request structure for reading volumes. - * This function is not needed for plex reads, since there's - * no recovery if a plex read can't be satisified. */ -enum requeststatus -build_read_request(struct request *rq, /* request */ - int plexindex) -{ /* index in the volume's plex table */ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct buf *bp; - daddr_t startaddr; /* offset of previous part of transfer */ - daddr_t diskaddr; /* offset of current part of transfer */ - daddr_t diskend; /* and end offset of transfer */ - int plexno; /* plex index in vinum_conf */ - struct rqgroup *rqg; /* point to the request we're working on */ - struct volume *vol; /* volume in question */ - off_t oldstart; /* note where we started */ - int recovered = 0; /* set if we recover a read */ - enum requeststatus status = REQUEST_OK; - - bp = rq->bp; /* buffer pointer */ - diskaddr = bp->b_blkno; /* start offset of transfer */ - diskend = diskaddr + (bp->b_bcount / DEV_BSIZE); /* and end offset of transfer */ - rqg = &rq->rqg[plexindex]; /* plex request */ - vol = &VOL[rq->volplex.volno]; /* point to volume */ - - while (diskaddr < diskend) { /* build up request components */ - startaddr = diskaddr; - status = bre(rq, vol->plex[plexindex], &diskaddr, diskend); /* build up a request */ - switch (status) { - case REQUEST_OK: - continue; - - case REQUEST_RECOVERED: - recovered = 1; - break; - - case REQUEST_EOF: - case REQUEST_ENOMEM: - return status; - - /* if we get here, we have either had a failure or - * a RAID 5 recovery. We don't want to use the - * recovery, because it's expensive, so first we - * check if we have alternatives */ - case REQUEST_DOWN: /* can't access the plex */ - if (vol != NULL) { /* and this is volume I/O */ - /* Try to satisfy the request - * from another plex */ - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vol->plexes; plexno++) { - diskaddr = startaddr; /* start at the beginning again */ - oldstart = startaddr; /* and note where that was */ - if (plexno != plexindex) { /* don't try this plex again */ - bre(rq, vol->plex[plexno], &diskaddr, diskend); /* try a request */ - if (diskaddr > oldstart) { /* we satisfied another part */ - recovered = 1; /* we recovered from the problem */ - status = REQUEST_OK; /* don't complain about it */ - break; - } - } - if (plexno == (vol->plexes - 1)) /* couldn't satisfy the request */ - return REQUEST_DOWN; /* failed */ - } - } else - return REQUEST_DOWN; /* bad luck */ - } - if (recovered) - vol->recovered_reads += recovered; /* adjust our recovery count */ - } - return status; -} - -/* Build up a request structure for writes. - * Return 0 if all subdisks involved in the request are up, 1 if some - * subdisks are not up, and -1 if the request is at least partially - * outside the bounds of the subdisks. */ -enum requeststatus -build_write_request(struct request *rq) -{ /* request */ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct buf *bp; - daddr_t diskstart; /* offset of current part of transfer */ - daddr_t diskend; /* and end offset of transfer */ - int plexno; /* plex index in vinum_conf */ - struct volume *vol; /* volume in question */ - enum requeststatus status; - - bp = rq->bp; /* buffer pointer */ - vol = &VOL[rq->volplex.volno]; /* point to volume */ - diskend = bp->b_blkno + (bp->b_bcount / DEV_BSIZE); /* end offset of transfer */ - status = REQUEST_OK; - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vol->plexes; plexno++) { - diskstart = bp->b_blkno; /* start offset of transfer */ - status = min(status, bre(rq, /* build requests for the plex */ - vol->plex[plexno], - &diskstart, - diskend)); - } - return status; -} - -/* Fill in the struct buf part of a request element. */ -enum requeststatus -build_rq_buffer(struct rqelement *rqe, struct plex *plex) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct sd *sd; /* point to subdisk */ - struct volume *vol; - struct buf *bp; - struct buf *ubp; /* user (high level) buffer header */ - - vol = &VOL[rqe->rqg->rq->volplex.volno]; - sd = &SD[rqe->sdno]; /* point to subdisk */ - bp = &rqe->b; - ubp = rqe->rqg->rq->bp; /* pointer to user buffer header */ - - /* Initialize the buf struct */ - bzero(&rqe->b, sizeof(struct buf)); - bp->b_proc = ubp->b_proc; /* process pointer */ - bp->b_flags = ubp->b_flags & (B_NOCACHE | B_READ | B_ASYNC); /* copy these flags from user bp */ - bp->b_flags |= B_CALL | B_BUSY; /* inform us when it's done */ - if (plex->state == plex_reviving) - bp->b_flags |= B_ORDERED; /* keep request order if we're reviving */ - bp->b_iodone = complete_rqe; /* by calling us here */ - bp->b_dev = DRIVE[rqe->driveno].dev; /* drive device */ - bp->b_blkno = rqe->sdoffset + sd->driveoffset; /* start address */ - bp->b_bcount = rqe->buflen << DEV_BSHIFT; /* number of bytes to transfer */ - bp->b_resid = bp->b_bcount; /* and it's still all waiting */ - bp->b_bufsize = bp->b_bcount; /* and buffer size */ - bp->b_vp = DRIVE[rqe->driveno].vp; /* drive vnode */ - bp->b_rcred = FSCRED; /* we have the file system credentials */ - bp->b_wcred = FSCRED; /* we have the file system credentials */ - - if (rqe->flags & XFR_MALLOCED) { /* this operation requires a malloced buffer */ - bp->b_data = Malloc(bp->b_bcount); /* get a buffer to put it in */ - if (bp->b_data == NULL) { /* failed */ - Debugger("XXX"); - abortrequest(rqe->rqg->rq, ENOMEM); - return REQUEST_ENOMEM; /* no memory */ - } - } else - /* Point directly to user buffer data. This means - * that we don't need to do anything when we have - * finished the transfer */ - bp->b_data = ubp->b_data + rqe->useroffset * DEV_BSIZE; - return 0; -} -/* Abort a request: free resources and complete the - * user request with the specified error */ -int -abortrequest(struct request *rq, int error) -{ - struct buf *bp = rq->bp; /* user buffer */ - - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - bp->b_error = error; - freerq(rq); /* free everything we're doing */ - biodone(bp); - return error; /* and give up */ -} - -/* Check that our transfer will cover the - * complete address space of the user request. - * - * Return 1 if it can, otherwise 0 */ -int -check_range_covered(struct request *rq) -{ - /* XXX */ - return 1; -} - -/* Perform I/O on a subdisk */ -void -sdio(struct buf *bp) -{ - int s; /* spl */ - struct sd *sd; - struct sdbuf *sbp; - daddr_t endoffset; - struct drive *drive; - - sd = &SD[SDNO(bp->b_dev)]; /* point to the subdisk */ - drive = &DRIVE[sd->driveno]; - - if (drive->state != drive_up) { /* XXX until we get the states fixed */ - set_sd_state(SDNO(bp->b_dev), sd_obsolete, setstate_force); - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - bp->b_error = EIO; - biodone(bp); - return; - } - /* XXX decide which states we will really accept here. up - * implies it could be involved with a plex, in which - * case we don't want to dick with it */ - if ((sd->state != sd_up) - && (sd->state != sd_initializing) - && (sd->state != sd_reborn)) { /* we can't access it */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - bp->b_flags = EIO; - if (bp->b_flags & B_BUSY) /* XXX why isn't this always the case? */ - biodone(bp); - return; - } - /* Get a buffer */ - sbp = (struct sdbuf *) Malloc(sizeof(struct sdbuf)); - if (sbp == NULL) { - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - bp->b_error = ENOMEM; - biodone(bp); - return; - } - bcopy(bp, &sbp->b, sizeof(struct buf)); /* start with the user's buffer */ - sbp->b.b_flags |= B_CALL; /* tell us when it's done */ - sbp->b.b_iodone = sdio_done; /* here */ - sbp->b.b_dev = DRIVE[sd->driveno].dev; /* device */ - sbp->b.b_vp = DRIVE[sd->driveno].vp; /* vnode */ - sbp->b.b_blkno += sd->driveoffset; - sbp->bp = bp; /* note the address of the original header */ - sbp->sdno = sd->sdno; /* note for statistics */ - sbp->driveno = sd->driveno; - endoffset = bp->b_blkno + sbp->b.b_bcount / DEV_BSIZE; /* final sector offset */ - if (endoffset > sd->sectors) { /* beyond the end */ - sbp->b.b_bcount -= (endoffset - sd->sectors) * DEV_BSIZE; /* trim */ - if (sbp->b.b_bcount <= 0) { /* nothing to transfer */ - bp->b_resid = bp->b_bcount; /* nothing transferred */ - /* XXX Grrr. This doesn't seem to work. Return - * an error after all */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - bp->b_error = ENOSPC; - biodone(bp); - Free(sbp); - return; - } - } - if ((sbp->b.b_flags & B_READ) == 0) /* write */ - sbp->b.b_vp->v_numoutput++; /* one more output going */ -#if DEBUG - if (debug & DEBUG_ADDRESSES) - printf(" %s dev 0x%x, sd %d, offset 0x%x, devoffset 0x%x, length %ld\n", - sbp->b.b_flags & B_READ ? "Read" : "Write", - sbp->b.b_dev, - sbp->sdno, - (u_int) (sbp->b.b_blkno - SD[sbp->sdno].driveoffset), - (int) sbp->b.b_blkno, - sbp->b.b_bcount); /* XXX */ - if (debug & DEBUG_NUMOUTPUT) - printf(" vinumstart sd %d numoutput %ld\n", - sbp->sdno, - sbp->b.b_vp->v_numoutput); -#endif - s = splbio(); - (*bdevsw[major(sbp->b.b_dev)]->d_strategy) (&sbp->b); - splx(s); -} - -/* Simplified version of bounds_check_with_label - * Determine the size of the transfer, and make sure it is - * within the boundaries of the partition. Adjust transfer - * if needed, and signal errors or early completion. - * - * Volumes are simpler than disk slices: they only contain - * one component (though we call them a, b and c to make - * system utilities happy), and they always take up the - * complete space of the "partition". - * - * I'm still not happy with this: why should the label be - * protected? If it weren't so damned difficult to write - * one in the first pleace (because it's protected), it wouldn't - * be a problem. - */ -int -vinum_bounds_check(struct buf *bp, struct volume *vol) -{ - int maxsize = vol->size; /* size of the partition (sectors) */ - int size = (bp->b_bcount + DEV_BSIZE - 1) >> DEV_BSHIFT; /* size of this request (sectors) */ - - /* Would this transfer overwrite the disk label? */ - if (bp->b_blkno <= LABELSECTOR /* starts before or at the label */ -#if LABELSECTOR != 0 - && bp->b_blkno + size > LABELSECTOR /* and finishes after */ -#endif - && (!(vol->flags & VF_RAW)) /* and it's not raw */ - &&major(bp->b_dev) == BDEV_MAJOR /* and it's the block device */ - && (bp->b_flags & B_READ) == 0 /* and it's a write */ - && (!vol->flags & (VF_WLABEL | VF_LABELLING))) { /* and we're not allowed to write the label */ - bp->b_error = EROFS; /* read-only */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - return -1; - } - if (size == 0) /* no transfer specified, */ - return 0; /* treat as EOF */ - /* beyond partition? */ - if (bp->b_blkno < 0 /* negative start */ - || bp->b_blkno + size > maxsize) { /* or goes beyond the end of the partition */ - /* if exactly at end of disk, return an EOF */ - if (bp->b_blkno == maxsize) { - bp->b_resid = bp->b_bcount; - return 0; - } - /* or truncate if part of it fits */ - size = maxsize - bp->b_blkno; - if (size <= 0) { /* nothing to transfer */ - bp->b_error = EINVAL; - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - return -1; - } - bp->b_bcount = size << DEV_BSHIFT; - } - bp->b_pblkno = bp->b_blkno; - return 1; -} - -/* Allocate a request group and hook - * it in in the list for rq */ -struct rqgroup * -allocrqg(struct request *rq, int elements) -{ - struct rqgroup *rqg; /* the one we're going to allocate */ - int size = sizeof(struct rqgroup) + elements * sizeof(struct rqelement); - - rqg = (struct rqgroup *) Malloc(size); - if (rqg != NULL) { /* malloc OK, */ - if (rq->rqg) /* we already have requests */ - rq->lrqg->next = rqg; /* hang it off the end */ - else /* first request */ - rq->rqg = rqg; /* at the start */ - rq->lrqg = rqg; /* this one is the last in the list */ - - bzero(rqg, size); /* no old junk */ - rqg->rq = rq; /* point back to the parent request */ - rqg->count = elements; /* number of requests in the group */ - } else - Debugger("XXX"); - return rqg; -} - -/* Deallocate a request group out of a chain. We do - * this by linear search: the chain is short, this - * almost never happens, and currently it can only - * happen to the first member of the chain. */ -void -deallocrqg(struct rqgroup *rqg) -{ - struct rqgroup *rqgc = rqg->rq->rqg; /* point to the request chain */ - - if (rqg->rq->rqg == rqg) /* we're first in line */ - rqg->rq->rqg = rqg->next; /* unhook ourselves */ - else { - while (rqgc->next != rqg) /* find the group */ - rqgc = rqgc->next; - rqgc->next = rqg->next; - } - Free(rqgc); -} - -/* Character device interface */ -int -vinumread(dev_t dev, struct uio *uio, int ioflag) -{ - return (physio(vinumstrategy, NULL, dev, 1, minphys, uio)); -} - -int -vinumwrite(dev_t dev, struct uio *uio, int ioflag) -{ - return (physio(vinumstrategy, NULL, dev, 0, minphys, uio)); -} diff --git a/lkm/vinum/request.h b/lkm/vinum/request.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6575204..0000000 --- a/lkm/vinum/request.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,191 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: request.h,v 1.10 1998/08/03 07:15:26 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -/* Information needed to set up a transfer */ - -/* struct buf is surprisingly big (about 300 - * bytes), and it's part of the request, so this - * value is really important. Most requests - * don't need more than 2 subrequests per - * plex. The table is automatically extended if - * this value is too small. */ -#define RQELTS 2 /* default of 2 requests per transfer */ - -enum xferinfo { - XFR_NORMAL_READ = 1, - XFR_NORMAL_WRITE = 2, /* write request in normal mode */ - XFR_RECOVERY_READ = 4, - XFR_DEGRADED_WRITE = 8, - XFR_PARITYLESS_WRITE = 0x10, - XFR_NO_PARITY_STRIPE = 0x20, /* parity stripe is not available */ - XFR_DATA_BLOCK = 0x40, /* data block in request */ - XFR_PARITY_BLOCK = 0x80, /* parity block in request */ - XFR_BAD_SUBDISK = 0x100, /* this subdisk is dead */ - XFR_MALLOCED = 0x200, /* this buffer is malloced */ -#if DEBUG - XFR_PHASE2 = 0x800, /* documentation only: 2nd phase write */ -#endif - XFR_REVIVECONFLICT = 0x1000, /* possible conflict with a revive operation */ - /* operations that need a parity block */ - XFR_PARITYOP = (XFR_NORMAL_WRITE | XFR_RECOVERY_READ | XFR_DEGRADED_WRITE), - /* operations that use the group parameters */ - XFR_GROUPOP = (XFR_DEGRADED_WRITE | XFR_RECOVERY_READ), - /* operations that that use the data parameters */ - XFR_DATAOP = (XFR_NORMAL_READ | XFR_NORMAL_WRITE | XFR_PARITYLESS_WRITE), - /* operations requiring read before write */ - XFR_RBW = (XFR_NORMAL_WRITE | XFR_DEGRADED_WRITE), - /* operations that need a malloced buffer */ - XFR_NEEDS_MALLOC = (XFR_NORMAL_WRITE | XFR_RECOVERY_READ | XFR_DEGRADED_WRITE) -}; - -/* Describe one low-level request, part - * of a high-level request. This is an - * extended struct buf buffer, and the first - * element *must* be a struct buf. We pass this structure - * to the I/O routines instead of a struct buf in oder - * to be able to locate the high-level request when it - * completes. - * - * All offsets and lengths are in "blocks", i.e. sectors */ -struct rqelement { - struct buf b; /* buf structure */ - struct rqgroup *rqg; /* pointer to our group */ - /* Information about the transfer */ - daddr_t sdoffset; /* offset in subdisk */ - int useroffset; /* offset in user buffer of normal data */ - /* dataoffset and datalen refer to "individual" - * data transfers (normal read, parityless write) - * and also degraded write. - * - * groupoffset and grouplen refer to the other - * "group" operations (normal write, recovery read) - * Both the offsets are relative to the start of the - * local buffer */ - int dataoffset; /* offset in buffer of the normal data */ - int groupoffset; /* offset in buffer of group data */ - short datalen; /* length of normal data (sectors) */ - short grouplen; /* length of group data (sectors) */ - short buflen; /* total buffer length to allocate */ - short flags; /* really enum xferinfo (see above) */ - /* Ways to find other components */ - short sdno; /* subdisk number */ - short driveno; /* drive number */ -}; - -/* A group of requests built to satisfy a certain - * component of a user request */ -struct rqgroup { - struct rqgroup *next; /* pointer to next group */ - struct request *rq; /* pointer to the request */ - short count; /* number of requests in this group */ - short active; /* and number active */ - short plexno; /* index of plex */ - int badsdno; /* index of bad subdisk or -1 */ - enum xferinfo flags; /* description of transfer */ - struct rqelement rqe[0]; /* and the elements of this request */ -}; - -/* Describe one high-level request and the - * work we have to do to satisfy it */ -struct request { - struct buf *bp; /* pointer to the high-level request */ - int flags; - union { - int volno; /* volume index */ - int plexno; /* or plex index */ - } volplex; - int error; /* current error indication */ - short isplex; /* set if this is a plex request */ - short active; /* number of subrequests still active */ - struct rqgroup *rqg; /* pointer to the first group of requests */ - struct rqgroup *lrqg; /* and to the first group of requests */ - struct request *next; /* link of waiting requests */ -}; - -/* Extended buffer header for subdisk I/O. Includes - * a pointer to the user I/O request. */ -struct sdbuf { - struct buf b; /* our buffer */ - struct buf *bp; /* and pointer to parent */ - short driveno; /* drive index */ - short sdno; /* and subdisk index */ -}; - -/* Values returned by rqe and friends. - * Be careful with these: they are in order of increasing - * seriousness. Some routines check for > REQUEST_RECOVERED - * to indicate a completely failed request. */ -enum requeststatus { - REQUEST_OK, /* request built OK */ - REQUEST_RECOVERED, /* request OK, but involves RAID5 recovery */ - REQUEST_EOF, /* request failed: outside plex */ - REQUEST_DOWN, /* request failed: subdisk down */ - REQUEST_ENOMEM /* ran out of memory */ -}; - -#ifdef DEBUG -/* Trace entry for request info (DEBUG_LASTREQS) */ -enum rqinfo_type { - loginfo_unused, /* never been used */ - loginfo_user_bp, /* this is the bp when strategy is called */ - loginfo_user_bpl, /* and this is the bp at launch time */ - loginfo_rqe, /* user RQE */ - loginfo_iodone, /* iodone */ - loginfo_raid5_data, /* write RAID-5 data block */ - loginfo_raid5_parity /* write RAID-5 parity block */ -}; - -union rqinfou { /* info to pass to logrq */ - struct buf *bp; - struct rqelement *rqe; /* address of request, for correlation */ -}; - -struct rqinfo { - enum rqinfo_type type; /* kind of event */ - struct timeval timestamp; /* time it happened */ - struct buf *bp; /* point to user buffer */ - union { - struct buf b; /* yup, the *whole* buffer header */ - struct rqelement rqe; /* and the whole rqe */ - } info; -}; - -#define RQINFO_SIZE 64 /* number of info slots in buffer */ - -void logrq(enum rqinfo_type type, union rqinfou info, struct buf *ubp); -#endif diff --git a/lkm/vinum/revive.c b/lkm/vinum/revive.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2d93524..0000000 --- a/lkm/vinum/revive.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,129 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: revive.c,v 1.3 1998/10/30 00:56:38 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -#define REALLYKERNEL -#include "vinumhdr.h" -#include "request.h" - -/* revive a block of a plex. Return an error - * indication. EAGAIN means successful copy, but - * that more blocks remain to be copied. - * XXX We should specify a block size here. At the moment, - * just take a default value. FIXME */ -int -revive_block(int plexno) -{ - struct plex *plex = &PLEX[plexno]; - struct buf *bp; - int error = EAGAIN; - int size; /* size of revive block, bytes */ - int s; /* priority level */ - - if (plex->revive_blocksize == 0) { - if (plex->stripesize != 0) /* we're striped, don't revive more than */ - plex->revive_blocksize = min(DEFAULT_REVIVE_BLOCKSIZE, /* one block at a time */ - plex->stripesize << DEV_BSHIFT); - else - plex->revive_blocksize = DEFAULT_REVIVE_BLOCKSIZE; - } - size = min(plex->revive_blocksize, (plex->length - plex->revived) << DEV_BSHIFT); - - s = splbio(); - /* Get a buffer */ - bp = geteblk(size); - if (bp == NULL) { - splx(s); - return ENOMEM; - } - if (bp->b_qindex != 0) /* on a queue, */ - bremfree(bp); /* remove it */ - splx(s); - - /* Amount to transfer: block size, unless it - * would overlap the end */ - bp->b_bufsize = size; - bp->b_bcount = bp->b_bufsize; - bp->b_resid = 0x0; - bp->b_blkno = plex->revived; /* we've got this far */ - - /* XXX what about reviving anonymous plexes? */ - - /* First, read the data from the volume. We don't - * care which plex, that's bre's job */ - bp->b_dev = VINUMBDEV(plex->volno, 0, 0, VINUM_VOLUME_TYPE); /* create the device number */ - bp->b_flags = B_BUSY | B_READ; - vinumstart(bp, 1); - biowait(bp); - if (bp->b_flags & B_ERROR) - error = bp->b_error; - else - /* Now write to the plex */ - { - s = splbio(); - if (bp->b_qindex != 0) /* on a queue, */ - bremfree(bp); /* remove it */ - splx(s); - bp->b_dev = VINUMBDEV(plex->volno, plex->volplexno, 0, VINUM_PLEX_TYPE); /* create the device number */ - - bp->b_flags = B_BUSY; /* make this a write */ - bp->b_resid = 0x0; - vinumstart(bp, 1); - biowait(bp); - if (bp->b_flags & B_ERROR) - error = bp->b_error; - else { - plex->revived += bp->b_bcount >> DEV_BSHIFT; /* moved this much further down */ - if (plex->revived >= plex->length) { /* finished */ - plex->revived = 0; - plex->state = plex_up; /* do we need to do more? */ - if (plex->volno >= 0) /* we have a volume, */ - set_volume_state(plex->volno, volume_up, 0); - printf("vinum: plex %s is %s\n", plex->name, plex_state(plex->state)); - save_config(); /* and save the updated configuration */ - error = 0; /* we're done */ - } - } - while (plex->waitlist) { /* we have waiting requests */ - launch_requests(plex->waitlist, 1); /* do them now */ - plex->waitlist = plex->waitlist->next; /* and move on to the next */ - } - } - if (bp->b_qindex == 0) /* not on a queue, */ - brelse(bp); /* is this kosher? */ - return error; -} diff --git a/lkm/vinum/state.c b/lkm/vinum/state.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2223760..0000000 --- a/lkm/vinum/state.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,799 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: state.c,v 2.7 1998/11/01 04:46:13 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -#define REALLYKERNEL -#include "vinumhdr.h" -#include "request.h" - -/* Update drive state */ -/* Return 1 if the state changes, otherwise 0 */ -int -set_drive_state(int driveno, enum drivestate state, int flags) -{ - struct drive *drive = &DRIVE[driveno]; - int oldstate = drive->state; - int sdno; - - if (drive->state == drive_unallocated) /* no drive to do anything with, */ - return 0; - - if (state != oldstate) { /* don't change it if it's not different */ - if (state == drive_down) { /* the drive's going down */ - if ((flags & setstate_force) || (drive->opencount == 0)) { /* we can do it */ - /* We can't call close() from an interrupt - * context. Instead, we do it when we - * next call strategy(). This will change - * when the vinum daemon comes onto the scene */ - if (!(flags & setstate_noupdate)) /* we can close it */ - close_drive(drive); - } else - return 0; /* don't do it */ - } - drive->state = state; /* set the state */ - printf("vinum: drive %s is %s\n", drive->label.name, drive_state(drive->state)); - if (((drive->state == drive_up) - || ((drive->state == drive_coming_up))) - && (drive->vp == NULL)) /* should be open, but we're not */ - init_drive(drive); /* which changes the state again */ - if ((state != oldstate) /* state has changed */ - &&((flags & setstate_norecurse) == 0)) { /* and we want to recurse, */ - for (sdno = 0; sdno < vinum_conf.subdisks_used; sdno++) { /* find this drive's subdisks */ - if (SD[sdno].driveno == driveno) /* belongs to this drive */ - set_sd_state(sdno, sd_down, setstate_force | setstate_recursing); /* take it down */ - } - } - if (flags & setstate_noupdate) /* don't update now, */ - vinum_conf.flags |= VF_DIRTYCONFIG; /* wait until later */ - else - save_config(); /* yes: save the updated configuration */ - return 1; - } - return 0; -} - -/* Try to set the subdisk state. Return 1 if state changed to - * what we wanted, -1 if it changed to something else, and 0 - * if no change. - * - * This routine is called both from the user (up, down states - * only) and internally. - */ -int -set_sd_state(int sdno, enum sdstate state, enum setstateflags flags) -{ - struct sd *sd = &SD[sdno]; - int oldstate = sd->state; - int status = 1; /* status to return */ - - if (state == oldstate) - return 0; /* no change */ - - if (sd->state == sd_unallocated) /* no subdisk to do anything with, */ - return 0; - - if (sd->driveoffset < 0) { /* not allocated space */ - sd->state = sd_down; - if (state != sd_down) - return -1; - } else { /* space allocated */ - switch (state) { - case sd_down: - if ((!flags & setstate_force) /* but gently */ - &&(sd->plexno >= 0)) /* and we're attached to a plex, */ - return 0; /* don't do it */ - break; - - case sd_up: - if (DRIVE[sd->driveno].state != drive_up) /* can't bring the sd up if the drive isn't, */ - return 0; /* not even by force */ - switch (sd->state) { - case sd_crashed: - case sd_down: /* been down, no data lost */ - if ((sd->plexno) /* we're associated with a plex */ - &&(((PLEX[sd->plexno].state < plex_firstup) /* and it's not up */ - ||(PLEX[sd->plexno].subdisks > 1)))) /* or it's the only one */ - break; - /* XXX Get this right: make sure that other plexes in - * the volume cover this address space, otherwise - * we make this one sd_up */ - sd->state = sd_reborn; /* here it is again */ - printf("vinum: subdisk %s is %s, not %s\n", sd->name, sd_state(sd->state), sd_state(state)); - status = -1; - break; - - case sd_init: /* brand new */ - if (flags & setstate_configuring) /* we're doing this while configuring */ - break; - sd->state = sd_empty; /* nothing in it */ - printf("vinum: subdisk %s is %s, not %s\n", sd->name, sd_state(sd->state), sd_state(state)); - status = -1; - break; - - case sd_initializing: - break; /* go on and do it */ - - case sd_empty: - if ((sd->plexno) /* we're associated with a plex */ - &&(((PLEX[sd->plexno].state < plex_firstup) /* and it's not up */ - ||(PLEX[sd->plexno].subdisks > 1)))) /* or it's the only one */ - break; - return 0; /* can't do it */ - - default: /* can't do it */ - /* There's no way to bring subdisks up directly from - * other states. First they need to be initialized - * or revived */ - return 0; - } - break; - - default: /* other ones, only internal with force */ - if (flags & setstate_force == 0) /* no force? What's this? */ - return 0; /* don't do it */ - } - } - sd->state = state; - printf("vinum: subdisk %s is %s\n", sd->name, sd_state(sd->state)); - if ((flags & setstate_norecurse) == 0) - set_plex_state(sd->plexno, plex_up, setstate_recursing); /* update plex state */ - if ((flags & (setstate_configuring | setstate_recursing)) == 0) { /* save config now */ - if (setstate_noupdate) /* we can't update now, */ - vinum_conf.flags |= VF_DIRTYCONFIG; /* wait until later */ - else - save_config(); - } - return status; -} - -/* Called from request routines when they find - * a subdisk which is not kosher. Decide whether - * it warrants changing the state. Return - * REQUEST_DOWN if we can't use the subdisk, - * REQUEST_OK if we can. */ -enum requeststatus -checksdstate(struct sd *sd, struct request *rq, daddr_t diskaddr, daddr_t diskend) -{ - struct plex *plex = &PLEX[sd->plexno]; - int writeop = (rq->bp->b_flags & B_READ) == 0; /* note if we're writing */ - - /* first, see if the plex wants to be accessed */ - switch (plex->state) { - case plex_reviving: - /* When writing, we'll write anything that starts - * up to the current revive pointer, but we'll - * only accept a read which finishes before the - * current revive pointer. - */ - if ((writeop && (diskaddr > plex->revived)) /* write starts after current revive pointer */ - ||((!writeop) && (diskend >= plex->revived))) { /* or read ends after current revive pointer */ - if (writeop) { /* writing to a consistent down disk */ - if (DRIVE[sd->driveno].state == drive_up) - set_sd_state(sd->sdno, sd_stale, setstate_force); /* it's not consistent now */ - else - set_sd_state(sd->sdno, sd_obsolete, setstate_force); /* it's not consistent now */ - } - return REQUEST_DOWN; /* that part of the plex is still down */ - } else if (diskend >= plex->revived) /* write finishes beyond revive pointer */ - rq->flags |= XFR_REVIVECONFLICT; /* note a potential conflict */ - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - - case plex_up: - case plex_degraded: - case plex_flaky: - /* We can access the plex: let's see - * how the subdisk feels */ - switch (sd->state) { - case sd_up: - return REQUEST_OK; - - case sd_reborn: - if (writeop) - return REQUEST_OK; /* always write to a reborn disk */ - /* Handle the mapping. We don't want to reject - * a read request to a reborn subdisk if that's - * all we have. XXX */ - return REQUEST_DOWN; - - case sd_down: - case sd_crashed: - if (writeop) { /* writing to a consistent down disk */ - if (DRIVE[sd->driveno].state == drive_up) - set_sd_state(sd->sdno, sd_stale, setstate_force); /* it's not consistent now */ - else - set_sd_state(sd->sdno, sd_obsolete, setstate_force); /* it's not consistent now */ - } - return REQUEST_DOWN; /* and it's down one way or another */ - - default: - return REQUEST_DOWN; - } - - default: - return REQUEST_DOWN; - } -} - -void -add_defective_region(struct plex *plex, off_t offset, size_t length) -{ -/* XXX get this ordered, and coalesce regions if necessary */ - if (++plex->defective_regions > plex->defective_region_count) - EXPAND(plex->defective_region, - struct plexregion, - plex->defective_region_count, - PLEX_REGION_TABLE_SIZE); - plex->defective_region[plex->defective_regions - 1].offset = offset; - plex->defective_region[plex->defective_regions - 1].length = length; -} - -void -add_unmapped_region(struct plex *plex, off_t offset, size_t length) -{ - if (++plex->unmapped_regions > plex->unmapped_region_count) - EXPAND(plex->unmapped_region, - struct plexregion, - plex->unmapped_region_count, - PLEX_REGION_TABLE_SIZE); - plex->unmapped_region[plex->unmapped_regions - 1].offset = offset; - plex->unmapped_region[plex->unmapped_regions - 1].length = length; -} - -/* Rebuild a plex free list and set state if - * we have a configuration error */ -void -rebuild_plex_unmappedlist(struct plex *plex) -{ - int sdno; - struct sd *sd; - int lastsdend = 0; /* end offset of last subdisk */ - - if (plex->unmapped_region != NULL) { /* we're going to rebuild it */ - Free(plex->unmapped_region); - plex->unmapped_region = NULL; - plex->unmapped_regions = 0; - plex->unmapped_region_count = 0; - } - if (plex->defective_region != NULL) { - Free(plex->defective_region); - plex->defective_region = NULL; - plex->defective_regions = 0; - plex->defective_region_count = 0; - } - for (sdno = 0; sdno < plex->subdisks; sdno++) { - sd = &SD[plex->sdnos[sdno]]; - if (sd->plexoffset < lastsdend) { /* overlap */ - printf("vinum: Plex %s, subdisk %s overlaps previous\n", plex->name, sd->name); - set_plex_state(plex->plexno, plex_down, setstate_force); /* don't allow that */ - } else if (sd->plexoffset > lastsdend) /* gap */ - add_unmapped_region(plex, lastsdend, sd->plexoffset - lastsdend); - else if (sd->state < sd_reborn) /* this part defective */ - add_defective_region(plex, sd->plexoffset, sd->sectors); - lastsdend = sd->plexoffset + sd->sectors; - } -} - -/* return a state map for the subdisks of a plex */ -enum sdstates -sdstatemap(struct plex *plex, int *sddowncount) -{ - int sdno; - enum sdstates statemap = 0; /* note the states we find */ - - *sddowncount = 0; /* no subdisks down yet */ - for (sdno = 0; sdno < plex->subdisks; sdno++) { - struct sd *sd = &SD[plex->sdnos[sdno]]; /* point to the subdisk */ - - switch (sd->state) { - case sd_empty: - statemap |= sd_emptystate; - (*sddowncount)++; /* another unusable subdisk */ - break; - - case sd_init: - statemap |= sd_initstate; - (*sddowncount)++; /* another unusable subdisk */ - break; - - case sd_down: - statemap |= sd_downstate; - (*sddowncount)++; /* another unusable subdisk */ - break; - - case sd_crashed: - statemap |= sd_crashedstate; - (*sddowncount)++; /* another unusable subdisk */ - break; - - case sd_obsolete: - statemap |= sd_obsolete; - (*sddowncount)++; /* another unusable subdisk */ - break; - - case sd_stale: - statemap |= sd_stalestate; - (*sddowncount)++; /* another unusable subdisk */ - break; - - case sd_reborn: - statemap |= sd_rebornstate; - break; - - case sd_up: - statemap |= sd_upstate; - break; - - default: - statemap |= sd_otherstate; - break; - } - } - return statemap; -} - -/* determine the state of the volume relative to this plex */ -enum volplexstate -vpstate(struct plex *plex) -{ - struct volume *vol; - enum volplexstate state = volplex_onlyusdown; /* state to return */ - int plexno; - - if (plex->volno < 0) /* not associated with a volume */ - return volplex_onlyusdown; /* assume the worst */ - - vol = &VOL[plex->volno]; /* point to our volume */ - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vol->plexes; plexno++) { - if (&PLEX[vol->plex[plexno]] == plex) { /* us */ - if (PLEX[vol->plex[plexno]].state == plex_up) /* are we up? */ - state |= volplex_onlyus; /* yes */ - } else { - if (PLEX[vol->plex[plexno]].state == plex_up) /* not us */ - state |= volplex_otherup; /* and when they were up, they were up */ - else - state |= volplex_alldown; /* and when they were down, they were down */ - } - } - return state; /* and when they were only halfway up */ -} /* they were neither up nor down */ - -/* Check if all bits b are set in a */ -int allset(int a, int b); - -int -allset(int a, int b) -{ - return (a & b) == b; -} - -/* Update the state of a plex dependent on its subdisks. - * Also rebuild the unmapped_region and defective_region table */ -int -set_plex_state(int plexno, enum plexstate state, enum setstateflags flags) -{ - int sddowncount = 0; /* number of down subdisks */ - struct plex *plex = &PLEX[plexno]; /* point to our plex */ - enum plexstate oldstate = plex->state; - enum volplexstate vps = vpstate(plex); /* how do we compare with the other plexes? */ - enum sdstates statemap = sdstatemap(plex, &sddowncount); /* get a map of the subdisk states */ - - if ((flags & setstate_force) && (oldstate == state)) /* we're there already, */ - return 0; /* no change */ - - if (plex->state == plex_unallocated) /* no plex to do anything with, */ - return 0; - - switch (state) { - case plex_up: - if ((plex->state == plex_initializing) /* we're initializing */ - &&(statemap != sd_upstate)) /* but SDs aren't up yet */ - return 0; /* do nothing */ - - /* We don't really care what our state was before - * if we want to come up. We rely entirely on the - * state of our subdisks and our volume */ - switch (vps) { - case volplex_onlyusdown: - case volplex_alldown: /* another plex is down, and so are we */ - if (statemap == sd_upstate) { /* all subdisks ready for action */ - if ((plex->state == plex_init) /* we're brand spanking new */ - &&(VOL[plex->volno].flags & VF_CONFIG_SETUPSTATE)) { /* and we consider that up */ - /* Conceptually, an empty plex does not contain valid data, - * but normally we'll see this state when we have just - * created a plex, and it's either consistent from earlier, - * or we don't care about the previous contents (we're going - * to create a file system or use it for swap). - * - * We need to do this in one swell foop: on the next call - * we will no longer be just empty. - * - * We'll still come back to this function for the remaining - * plexes in the volume. They'll be up already, so that - * doesn't change anything, but it's not worth the additional - * code to stop doing it. */ - struct volume *vol = &VOL[plex->volno]; - int plexno; - - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vol->plexes; plexno++) - PLEX[vol->plex[plexno]].state = plex_up; - } - plex->state = plex_up; /* bring up up, anyway */ - } else - plex->state = plex_down; - break; - - case volplex_onlyusup: /* only we are up: others are down */ - case volplex_onlyus: /* we're up and alone */ - if ((statemap == sd_upstate) /* subdisks all up */ - ||(statemap == sd_emptystate)) /* or all empty */ - plex->state = plex_up; /* go for it */ - else if ((statemap & (sd_upstate | sd_reborn)) == statemap) /* all up or reborn, */ - plex->state = plex_flaky; - else if (statemap & (sd_upstate | sd_reborn)) /* some up or reborn, */ - plex->state = plex_degraded; /* so far no corruption */ - else - plex->state = plex_faulty; - break; - - case volplex_otherup: /* another plex is up */ - case volplex_otherupdown: /* other plexes are up and down */ - { - int sdno; - struct sd *sd; - - /* Is the data in all subdisks valid? */ - /* XXX At the moment, subdisks make false - * claims about their validity. Replace this - * when they tell the truth */ - /* No: we have invalid or down subdisks */ - for (sdno = 0; sdno < plex->subdisks; sdno++) { /* look at these subdisks more carefully */ - set_sd_state(plex->sdnos[sdno], /* try to get it up */ - sd_up, - setstate_norecurse | setstate_noupdate); - sd = &SD[plex->sdnos[sdno]]; /* point to subdisk */ - /* we can make a stale subdisk up here, because - * we're in the process of bringing it up. - * This wouldn't work in set_sd_state, because - * it would allow bypassing the revive */ - if (((sd->state == sd_stale) - || (sd->state == sd_obsolete)) - && (DRIVE[sd->driveno].state == drive_up)) - sd->state = sd_up; - } - statemap = sdstatemap(plex, &sddowncount); /* get the new state map */ - /* Do we need reborn? They should now all be up */ - if (statemap == (statemap & (sd_upstate | sd_rebornstate))) { /* got something we can use */ - plex->state = plex_reviving; /* we need reviving */ - return EAGAIN; - } else - plex->state = plex_down; /* still in error */ - } - break; - - case volplex_allup: /* all plexes are up */ - case volplex_someup: - if ((statemap & (sd_upstate | sd_reborn)) == statemap) /* all up or reborn, */ - break; /* no change */ - else - plex->state = plex_degraded; /* we're not all there */ - } - - if (plex->state != oldstate) - break; - return 0; /* no change */ - - case plex_down: /* want to take it down */ - if (((vps == volplex_onlyus) /* we're the only one up */ - ||(vps == volplex_onlyusup)) /* we're the only one up */ - &&(!(flags & setstate_force))) /* and we don't want to use force */ - return 0; /* can't do it */ - plex->state = state; /* do it */ - break; - - /* This is only requested by the driver. - * Trust ourselves */ - case plex_faulty: - plex->state = state; /* do it */ - break; - - case plex_initializing: - /* XXX consider what safeguards we need here */ - if ((flags & setstate_force) == 0) - return 0; - plex->state = state; /* do it */ - break; - - /* What's this? */ - default: - return 0; - } - printf("vinum: plex %s is %s\n", plex->name, plex_state(plex->state)); - /* Now see what we have left, and whether - * we're taking the volume down */ - if (plex->volno >= 0) { /* we have a volume */ - struct volume *vol = &VOL[plex->volno]; - - vps = vpstate(plex); /* get our combined state again */ - if ((flags & setstate_norecurse) == 0) { /* we can recurse */ - if ((vol->state == volume_up) - && (vps == volplex_alldown)) /* and we're all down */ - set_volume_state(plex->volno, volume_down, setstate_recursing); /* take our volume down */ - else if ((vol->state == volume_down) - && (vps & (volplex_otherup | volplex_onlyusup))) /* and at least one is up */ - set_volume_state(plex->volno, volume_up, setstate_recursing); /* bring our volume up */ - } - } - if ((flags & (setstate_configuring | setstate_recursing)) == 0) { /* save config now */ - if (flags & setstate_noupdate) /* don't update now, */ - vinum_conf.flags |= VF_DIRTYCONFIG; /* wait until later */ - else - save_config(); /* yes: save the updated configuration */ - } - return 1; -} - -/* Update the state of a plex dependent on its plexes. - * Also rebuild the unmapped_region and defective_region table */ -int -set_volume_state(int volno, enum volumestate state, enum setstateflags flags) -{ - int plexno; - enum plexstates { - plex_downstate = 1, /* found a plex which is down */ - plex_degradedstate = 2, /* found a plex which is halfway up */ - plex_upstate = 4 /* found a plex which is completely up */ - }; - - int plexstatemap = 0; /* note the states we find */ - struct volume *vol = &VOL[volno]; /* point to our volume */ - - if (vol->state == state) /* we're there already */ - return 0; /* no change */ - if (vol->state == volume_unallocated) /* no volume to do anything with, */ - return 0; - - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vol->plexes; plexno++) { - struct plex *plex = &PLEX[vol->plex[plexno]]; /* point to the plex */ - switch (plex->state) { - case plex_degraded: - case plex_flaky: - case plex_reviving: - plexstatemap |= plex_degradedstate; - break; - - case plex_up: - plexstatemap |= plex_upstate; - break; - - default: - plexstatemap |= plex_downstate; - break; - } - } - - if (state == volume_up) { /* want to come up */ - if (plexstatemap & plex_upstate) { /* we have a plex which is completely up */ - vol->state = volume_up; /* did it */ - printf("vinum: volume %s is %s\n", vol->name, volume_state(vol->state)); - if ((flags & (setstate_configuring | setstate_recursing)) == 0) { /* save config now */ - if (flags & setstate_noupdate) /* don't update now, */ - vinum_conf.flags |= VF_DIRTYCONFIG; /* wait until later */ - else - save_config(); /* yes: save the updated configuration */ - } - return 1; - } - /* Here we should check whether we have enough - * coverage for the complete volume. Writeme XXX */ - } else if (state == volume_down) { /* want to go down */ - if ((vol->opencount == 0) /* not open */ - ||(flags & setstate_force != 0)) { /* or we're forcing */ - vol->state = volume_down; - printf("vinum: volume %s is %s\n", vol->name, volume_state(vol->state)); - if ((flags & (setstate_configuring | setstate_recursing)) == 0) { /* save config now */ - if (flags & setstate_noupdate) /* don't update now, */ - vinum_conf.flags |= VF_DIRTYCONFIG; /* wait until later */ - else - save_config(); /* yes: save the updated configuration */ - } - return 1; - } - } - return 0; /* no change */ -} - -/* Start an object, in other words do what we can to get it up. - * This is called from vinumioctl (VINUMSTART). - * Return error indications via ioctl_reply - */ -void -start_object(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *data) -{ - int status; - int realstatus; /* what we really have */ - int objindex = data->index; /* data gets overwritten */ - struct _ioctl_reply *ioctl_reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) data; /* format for returning replies */ - - switch (data->type) { - case drive_object: - status = set_drive_state(objindex, drive_up, setstate_none); - realstatus = DRIVE[objindex].state == drive_up; /* set status on whether we really did it */ - break; - - case sd_object: - status = set_sd_state(objindex, sd_up, setstate_none); /* set state */ - realstatus = SD[objindex].state == sd_up; /* set status on whether we really did it */ - break; - - case plex_object: - if (PLEX[objindex].state == plex_reviving) { /* reviving, */ - ioctl_reply->error = revive_block(objindex); /* revive another block */ - ioctl_reply->msg[0] = '\0'; /* no comment */ - return; - } - status = set_plex_state(objindex, plex_up, setstate_none); - realstatus = PLEX[objindex].state == plex_up; /* set status on whether we really did it */ - break; - - case volume_object: - status = set_volume_state(objindex, volume_up, setstate_none); - realstatus = VOL[objindex].state == volume_up; /* set status on whether we really did it */ - break; - - default: - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, "Invalid object type"); - return; - } - /* There's no point in saying anything here: - * the userland program does it better */ - ioctl_reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - if (realstatus == 0) /* couldn't do it */ - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - else - ioctl_reply->error = 0; -} - -/* Stop an object, in other words do what we can to get it down - * This is called from vinumioctl (VINUMSTOP). - * Return error indications via ioctl_reply. - */ -void -stop_object(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *data) -{ - int status = 1; - int objindex = data->index; /* save the number from change */ - struct _ioctl_reply *ioctl_reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) data; /* format for returning replies */ - - switch (data->type) { - case drive_object: - status = set_drive_state(objindex, drive_down, data->force); - break; - - case sd_object: - status = set_sd_state(objindex, sd_down, data->force); - break; - - case plex_object: - status = set_plex_state(objindex, plex_down, data->force); - break; - - case volume_object: - status = set_volume_state(objindex, volume_down, data->force); - break; - - default: - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, "Invalid object type"); - return; - } - ioctl_reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - if (status == 0) /* couldn't do it */ - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - else - ioctl_reply->error = 0; -} - -/* VINUM_SETSTATE ioctl: set an object state - * msg is the message passed by the user */ -void -setstate(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *msg) -{ - int sdno; - struct sd *sd; - struct plex *plex; - struct _ioctl_reply *ioctl_reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) msg; /* format for returning replies */ - - switch (msg->state) { - case object_down: - stop_object(msg); - break; - - case object_initializing: - switch (msg->type) { - case sd_object: - sd = &SD[msg->index]; - if ((msg->index >= vinum_conf.subdisks_used) - || (sd->state == sd_unallocated)) { - sprintf(ioctl_reply->msg, "Invalid subdisk %d", msg->index); - ioctl_reply->error = EFAULT; - return; - } - set_sd_state(msg->index, sd_initializing, msg->force); - if (sd->state != sd_initializing) { - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, "Can't set state"); - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - } else - ioctl_reply->error = 0; - break; - - case plex_object: - plex = &PLEX[msg->index]; - if ((msg->index >= vinum_conf.plexes_used) - || (plex->state == plex_unallocated)) { - sprintf(ioctl_reply->msg, "Invalid subdisk %d", msg->index); - ioctl_reply->error = EFAULT; - return; - } - set_plex_state(msg->index, plex_initializing, msg->force); - if (plex->state != plex_initializing) { - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, "Can't set state"); - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - } else { - ioctl_reply->error = 0; - for (sdno = 0; sdno < plex->subdisks; sdno++) { - sd = &SD[plex->sdnos[sdno]]; - set_sd_state(plex->sdnos[sdno], sd_initializing, msg->force); - if (sd->state != sd_initializing) { - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, "Can't set state"); - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - break; - } - } - } - break; - - default: - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, "Invalid object"); - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - } - break; - - case object_up: - start_object(msg); - } -} diff --git a/lkm/vinum/statetexts.h b/lkm/vinum/statetexts.h deleted file mode 100644 index b7ce4eb..0000000 --- a/lkm/vinum/statetexts.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: COPYRIGHT,v 1.1 1998/03/05 06:07:05 grog Exp grog $ - */ -/* Created by ./makestatetext on Tue 4 Aug 15:53:16 CST 1998. Do not edit */ - -/* Drive state texts */ -char *drivestatetext[] = -{ - "unallocated", - "uninit", - "down", - "coming_up", - "up", -}; - -/* Subdisk state texts */ -char *sdstatetext[] = -{ - "unallocated", - "uninit", - "init", - "initializing", - "empty", - "obsolete", - "stale", - "crashed", - "down", - "reborn", - "up", -}; - -/* Plex state texts */ -char *plexstatetext[] = -{ - "unallocated", - "init", - "faulty", - "down", - "reviving", - "initializing", - "corrupt", - "degraded", - "flaky", - "up", -}; - -/* Volume state texts */ -char *volstatetext[] = -{ - "unallocated", - "uninit", - "down", - "up", -}; diff --git a/lkm/vinum/util.c b/lkm/vinum/util.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5121404..0000000 --- a/lkm/vinum/util.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,211 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: util.c,v 1.7 1998/08/07 09:23:10 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -/* This file contains utility routines used both in kernel and user context */ - -#include "vinumhdr.h" -#include "statetexts.h" -#ifndef REALLYKERNEL -#include -extern jmp_buf command_fail; /* return on a failed command */ -#endif - -static char numeric_state[32]; /* temporary buffer for ASCII conversions */ -#define STATECOUNT(x) (sizeof (x##statetext) / sizeof (char *)) -/* Return drive state as a string */ -char * -drive_state(enum drivestate state) -{ - if (((unsigned) state) >= STATECOUNT(drive)) { - sprintf(numeric_state, "Invalid state %d", (int) state); - return numeric_state; - } else - return drivestatetext[state]; -} - -/* Return volume state as a string */ -char * -volume_state(enum volumestate state) -{ - if (((unsigned) state) >= STATECOUNT(vol)) { - sprintf(numeric_state, "Invalid state %d", (int) state); - return numeric_state; - } else - return volstatetext[state]; -} - -/* Return plex state as a string */ -char * -plex_state(enum plexstate state) -{ - if (((unsigned) state) >= STATECOUNT(plex)) { - sprintf(numeric_state, "Invalid state %d", (int) state); - return numeric_state; - } else - return plexstatetext[state]; -} - -/* Return plex organization as a string */ -char * -plex_org(enum plexorg org) -{ - switch (org) { - case plex_disorg: /* disorganized */ - return "disorg"; - break; - - case plex_concat: /* concatenated plex */ - return "concat"; - break; - - case plex_striped: /* striped plex */ - return "striped"; - break; - - - default: - sprintf(numeric_state, "Invalid org %d", (int) org); - return numeric_state; - } -} - -/* Return sd state as a string */ -char * -sd_state(enum sdstate state) -{ - if (((unsigned) state) >= STATECOUNT(sd)) { - sprintf(numeric_state, "Invalid state %d", (int) state); - return numeric_state; - } else - return sdstatetext[state]; -} - -/* Now convert in the other direction */ -/* These are currently used only internally, - * so we don't do too much error checking */ -enum drivestate -DriveState(char *text) -{ - int i; - for (i = 0; i < STATECOUNT(drive); i++) - if (strcmp(text, drivestatetext[i]) == 0) /* found it */ - return (enum drivestate) i; - return -1; -} - -enum sdstate -SdState(char *text) -{ - int i; - for (i = 0; i < STATECOUNT(sd); i++) - if (strcmp(text, sdstatetext[i]) == 0) /* found it */ - return (enum sdstate) i; - return -1; -} - -enum plexstate -PlexState(char *text) -{ - int i; - for (i = 0; i < STATECOUNT(plex); i++) - if (strcmp(text, plexstatetext[i]) == 0) /* found it */ - return (enum plexstate) i; - return -1; -} - -enum volumestate -VolState(char *text) -{ - int i; - for (i = 0; i < STATECOUNT(vol); i++) - if (strcmp(text, volstatetext[i]) == 0) /* found it */ - return (enum volstate) i; - return -1; -} - -/* Take a number with an optional scale factor and convert - * it to a number of bytes. - * - * The scale factors are: - * - * b blocks (of 512 bytes) - * k kilobytes (1024 bytes) - * m megabytes (of 1024 * 1024 bytes) - * g gigabytes (of 1024 * 1024 * 1024 bytes) - */ -u_int64_t -sizespec(char *spec) -{ - u_int64_t size; - char *s; - - size = 0; - s = spec; - if ((*s >= '0') && (*s <= '9')) { /* it's numeric */ - while ((*s >= '0') && (*s <= '9')) /* it's numeric */ - size = size * 10 + *s++ - '0'; /* convert it */ - switch (*s) { - case '\0': - return size; - - case 'B': - case 'b': - return size * 512; - - case 'K': - case 'k': - return size * 1024; - - case 'M': - case 'm': - return size * 1024 * 1024; - - case 'G': - case 'g': - return size * 1024 * 1024 * 1024; - } - } -#ifdef REALLYKERNEL - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Invalid length specification: %s", spec); -#else - fprintf(stderr, "Invalid length specification: %s", spec); - longjmp(command_fail, -1); -#endif - /* NOTREACHED */ - return -1; -} diff --git a/lkm/vinum/vinum.c b/lkm/vinum/vinum.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2717f0c..0000000 --- a/lkm/vinum/vinum.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,544 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: vinum.c,v 1.20 1998/10/29 02:15:30 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -#define STATIC /* nothing while we're testing XXX */ - -#define REALLYKERNEL -#include "vinumhdr.h" -#include "sys/sysproto.h" /* for sync(2) */ -#ifdef DEBUG -#include -int debug = 0; -#endif - -/* pointer to ioctl p parameter, to save passing it around */ -struct proc *myproc; - -#if __FreeBSD__ < 3 -STATIC struct cdevsw vinum_cdevsw; -STATIC struct bdevsw vinum_bdevsw = -{ - vinumopen, vinumclose, vinumstrategy, vinumioctl, - vinumdump, vinumsize, 0, - "vinum", &vinum_cdevsw, -1 -}; -#else /* goodbye, bdevsw */ -STATIC struct cdevsw vinum_cdevsw = -{ - vinumopen, vinumclose, vinumread, vinumwrite, - vinumioctl, nostop, nullreset, nodevtotty, - seltrue, nommap, vinumstrategy, "vinum", - NULL, -1, vinumdump, vinumsize, - D_DISK, 0, -1 -}; -#endif - -/* Called by main() during pseudo-device attachment. */ -STATIC void vinumattach(void *); - -STATIC void vinumgetdisklabel(dev_t); -void vinum_scandisk(void); -int vinum_inactive(void); -void free_vinum(int); - -#ifndef ACTUALLY_LKM_NOT_KERNEL -STATIC int vinum_modevent(module_t mod, modeventtype_t type, void *unused); -#endif - -#if __FreeBSD__ >= 3 -/* Why aren't these declared anywhere? XXX */ -int setjmp(jmp_buf); -void longjmp(jmp_buf, int); -#endif - -extern jmp_buf command_fail; /* return here if config fails */ - -struct _vinum_conf vinum_conf; /* configuration information */ - -STATIC int vinum_devsw_installed = 0; - -/* - * Called by main() during pseudo-device attachment. All we need - * to do is allocate enough space for devices to be configured later, and - * add devsw entries. - */ -void -vinumattach(void *dummy) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - char *buf; /* pointer to temporary buffer */ - struct _ioctl_reply *ioctl_reply; /* struct to return */ - struct uio uio; - struct iovec iovec; - - /* modload should prevent multiple loads, so this is worth a panic */ - if ((vinum_conf.flags & VF_LOADED) != NULL) - panic("vinum: already loaded"); - - printf("vinum: loaded\n"); - vinum_conf.flags |= VF_LOADED; /* we're loaded now */ - - /* We don't have a p pointer here, so take it from curproc */ - myproc = curproc; -#if __FreeBSD__ < 3 - bdevsw_add_generic(BDEV_MAJOR, CDEV_MAJOR, &vinum_bdevsw); -#else - cdevsw_add_generic(BDEV_MAJOR, CDEV_MAJOR, &vinum_cdevsw); -#endif -#ifdef DEVFS -#error DEVFS not finished yet -#endif - - uio.uio_iov = &iovec; - uio.uio_iovcnt = 1; /* just one buffer */ - uio.uio_offset = 0; /* start at the beginning */ - uio.uio_resid = 512; /* one sector */ - uio.uio_segflg = UIO_SYSSPACE; /* we're in system space */ - uio.uio_rw = UIO_READ; /* do we need this? */ - uio.uio_procp = curproc; /* do it for our own process */ - - iovec.iov_len = 512; - buf = (char *) Malloc(iovec.iov_len); /* get a buffer */ - CHECKALLOC(buf, "vinum: no memory\n"); /* can't get 512 bytes? */ - iovec.iov_base = buf; /* read into buf */ - - /* allocate space: drives... */ - DRIVE = (struct drive *) Malloc(sizeof(struct drive) * INITIAL_DRIVES); - CHECKALLOC(DRIVE, "vinum: no memory\n"); - vinum_conf.drives_allocated = INITIAL_DRIVES; /* number of drive slots allocated */ - vinum_conf.drives_used = 0; /* and number in use */ - - /* volumes, ... */ - VOL = (struct volume *) Malloc(sizeof(struct volume) * INITIAL_VOLUMES); - CHECKALLOC(VOL, "vinum: no memory\n"); - vinum_conf.volumes_allocated = INITIAL_VOLUMES; /* number of volume slots allocated */ - vinum_conf.volumes_used = 0; /* and number in use */ - - /* plexes, ... */ - PLEX = (struct plex *) Malloc(sizeof(struct plex) * INITIAL_PLEXES); - CHECKALLOC(PLEX, "vinum: no memory\n"); - vinum_conf.plexes_allocated = INITIAL_PLEXES; /* number of plex slots allocated */ - vinum_conf.plexes_used = 0; /* and number in use */ - - /* and subdisks */ - SD = (struct sd *) Malloc(sizeof(struct sd) * INITIAL_SUBDISKS); - CHECKALLOC(SD, "vinum: no memory\n"); - vinum_conf.subdisks_allocated = INITIAL_SUBDISKS; /* number of sd slots allocated */ - vinum_conf.subdisks_used = 0; /* and number in use */ - - ioctl_reply = NULL; /* no reply on longjmp */ -} - -/* Check if we have anything open. If so, return 0 (not inactive), - * otherwise 1 (inactive) */ -int -vinum_inactive(void) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int i; - int can_do = 1; /* assume we can do it */ - - lock_config(); - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.volumes_used; i++) { - if (VOL[i].pid != NULL) { /* volume is open */ - can_do = 0; - break; - } - } - unlock_config(); - return can_do; -} - -/* Free all structures. - * If cleardrive is 0, save the configuration; otherwise - * remove the configuration from the drive. - * - * Before coming here, ensure that no volumes are open. - */ -void -free_vinum(int cleardrive) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int i; - - if (cleardrive) { - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.drives_used; i++) - remove_drive(i); /* remove the drive */ - } else { /* keep the config */ - save_config(); - if (DRIVE != NULL) { - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.drives_used; i++) - free_drive(&DRIVE[i]); /* close files and things */ - Free(DRIVE); - } - } - if (SD != NULL) - Free(SD); - if (PLEX != NULL) { - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.plexes_used; i++) { - struct plex *plex = &vinum_conf.plex[i]; - - if (plex->state != plex_unallocated) { /* we have real data there */ - if (plex->sdnos) - Free(plex->sdnos); - if (plex->unmapped_regions) - Free(plex->unmapped_region); - if (plex->defective_regions) - Free(plex->defective_region); - } - } - Free(PLEX); - } - if (VOL != NULL) - Free(VOL); - bzero(&vinum_conf, sizeof(vinum_conf)); -} - -#ifdef ACTUALLY_LKM_NOT_KERNEL /* stuff for LKMs */ - -MOD_MISC(vinum); - -/* - * Function called when loading the driver. - */ - -STATIC int -vinum_load(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - vinumattach(NULL); - return 0; /* OK */ -} - -/* - * Function called when unloading the driver. - */ -STATIC int -vinum_unload(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - if (vinum_inactive()) { /* is anything open? */ - struct sync_args dummyarg = - {0}; -#if __FreeBSD__ < 3 - int retval; -#endif - - printf("vinum: unloaded\n"); -#if __FreeBSD__ < 3 - sync(curproc, &dummyarg, &retval); /* write out buffers */ -#else - sync(curproc, &dummyarg); /* write out buffers */ -#endif - free_vinum(0); /* no: clean up */ -#if __FreeBSD__ < 3 - bdevsw[BDEV_MAJOR] = NULL; /* clear bdevsw */ -#endif - cdevsw[CDEV_MAJOR] = NULL; /* and cdevsw */ - return 0; - } else - return EBUSY; -} - -/* - * Dispatcher function for the module (load/unload/stat). - */ -int -vinum_mod(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd, int ver) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - MOD_DISPATCH(vinum, /* module name */ - lkmtp, /* LKM table */ - cmd, /* command */ - ver, - vinum_load, /* load with this function */ - vinum_unload, /* and unload with this */ - lkm_nullcmd); -} - -#else /* not LKM */ - -STATIC int -vinum_modevent(module_t mod, modeventtype_t type, void *unused) -{ - struct sync_args dummyarg = - {0}; - - BROKEN_GDB; - switch (type) { - case MOD_LOAD: - vinumattach(NULL); - return 0; /* OK */ - case MOD_UNLOAD: - if (!vinum_inactive()) /* is anything open? */ - return EBUSY; - sync(curproc, &dummyarg); /* write out buffers */ - free_vinum(0); /* no: clean up */ - cdevsw[CDEV_MAJOR] = NULL; /* and cdevsw */ - return 0; - default: - break; - } - return 0; -} - -moduledata_t vinum_mod = -{ - "vinum", - vinum_modevent, - 0 -}; -DECLARE_MODULE(vinum, vinum_mod, SI_SUB_DRIVERS, SI_ORDER_MIDDLE); - -#endif /* LKM */ - -/* ARGSUSED */ -/* Open a vinum object - * At the moment, we only open volumes and the - * super device. It's a nice concept to be - * able to open drives, subdisks and plexes, but - * I can't think what good it could be */ -int -vinumopen(dev_t dev, - int flags, - int fmt, - struct proc *p) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int s; /* spl */ - int error; - unsigned int index; - struct volume *vol; - struct plex *plex; - struct sd *sd; - struct devcode *device; - - device = (struct devcode *) &dev; - - error = 0; - /* First, decide what we're looking at */ - switch (device->type) { - case VINUM_VOLUME_TYPE: - index = VOLNO(dev); - if (index >= vinum_conf.volumes_used) - return ENXIO; /* no such device */ - vol = &VOL[index]; - - switch (vol->state) { - case volume_unallocated: - case volume_uninit: - return ENXIO; - - case volume_up: - s = splhigh(); /* quick lock */ - if (error) - return error; - if (vol->opencount == 0) - vol->openflags = flags; /* set our flags */ - vol->opencount++; - vol->pid = p->p_pid; /* and say who we are (do we need this? XXX) */ - splx(s); - return 0; - - case volume_down: - return EIO; - - default: - return EINVAL; - } - - case VINUM_PLEX_TYPE: - if (VOLNO(dev) >= vinum_conf.volumes_used) - return ENXIO; - index = PLEXNO(dev); /* get plex index in vinum_conf */ - if (index >= vinum_conf.plexes_used) - return ENXIO; /* no such device */ - plex = &PLEX[index]; - - switch (plex->state) { - case plex_unallocated: - return EINVAL; - - default: - s = splhigh(); - if (plex->pid /* it's open already */ - && (plex->pid != p->p_pid)) { /* and not by us, */ - splx(s); - return EBUSY; /* one at a time, please */ - } - plex->pid = p->p_pid; /* and say who we are (do we need this? XXX) */ - splx(s); - return 0; - } - - case VINUM_SD_TYPE: - if ((VOLNO(dev) >= vinum_conf.volumes_used) || /* no such volume */ - (PLEXNO(dev) >= vinum_conf.plexes_used)) /* or no such plex */ - return ENXIO; /* no such device */ - index = SDNO(dev); /* get the subdisk number */ - if (index >= vinum_conf.subdisks_used) - return ENXIO; /* no such device */ - sd = &SD[index]; - - /* Opening a subdisk is always a special operation, so we - * ignore the state as long as it represents a real subdisk */ - switch (sd->state) { - case sd_unallocated: - case sd_uninit: - return EINVAL; - - default: - s = splhigh(); - if (sd->pid /* it's open already */ - && (sd->pid != p->p_pid)) { /* and not by us, */ - splx(s); - return EBUSY; /* one at a time, please */ - } - sd->pid = p->p_pid; /* and say who we are (do we need this? XXX) */ - splx(s); - return 0; - } - - case VINUM_DRIVE_TYPE: - default: - return ENODEV; /* don't know what to do with these */ - - case VINUM_SUPERDEV_TYPE: - if (p->p_ucred->cr_uid == 0) { /* root calling, */ - vinum_conf.opencount++; /* one more opener */ - return 0; /* no worries opening super dev */ - } else - return EPERM; /* you can't do that! */ - } -} - -/* ARGSUSED */ -int -vinumclose(dev_t dev, - int flags, - int fmt, - struct proc *p) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - unsigned int index; - struct volume *vol; - struct plex *plex; - struct sd *sd; - struct devcode *device = (struct devcode *) &dev; - - index = VOLNO(dev); - /* First, decide what we're looking at */ - switch (device->type) { - case VINUM_VOLUME_TYPE: - if (index >= vinum_conf.volumes_used) - return ENXIO; /* no such device */ - vol = &VOL[index]; - - switch (vol->state) { - case volume_unallocated: - case volume_uninit: - return ENXIO; - - case volume_up: - vol->opencount = 0; /* reset our flags */ - vol->pid = NULL; /* and forget who owned us */ - return 0; - - case volume_down: - return EIO; - - default: - return EINVAL; - } - - case VINUM_PLEX_TYPE: - if (VOLNO(dev) >= vinum_conf.volumes_used) - return ENXIO; - index = PLEXNO(dev); /* get plex index in vinum_conf */ - if (index >= vinum_conf.plexes_used) - return ENXIO; /* no such device */ - plex = &PLEX[index]; - plex->pid = 0; - return 0; - - case VINUM_SD_TYPE: - if ((VOLNO(dev) >= vinum_conf.volumes_used) || /* no such volume */ - (PLEXNO(dev) >= vinum_conf.plexes_used)) /* or no such plex */ - return ENXIO; /* no such device */ - index = SDNO(dev); /* get the subdisk number */ - if (index >= vinum_conf.subdisks_used) - return ENXIO; /* no such device */ - sd = &SD[index]; - sd->pid = 0; - return 0; - - case VINUM_SUPERDEV_TYPE: - if (p->p_ucred->cr_uid == 0) /* root calling, */ - vinum_conf.opencount--; /* one less opener */ - return 0; /* no worries closing super dev */ - - case VINUM_DRIVE_TYPE: - default: - return ENODEV; /* don't know what to do with these */ - } -} - -/* size routine */ -int -vinumsize(dev_t dev) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct volume *vol; - int size; - - vol = &VOL[VOLNO(dev)]; - - if (vol->state == volume_up) - size = vol->size; - else - return 0; /* err on the size of conservatism */ - - return size; -} - -int -vinumdump(dev_t dev) -{ - /* Not implemented. */ - return ENXIO; -} diff --git a/lkm/vinum/vinumext.h b/lkm/vinum/vinumext.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3b63918..0000000 --- a/lkm/vinum/vinumext.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,204 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: vinumext.h,v 1.15 1998/09/29 05:17:56 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -/* vinumext.h: external definitions */ - -extern struct _vinum_conf vinum_conf; /* configuration information */ - -#ifdef DEBUG -extern debug; /* debug flags */ -#endif - -#define CHECKALLOC(ptr, msg) \ - if (ptr == NULL) \ - { \ - printf (msg); \ - longjmp (command_fail, -1); \ - } -#ifndef KERNEL -struct vnode; -struct proc; -#endif - -#ifdef KERNEL -int give_sd_to_plex(int plexno, int sdno); -int give_plex_to_volume(int volno, int plexno); -int check_drive(char *); -enum drive_label_info read_drive_label(struct drive *drive); -int parse_config(char *, struct keywordset *); -int parse_user_config(char *cptr, struct keywordset *keyset); -u_int64_t sizespec(char *spec); -int volume_index(struct volume *volume); -int plex_index(struct plex *plex); -int sd_index(struct sd *sd); -int drive_index(struct drive *drive); -int my_plex(int volno, int plexno); -int my_sd(int plexno, int sdno); -int get_empty_drive(void); -int find_drive(const char *name, int create); -int find_drive_by_dev(const char *devname, int create); -int get_empty_sd(void); -int find_subdisk(const char *name, int create); -void free_sd(int sdno); -void free_volume(int volno); -int get_empty_plex(void); -int find_plex(const char *name, int create); -void free_plex(int plexno); -int get_empty_volume(void); -int find_volume(const char *name, int create); -void config_subdisk(void); -void config_plex(void); -void config_volume(void); -void config_drive(void); -void updateconfig(int); -void update_sd_config(int sdno, int kernelstate); -void update_plex_config(int plexno, int kernelstate); -void update_volume_config(int volno, int kernelstate); -void update_config(void); -void drive_io_done(struct buf *); -int save_config(void); -void write_config(char *, int); -int start_config(void); -void finish_config(int); -void remove(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *msg); -void remove_drive_entry(int driveno, int force, int recurse); -void remove_sd_entry(int sdno, int force, int recurse); -void remove_plex_entry(int plexno, int force, int recurse); -void remove_volume_entry(int volno, int force, int recurse); - -void checkernel(char *); -int open_drive(struct drive *, struct proc *); -void close_drive(struct drive *drive); -int driveio(struct drive *, void *, size_t, off_t, int); -/* #define read_drive(a, b, c, d) driveio (a, b, c, d, B_READ) - #define write_drive(a, b, c, d) driveio (a, b, c, d, B_WRITE) */ -int set_drive_parms(struct drive *drive); -int init_drive(struct drive *); -/* void throw_rude_remark (int, struct _ioctl_reply *, char *, ...); XXX */ -void throw_rude_remark(int, char *,...); - -int read_drive(struct drive *drive, void *buf, size_t length, off_t offset); -int write_drive(struct drive *drive, void *buf, size_t length, off_t offset); -void format_config(char *config, int len); -void checkkernel(char *op); -void free_drive(struct drive *drive); -void down_drive(struct drive *drive); -void remove_drive(int driveno); - -/* I/O */ -d_open_t vinumopen; -d_close_t vinumclose; -d_strategy_t vinumstrategy; -d_ioctl_t vinumioctl; -d_dump_t vinumdump; -d_psize_t vinumsize; -d_read_t vinumread; -d_write_t vinumwrite; - -int vinumstart(struct buf *bp, int reviveok); -int launch_requests(struct request *rq, int reviveok); - -/* XXX Do we need this? */ -int vinumpart(dev_t); - -#ifdef DEBUG -/* Memory allocation and request tracing */ -void vinum_meminfo(caddr_t data); -int vinum_mallocinfo(caddr_t data); -int vinum_rqinfo(caddr_t data); -#endif - -void expand_table(void **, int, int); - -void add_defective_region(struct plex *plex, off_t offset, size_t length); -void add_unmapped_region(struct plex *plex, off_t offset, size_t length); -void rebuild_plex_unmappedlist(struct plex *plex); -struct request; -struct rqgroup *allocrqg(struct request *rq, int elements); -void deallocrqg(struct rqgroup *rqg); - -/* State transitions */ -int set_drive_state(int driveno, enum drivestate state, int force); -int set_sd_state(int sdno, enum sdstate state, enum setstateflags flags); -enum requeststatus checksdstate(struct sd *sd, struct request *rq, daddr_t diskaddr, daddr_t diskend); -int set_plex_state(int plexno, enum plexstate state, enum setstateflags flags); -int set_volume_state(int volumeno, enum volumestate state, enum setstateflags flags); -void get_volume_label(struct volume *vol, struct disklabel *lp); -int write_volume_label(int); -void start_object(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *); -void stop_object(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *); -void setstate(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *msg); -void vinum_label(int); -int vinum_writedisklabel(struct volume *, struct disklabel *); -int initsd(int); - -int restart_plex(int plexno); -int revive_block(int plexno); - -/* Auxiliary functions */ -enum sdstates sdstatemap(struct plex *plex, int *sddowncount); -enum volplexstate vpstate(struct plex *plex); -#endif - -enum keyword get_keyword(char *, struct keywordset *); -void listconfig(void); -char *drive_state(enum drivestate); -char *volume_state(enum volumestate); -char *plex_state(enum plexstate); -char *plex_org(enum plexorg); -char *sd_state(enum sdstate); -enum drivestate DriveState(char *text); -enum sdstate SdState(char *text); -enum plexstate PlexState(char *text); -enum volumestate VolState(char *text); -struct drive *validdrive(int driveno, struct _ioctl_reply *); -struct sd *validsd(int sdno, struct _ioctl_reply *); -struct plex *validplex(int plexno, struct _ioctl_reply *); -struct volume *validvol(int volno, struct _ioctl_reply *); -int tokenize(char *, char *[]); -void resetstats(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *msg); - -/* Locking */ -int lockvol(struct volume *vol); -void unlockvol(struct volume *vol); -int lockplex(struct plex *plex); -void unlockplex(struct plex *plex); -int lockrange(struct plex *plex, off_t first, off_t last); -void unlockrange(struct plex *plex, off_t first, off_t last); -int lock_config(void); -void unlock_config(void); diff --git a/lkm/vinum/vinumhdr.h b/lkm/vinum/vinumhdr.h deleted file mode 100644 index 597b1a2..0000000 --- a/lkm/vinum/vinumhdr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,103 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - */ - -/* Header files used by all modules */ -/* $Id: vinumhdr.h,v 1.1.1.1 1998/09/16 05:56:21 grog Exp $ */ - -#ifdef KERNEL -#define REALLYKERNEL -#endif -#include -#ifdef REALLYKERNEL -#include -#include -#endif -#ifdef DEVFS -#error "DEVFS code not complete yet" -#include -#endif /*DEVFS */ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#undef KERNEL /* XXX */ -#include -#ifdef REALLYKERNEL -#define KERNEL -#endif -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#ifdef USES_VM -/* XXX Do we need this? */ -#include -#include -#include -#include -/* #include */ -#include -/* #include */ -#endif /* USES_VM */ -#include -#include -#include "vinumkw.h" -#include "vinumext.h" - -#undef Free /* defined in some funny net stuff */ -#ifdef REALLYKERNEL -#define Malloc(x) MMalloc ((x), __FILE__, __LINE__) /* show where we came from */ -#define Free(x) FFree ((x), __FILE__, __LINE__) /* show where we came from */ -caddr_t MMalloc (int size, char *, int); -void FFree (void *mem, char *, int); -#else -#define Malloc(x) malloc ((x)) /* just the size */ -#define Free(x) free ((x)) /* just the address */ -#endif - diff --git a/lkm/vinum/vinumio.h b/lkm/vinum/vinumio.h deleted file mode 100644 index b99bd42..0000000 --- a/lkm/vinum/vinumio.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,141 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: vinumio.h,v 1.10 1998/08/10 05:46:19 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -#ifdef DEBUG -#define MAX_IOCTL_REPLY 4096 -#else -#define MAX_IOCTL_REPLY 256 -#endif - -#define L 'F' /* ID letter of our ioctls */ -/* VINUM_CREATE returns a buffer of this kind */ -struct _ioctl_reply { - int error; - char msg[MAX_IOCTL_REPLY]; -}; - -/* ioctl requests */ -#define BUFSIZE 1024 /* size of buffer, including continuations */ -#define VINUM_CREATE _IOC(IOC_IN | IOC_OUT, L, 64, BUFSIZE) /* configure vinum */ -#define VINUM_GETCONFIG _IOR(L, 65, struct _vinum_conf) /* get global config */ -#define VINUM_DRIVECONFIG _IOWR(L, 66, struct drive) /* get drive config */ -#define VINUM_SDCONFIG _IOWR(L, 67, struct sd) /* get subdisk config */ -#define VINUM_PLEXCONFIG _IOWR(L, 68, struct plex) /* get plex config */ -#define VINUM_VOLCONFIG _IOWR(L, 69, struct volume) /* get volume config */ -#define VINUM_PLEXSDCONFIG _IOWR(L, 70, struct sd) /* get sd config for plex (plex, sdno) */ -#define VINUM_GETFREELIST _IOWR(L, 71, struct drive_freelist) /* get freelist element (drive, fe) */ -#define VINUM_SAVECONFIG _IOC(0, L, 72, 0) /* release locks, update, write config to disk */ -#define VINUM_RESETCONFIG _IOC(0, L, 73, 0) /* trash config on disk */ -#define VINUM_INIT _IOC(0, L, 74, 0) /* read config from disk */ -#ifdef DEBUG - -struct debuginfo { - int changeit; - int param; -}; - -#define VINUM_DEBUG _IOWR(L, 75, struct debuginfo) /* call the debugger from ioctl () */ -#endif - -enum objecttype { - drive_object, - sd_object, - plex_object, - volume_object, - invalid_object -}; - -/* Start an object. Pass two integers: - * msg [0] index in vinum_conf. - * msg [1] type of object (see below) - * - * Return ioctl_reply - */ -#define VINUM_SETSTATE _IOC(IOC_IN | IOC_OUT, L, 76, MAX_IOCTL_REPLY) /* start an object */ - -/* The state to set with VINUM_SETSTATE. Since - * each object has a different set of states, we - * need to translate later */ -enum objectstate { - object_down, - object_initializing, - object_up -}; - -/* This structure is used for modifying objects - * (VINUM_SETSTATE, VINUM_REMOVE, VINUM_RESETSTATS, VINUM_ATTACH, - * VINUM_DETACH, VINUM_REPLACE - */ -struct vinum_ioctl_msg { - int index; - enum objecttype type; - enum objectstate state; /* state to set (VINUM_SETSTATE) */ - int force; /* do it even if it doesn't make sense */ - int recurse; /* recurse (VINUM_REMOVE) */ - int otherobject; /* superordinate object (attach), - * replacement object (replace) */ - int rename; /* rename object (attach) */ - int64_t offset; /* offset of subdisk (for attach) */ -}; - -#define VINUM_RELEASECONFIG _IOC(0, L, 77, 0) /* release locks and write config to disk */ -#define VINUM_STARTCONFIG _IOC(0, L, 78, 0) /* start a configuration operation */ -#define VINUM_MEMINFO _IOR(L, 79, struct meminfo) /* get memory usage summary */ -#define VINUM_MALLOCINFO _IOWR(L, 80, struct mc) /* get specific malloc information [i] */ -#define VINUM_LABEL _IOC(IOC_IN | IOC_OUT, L, 81, MAX_IOCTL_REPLY) /* label a volume */ -#define VINUM_INITSD _IOW(L, 82, int) /* initialize a subdisk */ -#define VINUM_REMOVE _IOC(IOC_IN | IOC_OUT, L, 83, MAX_IOCTL_REPLY) /* remove an object */ -#define VINUM_GETUNMAPPED _IOWR(L, 84, struct plexregion) /* get unmapped element (plex, re) */ -#define VINUM_GETDEFECTIVE _IOWR(L, 85, struct plexregion) /* get defective element (plex, re) */ -#define VINUM_RESETSTATS _IOC(IOC_IN | IOC_OUT, L, 86, MAX_IOCTL_REPLY) /* reset object stats */ -#define VINUM_ATTACH _IOC(IOC_IN | IOC_OUT, L, 87, MAX_IOCTL_REPLY) /* reset object stats */ -#define VINUM_DETACH _IOC(IOC_IN | IOC_OUT, L, 88, MAX_IOCTL_REPLY) /* reset object stats */ - -struct vinum_rename_msg { - int index; - int recurse; /* rename subordinate objects too */ - enum objecttype type; - char newname[MAXNAME]; /* new name to give to object */ -}; - -#define VINUM_RENAME _IOC(IOC_IN | IOC_OUT, L, 89, MAX_IOCTL_REPLY) /* reset object stats */ -#define VINUM_REPLACE _IOC(IOC_IN | IOC_OUT, L, 90, MAX_IOCTL_REPLY) /* reset object stats */ - -#ifdef DEBUG -#define VINUM_RQINFO _IOWR(L, 91, struct rqinfo) /* get request info [i] from trace buffer */ -#endif diff --git a/lkm/vinum/vinumioctl.c b/lkm/vinum/vinumioctl.c deleted file mode 100644 index fd91f79..0000000 --- a/lkm/vinum/vinumioctl.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,795 +0,0 @@ -/* XXX replace all the checks on object validity with - * calls to valid */ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: vinumioctl.c,v 1.3 1998/09/29 05:26:37 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -#define STATIC /* nothing while we're testing XXX */ - -#define REALLYKERNEL -#include "vinumhdr.h" -#include "sys/sysproto.h" /* for sync(2) */ -#ifdef DEBUG -#include -#include "request.h" -#endif - -jmp_buf command_fail; /* return on a failed command */ - -#if __FreeBSD__ >= 3 -/* Why aren't these declared anywhere? XXX */ -int setjmp(jmp_buf); -void longjmp(jmp_buf, int); -#endif - -/* pointer to ioctl p parameter, to save passing it around */ -struct proc *myproc; - -int vinum_inactive(void); -void free_vinum(int); -void attachobject(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *); -void detachobject(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *); -void renameobject(struct vinum_rename_msg *); -void replaceobject(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *); - -/* ioctl routine */ -int -vinumioctl(dev_t dev, -#if __FreeBSD__ >= 3 - u_long cmd, -#else - int cmd, -#endif - caddr_t data, - int flag, - struct proc *p) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - unsigned int objno; - int error = 0; - struct volume *vol; - unsigned int index; /* for transferring config info */ - unsigned int sdno; /* for transferring config info */ - int fe; /* free list element number */ - struct _ioctl_reply *ioctl_reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) data; /* struct to return */ - - struct devcode *device = (struct devcode *) &dev; - - /* First, decide what we're looking at */ - switch (device->type) { - case VINUM_SUPERDEV_TYPE: - myproc = p; /* save pointer to process */ - ioctl_reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) data; /* save the address to reply to */ - error = setjmp(command_fail); /* come back here on error */ - if (error) /* bombed out */ - return 0; /* the reply will contain meaningful info */ - switch (cmd) { -#ifdef DEBUG - case VINUM_DEBUG: - if (((struct debuginfo *) data)->changeit) /* change debug settings */ - debug = (((struct debuginfo *) data)->param); - else { - if (debug & DEBUG_REMOTEGDB) - boothowto |= RB_GDB; /* serial debug line */ - else - boothowto &= ~RB_GDB; /* local ddb */ - Debugger("vinum debug"); - } - ioctl_reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) data; /* reinstate the address to reply to */ - ioctl_reply->error = 0; - return 0; -#endif - - case VINUM_CREATE: /* create a vinum object */ - error = lock_config(); /* get the config for us alone */ - if (error) /* can't do it, */ - return error; /* give up */ - error = setjmp(command_fail); /* come back here on error */ - if (error == 0) { /* first time, */ - parse_user_config((char *) data, &keyword_set); /* update the config */ - ioctl_reply->error = 0; /* no error if we make it here */ - } else if (ioctl_reply->error == 0) { /* longjmp, but no error status */ - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; /* note that something's up */ - ioctl_reply->msg[0] = '\0'; /* no message? */ - } - unlock_config(); - return 0; /* must be 0 to return the real error info */ - - case VINUM_GETCONFIG: /* get the configuration information */ - bcopy(&vinum_conf, data, sizeof(vinum_conf)); - return 0; - - /* start configuring the subsystem */ - case VINUM_STARTCONFIG: - return start_config(); /* just lock it */ - - /* Move the individual parts of the config to user space. - - * Specify the index of the object in the first word of data, - * and return the object there - */ - case VINUM_DRIVECONFIG: - index = *(int *) data; /* get the index */ - if (index >= (unsigned) vinum_conf.drives_used) /* can't do it */ - return EFAULT; /* bang */ - bcopy(&DRIVE[index], data, sizeof(struct drive)); /* copy the config item out */ - return 0; - - case VINUM_SDCONFIG: - index = *(int *) data; /* get the index */ - if (index >= (unsigned) vinum_conf.subdisks_used) /* can't do it */ - return EFAULT; /* bang */ - bcopy(&SD[index], data, sizeof(struct sd)); /* copy the config item out */ - return 0; - - case VINUM_PLEXCONFIG: - index = *(int *) data; /* get the index */ - if (index >= (unsigned) vinum_conf.plexes_used) /* can't do it */ - return EFAULT; /* bang */ - bcopy(&PLEX[index], data, sizeof(struct plex)); /* copy the config item out */ - return 0; - - case VINUM_VOLCONFIG: - index = *(int *) data; /* get the index */ - if (index >= (unsigned) vinum_conf.volumes_used) /* can't do it */ - return EFAULT; /* bang */ - bcopy(&VOL[index], data, sizeof(struct volume)); /* copy the config item out */ - return 0; - - case VINUM_PLEXSDCONFIG: - index = *(int *) data; /* get the plex index */ - sdno = ((int *) data)[1]; /* and the sd index */ - if ((index >= (unsigned) vinum_conf.plexes_used) /* plex doesn't exist */ - ||(sdno >= PLEX[index].subdisks)) /* or it doesn't have this many subdisks */ - return EFAULT; /* bang */ - bcopy(&SD[PLEX[index].sdnos[sdno]], /* copy the config item out */ - data, - sizeof(struct sd)); - return 0; - - case VINUM_SAVECONFIG: - if (VFLAGS & VF_CONFIGURING) { /* must be us, the others are asleep */ - finish_config(1); /* finish the configuration and update it */ - error = save_config(); /* save configuration to disk */ - } else - error = EINVAL; /* queue up for this one, please */ - return error; - - case VINUM_RELEASECONFIG: /* release the config */ - if (VFLAGS & VF_CONFIGURING) { /* must be us, the others are asleep */ - finish_config(0); /* finish the configuration, don't change it */ - error = save_config(); /* save configuration to disk */ - } else - error = EINVAL; /* release what config? */ - return error; - - case VINUM_INIT: - ioctl_reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) data; /* reinstate the address to reply to */ - ioctl_reply->error = 0; - return 0; - - case VINUM_RESETCONFIG: - if (vinum_inactive() && (vinum_conf.opencount < 2)) { /* if we're not active */ - /* Note the open count. We may be called from v, so we'll be open. - * Keep the count so we don't underflow */ - int oc = vinum_conf.opencount; - free_vinum(1); /* clean up everything */ - printf("vinum: CONFIGURATION OBLITERATED\n"); - vinum_conf.opencount = oc; - ioctl_reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) data; /* reinstate the address to reply to */ - ioctl_reply->error = 0; - return 0; - } - return EBUSY; - - case VINUM_SETSTATE: - setstate((struct vinum_ioctl_msg *) data); /* set an object state */ - return 0; - - case VINUM_MEMINFO: - vinum_meminfo(data); - return 0; - - case VINUM_MALLOCINFO: - return vinum_mallocinfo(data); - - case VINUM_RQINFO: - return vinum_rqinfo(data); - - case VINUM_LABEL: /* label a volume */ - ioctl_reply->error = write_volume_label(*(int *) data); /* index of the volume to label */ - ioctl_reply->msg[0] = '\0'; /* no message */ - return 0; - - case VINUM_REMOVE: - remove((struct vinum_ioctl_msg *) data); /* remove an object */ - return 0; - - case VINUM_GETFREELIST: /* get a drive free list element */ - index = *(int *) data; /* get the drive index */ - fe = ((int *) data)[1]; /* and the free list element */ - if ((index >= (unsigned) vinum_conf.drives_used) /* plex doesn't exist */ - ||(DRIVE[index].state == drive_unallocated)) - return ENODEV; - if (fe >= DRIVE[index].freelist_entries) /* no such entry */ - return ENOENT; - bcopy(&DRIVE[index].freelist[fe], - data, - sizeof(struct drive_freelist)); - return 0; - - case VINUM_GETDEFECTIVE: /* get a plex defective area element */ - index = *(int *) data; /* get the plex index */ - fe = ((int *) data)[1]; /* and the region number */ - if ((index >= (unsigned) vinum_conf.plexes_used) /* plex doesn't exist */ - ||(PLEX[index].state == plex_unallocated)) - return ENODEV; - if (fe >= PLEX[index].defective_regions) /* no such entry */ - return ENOENT; - bcopy(&PLEX[index].defective_region[fe], - data, - sizeof(struct plexregion)); - return 0; - - case VINUM_GETUNMAPPED: /* get a plex unmapped area element */ - index = *(int *) data; /* get the plex index */ - fe = ((int *) data)[1]; /* and the region number */ - if ((index >= (unsigned) vinum_conf.plexes_used) /* plex doesn't exist */ - ||(PLEX[index].state == plex_unallocated)) - return ENODEV; - if (fe >= PLEX[index].unmapped_regions) /* no such entry */ - return ENOENT; - bcopy(&PLEX[index].unmapped_region[fe], - data, - sizeof(struct plexregion)); - return 0; - - case VINUM_RESETSTATS: - resetstats((struct vinum_ioctl_msg *) data); /* reset object stats */ - return 0; - - /* attach an object to a superordinate object */ - case VINUM_ATTACH: - attachobject((struct vinum_ioctl_msg *) data); - return 0; - - /* detach an object from a superordinate object */ - case VINUM_DETACH: - detachobject((struct vinum_ioctl_msg *) data); - return 0; - - /* rename an object */ - case VINUM_RENAME: - renameobject((struct vinum_rename_msg *) data); - return 0; - - /* replace an object */ - case VINUM_REPLACE: - replaceobject((struct vinum_ioctl_msg *) data); - return 0; - - default: - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - } - - default: -#if __FreeBSD__>=3 - printf("vinumioctl: type %d, sd %d, plex %d, major %x, volume %d, command %lx\n", - device->type, - device->sd, - device->plex, - device->major, - device->volume, - cmd); /* XXX */ - -#else - printf("vinumioctl: type %d, sd %d, plex %d, major %x, volume %d, command %x\n", - device->type, - device->sd, - device->plex, - device->major, - device->volume, - cmd); /* XXX */ - -#endif - return EINVAL; - - case VINUM_DRIVE_TYPE: - case VINUM_PLEX_TYPE: - return EAGAIN; /* try again next week */ - - case VINUM_SD_TYPE: - objno = SDNO(dev); - - switch (cmd) { - case VINUM_INITSD: /* initialize subdisk */ - return initsd(objno); - - default: - return EINVAL; - } - break; - - case VINUM_VOLUME_TYPE: - objno = VOLNO(dev); - - if ((unsigned) objno >= (unsigned) vinum_conf.volumes_used) /* not a valid volume */ - return ENXIO; - vol = &VOL[objno]; - if (vol->state != volume_up) /* not up, */ - return EIO; /* I/O error */ - - switch (cmd) { - case DIOCGDINFO: /* get disk label */ - get_volume_label(vol, (struct disklabel *) data); - break; - - /* Care! DIOCGPART returns *pointers* to - * the caller, so we need to store this crap as well. - * And yes, we need it. */ - case DIOCGPART: /* get partition information */ - get_volume_label(vol, &vol->label); - ((struct partinfo *) data)->disklab = &vol->label; - ((struct partinfo *) data)->part = &vol->label.d_partitions[0]; - break; - - /* We don't have this stuff on hardware, - * so just pretend to do it so that - * utilities don't get upset. */ - case DIOCWDINFO: /* write partition info */ - case DIOCSDINFO: /* set partition info */ - return 0; /* not a titty */ - - case DIOCWLABEL: /* set or reset label writeable */ - if ((flag & FWRITE) == 0) /* not writeable? */ - return EACCES; /* no, die */ - if (*(int *) data != 0) /* set it? */ - vol->flags |= VF_WLABEL; /* yes */ - else - vol->flags &= ~VF_WLABEL; /* no, reset */ - break; - - default: - return ENOTTY; /* not my kind of ioctl */ - } - break; - } - return 0; /* XXX */ -} - -/* The following four functions check the supplied - * object index and return a pointer to the object - * if it exists. Otherwise they longjump out via - * throw_rude_remark */ -struct drive * -validdrive(int driveno, struct _ioctl_reply *reply) -{ - if ((driveno < vinum_conf.drives_used) - && (DRIVE[driveno].state != drive_unallocated)) - return &DRIVE[driveno]; - strcpy(reply->msg, "No such drive"); - reply->error = ENOENT; - return NULL; -} - -struct sd * -validsd(int sdno, struct _ioctl_reply *reply) -{ - if ((sdno < vinum_conf.subdisks_used) - && (SD[sdno].state != sd_unallocated)) - return &SD[sdno]; - strcpy(reply->msg, "No such subdisk"); - reply->error = ENOENT; - return NULL; -} - -struct plex * -validplex(int plexno, struct _ioctl_reply *reply) -{ - if ((plexno < vinum_conf.plexes_used) - && (PLEX[plexno].state != plex_unallocated)) - return &PLEX[plexno]; - strcpy(reply->msg, "No such plex"); - reply->error = ENOENT; - return NULL; -} - -struct volume * -validvol(int volno, struct _ioctl_reply *reply) -{ - if ((volno < vinum_conf.volumes_used) - && (VOL[volno].state != volume_unallocated)) - return &VOL[volno]; - strcpy(reply->msg, "No such volume"); - reply->error = ENOENT; - return NULL; -} - -/* reset an object's stats */ -void -resetstats(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *msg) -{ - struct _ioctl_reply *reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) msg; - - switch (msg->type) { - case drive_object: - if (msg->index < vinum_conf.drives_used) { - struct drive *drive = &DRIVE[msg->index]; - if (drive->state != drive_unallocated) { - drive->reads = 0; /* number of reads on this drive */ - drive->writes = 0; /* number of writes on this drive */ - drive->bytes_read = 0; /* number of bytes read */ - drive->bytes_written = 0; /* number of bytes written */ - reply->error = 0; - return; - } - reply->error = EINVAL; - return; - } - case sd_object: - if (msg->index < vinum_conf.subdisks_used) { - struct sd *sd = &SD[msg->index]; - if (sd->state != sd_unallocated) { - sd->reads = 0; /* number of reads on this subdisk */ - sd->writes = 0; /* number of writes on this subdisk */ - sd->bytes_read = 0; /* number of bytes read */ - sd->bytes_written = 0; /* number of bytes written */ - reply->error = 0; - return; - } - reply->error = EINVAL; - return; - } - break; - - case plex_object: - if (msg->index < vinum_conf.plexes_used) { - struct plex *plex = &PLEX[msg->index]; - if (plex->state != plex_unallocated) { - plex->reads = 0; - plex->writes = 0; /* number of writes on this plex */ - plex->bytes_read = 0; /* number of bytes read */ - plex->bytes_written = 0; /* number of bytes written */ - plex->multiblock = 0; /* requests that needed more than one block */ - plex->multistripe = 0; /* requests that needed more than one stripe */ - reply->error = 0; - return; - } - reply->error = EINVAL; - return; - } - break; - - case volume_object: - if (msg->index < vinum_conf.volumes_used) { - struct volume *vol = &VOL[msg->index]; - if (vol->state != volume_unallocated) { - vol->bytes_read = 0; /* number of bytes read */ - vol->bytes_written = 0; /* number of bytes written */ - vol->reads = 0; /* number of reads on this volume */ - vol->writes = 0; /* number of writes on this volume */ - vol->recovered_reads = 0; /* reads recovered from another plex */ - reply->error = 0; - return; - } - reply->error = EINVAL; - return; - } - case invalid_object: /* can't get this */ - reply->error = EINVAL; - return; - } -} - -/* attach an object to a superior object */ -void -attachobject(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *msg) -{ - struct _ioctl_reply *reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) msg; - struct sd *sd; - struct plex *plex; - struct volume *vol; - - switch (msg->type) { - case drive_object: /* you can't attach a drive to anything */ - case volume_object: /* nor a volume */ - case invalid_object: /* "this can't happen" */ - reply->error = EINVAL; - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; /* vinum(8) doesn't do this */ - return; - - case sd_object: - sd = validsd(msg->index, reply); - if (sd == NULL) /* not a valid subdisk */ - return; - plex = validplex(msg->otherobject, reply); - if (plex) { - if (sd->plexno >= 0) { /* already belong to a plex */ - reply->error = EBUSY; /* no message, the user should check */ - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - return; - } - sd->plexoffset = msg->offset; /* this is where we want it */ - set_sd_state(sd->sdno, sd_stale, setstate_force); /* make sure it's stale */ - give_sd_to_plex(plex->plexno, sd->sdno); /* and give it to the plex */ - update_sd_config(sd->sdno, 0); - save_config(); - reply->error = 0; - } - break; - - case plex_object: - plex = validplex(msg->index, reply); /* get plex */ - if (plex == NULL) - return; - if (plex->organization != plex_concat) { /* can't attach to striped and raid-5 */ - reply->error = EINVAL; /* no message, the user should check */ - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - return; - } - vol = validvol(msg->otherobject, reply); /* and volume information */ - if (vol) { - if ((vol->plexes == MAXPLEX) /* we have too many already */ - ||(plex->volno >= 0)) { /* or the plex has an owner */ - reply->error = EINVAL; /* no message, the user should check */ - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - return; - } - set_plex_state(plex->plexno, plex_down, setstate_force); /* make sure it's down */ - give_plex_to_volume(msg->otherobject, msg->index); /* and give it to the volume */ - update_plex_config(plex->plexno, 0); - save_config(); - if (plex->state == plex_reviving) - reply->error = EAGAIN; /* need to revive it */ - else - reply->error = 0; - } - } -} - -/* detach an object from a superior object */ -void -detachobject(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *msg) -{ - struct _ioctl_reply *reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) msg; - struct sd *sd; - struct plex *plex; - struct volume *vol; - int sdno; - int plexno; - - switch (msg->type) { - case drive_object: /* you can't attach a drive to anything */ - case volume_object: /* nor a volume */ - case invalid_object: /* "this can't happen" */ - reply->error = EINVAL; - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; /* vinum(8) doesn't do this */ - return; - - case sd_object: - sd = validsd(msg->index, reply); - if (sd == NULL) - return; - if (sd->plexno < 0) { /* doesn't belong to a plex */ - reply->error = ENOENT; - strcpy(reply->msg, "Subdisk is not attached"); - return; - } else { /* valid plex number */ - plex = &PLEX[sd->plexno]; - if ((!msg->force) /* don't force things */ - &&((plex->state == plex_up) /* and the plex is up */ - ||((plex->state == plex_flaky) && sd->state == sd_up))) { /* or flaky with this sd up */ - reply->error = EBUSY; /* we need this sd */ - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - return; - } - sd->plexno = -1; /* anonymous sd */ - if (plex->subdisks == 1) { /* this was the only subdisk */ - Free(plex->sdnos); /* free the subdisk array */ - plex->sdnos = NULL; /* and note the fact */ - plex->subdisks_allocated = 0; /* no subdisk space */ - } else { - for (sdno = 0; sdno < plex->subdisks; sdno++) { - if (plex->sdnos[sdno] == msg->index) /* found our subdisk */ - break; - } - if (sdno < (plex->subdisks - 1)) /* not the last one, compact */ - bcopy(&plex->sdnos[sdno + 1], - &plex->sdnos[sdno], - (plex->subdisks - 1 - sdno) * sizeof(int)); - } - plex->subdisks--; - rebuild_plex_unmappedlist(plex); /* rebuild the unmapped list */ - if (!bcmp(plex->name, sd->name, strlen(plex->name))) { /* this subdisk is named after the plex */ - bcopy(sd->name, - &sd->name[3], - min(strlen(sd->name), MAXSDNAME - 3)); - bcopy("ex-", sd->name, 3); - sd->name[MAXSDNAME - 1] = '\0'; - } - update_plex_config(plex->plexno, 0); - if ((plex->organization == plex_striped) /* we've just mutilated our plex, */ - ||(plex->organization == plex_striped)) /* the data no longer matches */ - set_plex_state(plex->plexno, - plex_down, - setstate_force | setstate_configuring); - update_sd_config(sd->sdno, 0); - save_config(); - reply->error = 0; - } - return; - - case plex_object: - plex = validplex(msg->index, reply); /* get plex */ - if (plex == NULL) - return; - if (plex->volno >= 0) { - int volno = plex->volno; - - vol = &VOL[volno]; - if ((!msg->force) /* don't force things */ - &&((vol->state == volume_up) /* and the volume is up */ - &&(vol->plexes == 1))) { /* and this is the last plex */ - /* XXX As elsewhere, check whether we will lose - * mapping by removing this plex */ - reply->error = EBUSY; /* we need this plex */ - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - return; - } - plex->volno = -1; /* anonymous plex */ - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vol->plexes; plexno++) { - if (vol->plex[plexno] == msg->index) /* found our plex */ - break; - } - if (plexno < (vol->plexes - 1)) /* not the last one, compact */ - bcopy(&vol[plexno + 1], &vol[plexno], (vol->plexes - 1 - plexno) * sizeof(int)); - vol->plexes--; - if (!bcmp(vol->name, plex->name, strlen(vol->name))) { /* this plex is named after the volume */ - /* First, check if the subdisks are the same */ - if (msg->recurse) { - int sdno; - - for (sdno = 0; sdno < plex->subdisks; sdno++) { - struct sd *sd = &SD[plex->sdnos[sdno]]; - - if (!bcmp(plex->name, sd->name, strlen(plex->name))) { /* subdisk is named after the plex */ - bcopy(sd->name, &sd->name[3], min(strlen(sd->name), MAXSDNAME - 3)); - bcopy("ex-", sd->name, 3); - sd->name[MAXSDNAME - 1] = '\0'; - } - } - } - bcopy(plex->name, &plex->name[3], min(strlen(plex->name), MAXPLEXNAME - 3)); - bcopy("ex-", plex->name, 3); - plex->name[MAXPLEXNAME - 1] = '\0'; - } - update_plex_config(plex->plexno, 0); - update_volume_config(volno, 0); - save_config(); - reply->error = 0; - } else { - reply->error = ENOENT; - strcpy(reply->msg, "Plex is not attached"); - } - } -} - -void -renameobject(struct vinum_rename_msg *msg) -{ - struct _ioctl_reply *reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) msg; - struct drive *drive; - struct sd *sd; - struct plex *plex; - struct volume *vol; - - switch (msg->type) { - case drive_object: /* you can't attach a drive to anything */ - if (find_drive(msg->newname, 0) >= 0) { /* we have that name already, */ - reply->error = EEXIST; - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - return; - } - drive = validdrive(msg->index, reply); - if (drive) { - bcopy(msg->newname, drive->label.name, MAXDRIVENAME); - save_config(); - reply->error = 0; - } - return; - - case sd_object: /* you can't attach a subdisk to anything */ - if (find_subdisk(msg->newname, 0) >= 0) { /* we have that name already, */ - reply->error = EEXIST; - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - return; - } - sd = validsd(msg->index, reply); - if (sd) { - bcopy(msg->newname, sd->name, MAXSDNAME); - update_sd_config(sd->sdno, 0); - save_config(); - reply->error = 0; - } - return; - - case plex_object: /* you can't attach a plex to anything */ - if (find_plex(msg->newname, 0) >= 0) { /* we have that name already, */ - reply->error = EEXIST; - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - return; - } - plex = validplex(msg->index, reply); - if (plex) { - bcopy(msg->newname, plex->name, MAXPLEXNAME); - update_plex_config(plex->plexno, 0); - save_config(); - reply->error = 0; - } - return; - - case volume_object: /* you can't attach a volume to anything */ - if (find_volume(msg->newname, 0) >= 0) { /* we have that name already, */ - reply->error = EEXIST; - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - return; - } - vol = validvol(msg->index, reply); - if (vol) { - bcopy(msg->newname, vol->name, MAXVOLNAME); - update_volume_config(msg->index, 0); - save_config(); - reply->error = 0; - } - return; - - case invalid_object: - reply->error = EINVAL; - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - } -} - -/* Replace one object with another */ -void -replaceobject(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *msg) -{ - struct _ioctl_reply *reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) msg; - - reply->error = ENODEV; /* until I know how to do this */ - strcpy(reply->msg, "replace not implemented yet"); -/* save_config (); */ -} diff --git a/lkm/vinum/vinumkw.h b/lkm/vinum/vinumkw.h deleted file mode 100644 index 597d160..0000000 --- a/lkm/vinum/vinumkw.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: vinumkw.h,v 1.8 1998/09/29 05:17:39 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -/* Command keywords that vinum knows. These include both user-level - * and kernel-level stuff */ - -/* Our complete vocabulary. The names of the commands are - * the same as the identifier without the kw_ at the beginning - * (i.e. kw_create defines the "create" keyword). Preprocessor - * magic in parser.c does the rest. */ -enum keyword { - kw_create, - kw_modify, - kw_list, - kw_l = kw_list, - kw_ld, /* list drive */ - kw_ls, /* list subdisk */ - kw_lp, /* list plex */ - kw_lv, /* list volume */ - kw_set, - kw_rm, - kw_start, - kw_stop, - kw_drive, - kw_sd, - kw_subdisk = kw_sd, - kw_plex, - kw_volume, - kw_vol = kw_volume, - kw_read, - kw_readpol, - kw_org, - kw_name, - kw_concat, - kw_striped, - kw_raid5, - kw_driveoffset, - kw_plexoffset, - kw_len, - kw_length = kw_len, - kw_state, - kw_setupstate, - kw_d, /* flag names */ - kw_f, - kw_r, - kw_s, - kw_v, - kw_round, /* round robin */ - kw_prefer, /* prefer plex */ - kw_device, - kw_init, - kw_label, - kw_resetconfig, - kw_writethrough, - kw_writeback, - kw_raw, - kw_resetstats, - kw_attach, - kw_detach, - kw_rename, - kw_printconfig, - kw_replace, - kw_detached, -#ifdef DEBUG - kw_debug, /* go into debugger */ -#endif - kw_info, - kw_invalid_keyword = -1 -}; - -struct _keywords { - char *name; - enum keyword keyword; -}; - -struct keywordset { - int size; - struct _keywords *k; -}; - -extern struct _keywords keywords[]; -extern struct _keywords flag_keywords[]; - -extern struct keywordset keyword_set; -extern struct keywordset flag_set; diff --git a/lkm/vinum/vinumstate.h b/lkm/vinum/vinumstate.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0b07590..0000000 --- a/lkm/vinum/vinumstate.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,213 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: vinumstate.h,v 1.11 1998/08/04 06:22:49 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -/* This file gets read by makestatetext to create text files - * with the names of the states, so don't change the file - * format */ - -enum volumestate { - volume_unallocated, - /* present but unused. Must be 0 */ - - volume_uninit, - /* mentioned elsewhere but not defined */ - - volume_down, - - /* The volume is up and functional, but not all plexes may be available */ - volume_up, - volume_laststate = volume_up /* last value, for table dimensions */ -}; - -enum plexstate { - /* An empty entry, not a plex at all. */ - plex_unallocated, - - /* The plex has been allocated, but there configuration - * is not complete */ - plex_init, - - /* A plex which has gone completely down because of - * I/O errors. */ - plex_faulty, - - /* A plex which has been taken down by the - * administrator. */ - plex_down, - - /* A plex which is currently being brought up after - * being not up. This involves copying data from - * another plex */ - plex_reviving, - - /* A plex which is being initialized */ - plex_initializing, - - /* *** The remaining states represent plexes which are - * at least partially up. Keep these separate so that - * they can be checked more easily. */ - - /* A plex entry which is at least partially up. Not - * all subdisks are available, and an inconsistency - * has occurred. If no other plex is uncorrupted, - * the volume is no longer consistent. */ - plex_corrupt, - - plex_firstup = plex_corrupt, /* first "up" state */ - - /* A plex entry which is at least partially up. Not - * all subdisks are available, but so far no - * inconsistency has occurred (this will change with - * the first write to the address space occupied by - * a defective subdisk). A RAID 5 plex with one subdisk - * down will remain degraded even after a write */ - plex_degraded, - - /* A plex which is really up, but which has a reborn - * subdisk which we don't completely trust, and - * which we don't want to read if we can avoid it */ - plex_flaky, - - /* A plex entry which is completely up. All subdisks - * are up. */ - plex_up, - - plex_laststate = plex_up /* last value, for table dimensions */ -}; - -/* subdisk states */ -enum sdstate { - /* An empty entry, not a subdisk at all. */ - sd_unallocated, - - /* A subdisk entry which has not been created - * completely. Some fields may be empty. - */ - sd_uninit, - - /* A subdisk entry which has been created completely. - * All fields are correct, but the disk hasn't - * been updated. - */ - sd_init, - - /* A subdisk entry which has been created completely and - * which is currently being initialized */ - sd_initializing, - - /* A subdisk entry which has been created completely. - * All fields are correct, and the disk has been - * updated, but there is no data on the disk. - */ - sd_empty, - - /* *** The following states represent invalid data */ - /* A subdisk entry which has been created completely. - * All fields are correct, the disk has been updated, - * and the data was valid, but since then the drive - * has gone down, and as a result updates have been - * missed. - */ - sd_obsolete, - - /* A subdisk entry which has been created completely. - * All fields are correct, the disk has been updated, - * and the data was valid, but since then the drive - * has gone down, updates have been lost, and then - * the drive came up again. - */ - sd_stale, - - /* *** The following states represent valid, inaccessible data */ - /* A subdisk entry which has been created completely. - * All fields are correct, the disk has been updated, - * and the data was valid, but since then the drive - * has gone down. No attempt has been made to write - * to the subdisk since the crash. - */ - sd_crashed, - - /* A subdisk entry which was up, which contained - * valid data, and which was taken down by the - * administrator. The data is valid. */ - sd_down, - - /* *** The following states represent accessible subdisks - * with valid data */ - - /* A subdisk entry which has been created completely. - * All fields are correct, the disk has been updated, - * and the data was valid, but since then the drive - * has gone down and up again. No updates were lost, - * but it is possible that the subdisk has been - * damaged. We won't read from this subdisk if we - * have a choice. If this is the only subdisk which - * covers this address space in the plex, we set its - * state to sd_up under these circumstances, so this - * status implies that there is another subdisk to - * fulfil the request. - */ - sd_reborn, - - /* A subdisk entry which has been created completely. - * All fields are correct, the disk has been updated, - * and the data is valid. - */ - sd_up, - - sd_laststate = sd_up /* last value, for table dimensions */ -}; - -enum drivestate { - drive_unallocated, - /* present but unused. Must be 0 */ - - drive_uninit, - /* just mentioned in some other config entry */ - - drive_down, - /* not accessible */ - - drive_coming_up, - /* in the process of being brought up */ - - drive_up, - /* up and running */ - - drive_laststate = drive_up /* last value, for table dimensions */ -}; diff --git a/lkm/vinum/vinumvar.h b/lkm/vinum/vinumvar.h deleted file mode 100644 index b2e8018..0000000 --- a/lkm/vinum/vinumvar.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,516 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: vinumvar.h,v 1.16 1998/10/26 05:50:43 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -/* XXX gdb can't find our global pointers, so use this kludge to - * point to them locally. Remove after testing */ -#define BROKEN_GDB struct _vinum_conf *VC = &vinum_conf - -#include -#include "vinumstate.h" -/* Some configuration maxima. They're an enum because - * we can't define global constants. Sorry about that. - * - * These aren't as bad as they look: most of them are soft limits. - */ - -enum constants { - VINUM_HEADER = 512, /* size of header on disk */ - MAXCONFIGLINE = 1024, /* maximum size of a single config line */ - /* XXX Do we still need this? */ - MINVINUMSLICE = 1048576, /* minimum size of a slice */ - - CDEV_MAJOR = 91, /* major number for character device */ - BDEV_MAJOR = 25, /* and block device */ - - ROUND_ROBIN_READPOL = -1, /* round robin read policy */ - - /* type field in minor number */ - VINUM_VOLUME_TYPE = 0, - VINUM_PLEX_TYPE = 1, - VINUM_SD_TYPE = 2, - VINUM_DRIVE_TYPE = 3, - VINUM_SUPERDEV_TYPE = 4, /* super device. */ - - /* Shifts for the individual fields in the device */ - VINUM_TYPE_SHIFT = 28, - VINUM_VOL_SHIFT = 0, - VINUM_PLEX_SHIFT = 16, - VINUM_SD_SHIFT = 20, - VINUM_VOL_WIDTH = 8, - VINUM_PLEX_WIDTH = 3, - VINUM_SD_WIDTH = 8, - MAJORDEV_SHIFT = 8, - - MAXPLEX = 8, /* maximum number of plexes in a volume */ - MAXSD = 256, /* maximum number of subdisks in a plex */ - MAXDRIVENAME = 32, /* maximum length of a device name */ - MAXSDNAME = 64, /* maximum length of a subdisk name */ - MAXPLEXNAME = 64, /* maximum length of a plex name */ - MAXVOLNAME = 64, /* maximum length of a volume name */ - MAXNAME = 64, /* maximum length of any name */ - - -/* Create a block device number */ -#define VINUMBDEV(v,p,s,t) ((BDEV_MAJOR << MAJORDEV_SHIFT) \ - | (v << VINUM_VOL_SHIFT) \ - | (p << VINUM_PLEX_SHIFT) \ - | (s << VINUM_SD_SHIFT) \ - | (t << VINUM_TYPE_SHIFT) ) - -/* And a character device number */ -#define VINUMCDEV(v,p,s,t) ((CDEV_MAJOR << MAJORDEV_SHIFT) \ - | (v << VINUM_VOL_SHIFT) \ - | (p << VINUM_PLEX_SHIFT) \ - | (s << VINUM_SD_SHIFT) \ - | (t << VINUM_TYPE_SHIFT) ) - -/* extract device type */ -#define DEVTYPE(x) ((x >> VINUM_TYPE_SHIFT) & 7) - -/* extract volume number */ -#define VOLNO(x) (x & ((1 << VINUM_VOL_WIDTH) - 1)) - -/* extract plex number */ -#define PLEXNO(x) (VOL [VOLNO (x)].plex [(x >> VINUM_PLEX_SHIFT) & ((1 << VINUM_PLEX_WIDTH) - 1)]) - -/* extract subdisk number */ -#define SDNO(x) (PLEX [PLEXNO (x)].sdnos [(x >> VINUM_SD_SHIFT) & ((1 << VINUM_SD_WIDTH) - 1)]) - -/* extract drive number */ -#define DRIVENO(x) (SD [SDNO (x)].driveno) - - VINUM_SUPERDEV = VINUMBDEV(0, 0, 0, VINUM_SUPERDEV_TYPE), /* superdevice number */ - -/* the number of object entries to cater for initially, and also the - * value by which they are incremented. It doesn't take long - * to extend them, so theoretically we could start with 1 of each, but - * it's untidy to allocate such small areas. These values are - * probably too small. - */ - - INITIAL_DRIVES = 4, - INITIAL_VOLUMES = 4, - INITIAL_PLEXES = 8, - INITIAL_SUBDISKS = 16, - INITIAL_SUBDISKS_IN_PLEX = 4, /* number of subdisks to allocate to a plex */ - INITIAL_SUBDISKS_IN_DRIVE = 4, /* number of subdisks to allocate to a drive */ - INITIAL_DRIVE_FREELIST = 16, /* number of entries in drive freelist */ - PLEX_REGION_TABLE_SIZE = 8, /* number of entries in plex region tables */ - INITIAL_LOCKS = 8, /* number of locks to allocate to a volume */ - DEFAULT_REVIVE_BLOCKSIZE = 32768, /* size of block to transfer in one op */ - VINUMHOSTNAMELEN = 32, /* host name field in label */ -}; - -/* device numbers */ - -/* - * 31 30 28 27 20 19 18 16 15 8 7 0 - * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| - * |X | Type | Subdisk number | X| Plex | Major number | volume number | - * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| - * - * 0x2 03 1 19 06 - */ -struct devcode { -/* CARE. These fields assume a big-endian word. On a - * little-endian system, they're the wrong way around */ - unsigned volume:8; /* up to 256 volumes */ - unsigned major:8; /* this is where the major number fits */ - unsigned plex:3; /* up to 8 plexes per volume */ - unsigned unused:1; /* up for grabs */ - unsigned sd:8; /* up to 256 subdisks per plex */ - unsigned type:3; /* type of object */ - /* type field - VINUM_VOLUME = 0, - VINUM_PLEX = 1, - VINUM_SUBDISK = 2, - VINUM_DRIVE = 3, - VINUM_SUPERDEV = 4, */ - unsigned signbit:1; /* to make 32 bits */ -}; - -#define VINUM_DIR "/dev/vinum" -#define VINUM_RDIR "/dev/rvinum" -#define VINUM_SUPERDEV_NAME VINUM_DIR"/control" - -/* Flags for all objects. Most of them only apply to - * specific objects, but we have space for all in any - * 32 bit flags word. */ -enum objflags { - VF_LOCKED = 1, /* somebody has locked access to this object */ - VF_LOCKING = 2, /* we want access to this object */ - VF_WRITETHROUGH = 8, /* volume: write through */ - VF_INITED = 0x10, /* unit has been initialized */ - VF_WLABEL = 0x20, /* label area is writable */ - VF_LABELLING = 0x40, /* unit is currently being labelled */ - VF_WANTED = 0x80, /* someone is waiting to obtain a lock */ - VF_RAW = 0x100, /* raw volume (no file system) */ - VF_LOADED = 0x200, /* module is loaded */ - VF_CONFIGURING = 0x400, /* somebody is changing the config */ - VF_WILL_CONFIGURE = 0x800, /* somebody wants to change the config */ - VF_CONFIG_INCOMPLETE = 0x1000, /* haven't finished changing the config */ - VF_CONFIG_SETUPSTATE = 0x2000, /* set a volume up if all plexes are empty */ - VF_READING_CONFIG = 0x4000, /* we're reading config database from disk */ - VF_KERNELOP = 0x8000, /* we're performing ops from kernel space */ - VF_DIRTYCONFIG = 0x10000, /* config needs updating */ -}; - -/* Global configuration information for the vinum subsystem */ -struct _vinum_conf { - /* Pointers to vinum structures */ - struct drive *drive; - struct sd *sd; - struct plex *plex; - struct volume *volume; - - /* the number allocated */ - int drives_allocated; - int subdisks_allocated; - int plexes_allocated; - int volumes_allocated; - - /* and the number currently in use */ - int drives_used; - int subdisks_used; - int plexes_used; - int volumes_used; - - int flags; - int opencount; /* number of times we've been opened */ -#if DEBUG - int lastrq; - struct buf *lastbuf; - struct rqinfo **rqipp; - struct rqinfo *rqinfop; -#endif -}; - -/* Use these defines to simplify code */ -#define DRIVE vinum_conf.drive -#define SD vinum_conf.sd -#define PLEX vinum_conf.plex -#define VOL vinum_conf.volume -#define VFLAGS vinum_conf.flags - -/* Slice header - - * Vinum drives start with this structure: - * - *\ Sector - * |--------------------------------------| - * | PDP-11 memorial boot block | 0 - * |--------------------------------------| - * | Disk label, maybe | 1 - * |--------------------------------------| - * | Slice definition (vinum_hdr) | 2 - * |--------------------------------------| - * | | - * | Configuration info, first copy | 3 - * | | - * |--------------------------------------| - * | | - * | Configuration info, second copy | 3 + size of config - * | | - * |--------------------------------------| - */ - -/* Sizes and offsets of our information */ -enum { - VINUM_LABEL_OFFSET = 4096, /* offset of vinum label */ - VINUMHEADERLEN = 512, /* size of vinum label */ - VINUM_CONFIG_OFFSET = 4608, /* offset of first config copy */ - MAXCONFIG = 65536, /* and size of config copy */ - DATASTART = (MAXCONFIG * 2 + VINUM_CONFIG_OFFSET) / DEV_BSIZE /* this is where the data starts */ -}; - -/* hostname is 256 bytes long, but we don't need to shlep - * multiple copies in vinum. We use the host name just - * to identify this system, and 32 bytes should be ample - * for that purpose */ - -struct vinum_label { - char sysname[VINUMHOSTNAMELEN]; /* system name at time of creation */ - char name[MAXDRIVENAME]; /* our name of the drive */ - struct timeval date_of_birth; /* the time it was created */ - struct timeval last_update; /* and the time of last update */ - off_t drive_size; /* total size in bytes of the drive. - * This value includes the headers */ -}; - -struct vinum_hdr { - long long magic; /* we're long on magic numbers */ - /* XXX Get these right for big-endian */ -#define VINUM_MAGIC 22322600044678729LL /* should be this */ -#define VINUM_NOMAGIC 22322600044678990LL /* becomes this after obliteration */ - int config_length; /* size in bytes of each copy of the - * configuration info. - * This must be a multiple of the sector size. */ - - struct vinum_label label; /* unique label */ -}; - -/* Information returned from read_drive_label */ -enum drive_label_info { - DL_CANT_OPEN, /* invalid partition */ - DL_NOT_OURS, /* valid partition, but no vinum label */ - DL_DELETED_LABEL, /* valid partition, deleted label found */ - DL_WRONG_DRIVE, /* drive name doesn't match */ - DL_OURS /* valid partition and label found */ -}; - -/*** Drive definitions ***/ -/* A drive corresponds to a disk slice. We use a different term to show - * the difference in usage: it doesn't have to be a slice, and could - * theroretically be a complete, unpartitioned disk */ - -struct drive { - enum drivestate state; /* current state */ - int subdisks_allocated; /* number of entries in sd */ - int subdisks_used; /* and the number used */ - int blocksize; /* size of fs blocks */ - u_int64_t sectors_available; /* number of sectors still available */ - int secsperblock; - int lasterror; /* last error on drive */ - int driveno; /* index of drive in vinum_conf */ - int opencount; /* number of up subdisks */ - u_int64_t reads; /* number of reads on this drive */ - u_int64_t writes; /* number of writes on this drive */ - u_int64_t bytes_read; /* number of bytes read */ - u_int64_t bytes_written; /* number of bytes written */ - dev_t dev; /* and device number */ - char devicename[MAXDRIVENAME]; /* name of the slice it's on */ - struct vnode *vp; /* vnode pointer */ - struct proc *p; - struct vinum_label label; /* and the label information */ - struct partinfo partinfo; /* partition information */ - int freelist_size; /* number of entries alloced in free list */ - int freelist_entries; /* number of entries used in free list */ - struct drive_freelist { /* sorted list of free space on drive */ - u_int64_t offset; - long sectors; - } *freelist; -}; - -/*** Subdisk definitions ***/ - -struct sd { - enum sdstate state; /* state */ - /* offsets in blocks */ - int64_t driveoffset; /* offset on drive */ - int64_t plexoffset; /* offset in plex */ - u_int64_t sectors; /* and length in sectors */ - int plexno; /* index of plex, if it belongs */ - int driveno; /* index of the drive on which it is located */ - int sdno; /* our index in vinum_conf */ - int pid; /* pid of process which opened us */ - u_int64_t reads; /* number of reads on this subdisk */ - u_int64_t writes; /* number of writes on this subdisk */ - u_int64_t bytes_read; /* number of bytes read */ - u_int64_t bytes_written; /* number of bytes written */ - char name[MAXSDNAME]; /* name of subdisk */ -}; - -/*** Plex definitions ***/ - -/* kinds of plex organization */ -enum plexorg { - plex_disorg, /* disorganized */ - plex_concat, /* concatenated plex */ - plex_striped, /* striped plex */ - plex_raid5 /* RAID5 plex */ -}; - -/* Region in plex (either defective or unmapped) */ -struct plexregion { - u_int64_t offset; /* start of region */ - u_int64_t length; /* length */ -}; - -struct plex { - enum plexorg organization; /* Plex organization */ - enum plexstate state; /* and current state */ - u_int64_t length; /* total length of plex (max offset) */ - int flags; - int stripesize; /* size of stripe or raid band, in sectors */ - int subdisks; /* number of associated subdisks */ - int subdisks_allocated; /* number of subdisks allocated space for */ - int *sdnos; /* list of component subdisks */ - int plexno; /* index of plex in vinum_conf */ - int volno; /* index of volume */ - int volplexno; /* number of plex in volume */ - int pid; /* pid of process which opened us */ - /* Lock information */ - int locks; /* number of locks used */ - int alloclocks; /* number of locks allocated */ - struct rangelock *lock; /* ranges of locked addresses */ - /* Statistics */ - u_int64_t reads; /* number of reads on this plex */ - u_int64_t writes; /* number of writes on this plex */ - u_int64_t bytes_read; /* number of bytes read */ - u_int64_t bytes_written; /* number of bytes written */ - u_int64_t multiblock; /* requests that needed more than one block */ - u_int64_t multistripe; /* requests that needed more than one stripe */ - /* revive parameters */ - u_int64_t revived; /* block number of current revive request */ - int revive_blocksize; /* revive block size (bytes) */ - int revive_interval; /* and time to wait between transfers */ - struct request *waitlist; /* list of requests waiting on revive op */ - /* geometry control */ - int defective_regions; /* number of regions which are defective */ - int defective_region_count; /* number of entries in defective_region */ - struct plexregion *defective_region; /* list of offset/length pairs: defective sds */ - int unmapped_regions; /* number of regions which are missing */ - int unmapped_region_count; /* number of entries in unmapped_region */ - struct plexregion *unmapped_region; /* list of offset/length pairs: missing sds */ - char name[MAXPLEXNAME]; /* name of plex */ -}; - -/*** Volume definitions ***/ - - -struct volume { - enum volumestate state; /* current state */ - int plexes; /* number of plexes */ - int preferred_plex; /* plex to read from, -1 for round-robin */ - int last_plex_read; /* index of plex used for last read, - * for round-robin */ - dev_t devno; /* device number */ - int flags; /* status and configuration flags */ - int opencount; /* number of opens (all the same process) */ - int openflags; /* flags supplied to last open(2) */ - u_int64_t size; /* size of volume */ - int disk; /* disk index */ - int blocksize; /* logical block size */ - int active; /* number of outstanding requests active */ - int subops; /* and the number of suboperations */ - pid_t pid; /* pid of locker */ - /* Statistics */ - u_int64_t bytes_read; /* number of bytes read */ - u_int64_t bytes_written; /* number of bytes written */ - u_int64_t reads; /* number of reads on this volume */ - u_int64_t writes; /* number of writes on this volume */ - u_int64_t recovered_reads; /* reads recovered from another plex */ - /* Unlike subdisks in the plex, space for the plex pointers is static */ - int plex[MAXPLEX]; /* index of plexes */ - char name[MAXVOLNAME]; /* name of volume */ - struct disklabel label; /* for DIOCGPART */ -}; - -/* Table expansion. Expand table, which contains oldcount - * entries of type element, by increment entries, and change - * oldcount accordingly */ -#define EXPAND(table, element, oldcount, increment) \ -{ \ - expand_table ((void **) &table, \ - oldcount * sizeof (element), \ - (oldcount + increment) * sizeof (element) ); \ - oldcount += increment; \ - } - -/* Information on vinum's memory usage */ -struct meminfo { - int mallocs; /* number of malloced blocks */ - int total_malloced; /* total amount malloced */ - int highwater; /* maximum number of mallocs */ - struct mc *malloced; /* pointer to kernel table */ -}; - -struct mc { - int seq; - int size; - short line; - short flags; -#define ALLOC_KVA 1 /* allocated via kva calls */ - int *databuf; /* really vm_object_t */ - caddr_t address; - char file[16]; -}; - -/* These enums are used by the state transition - * routines. They're in bit map format: - * - * Bit 0: Other plexes in the volume are down - * Bit 1: Other plexes in the volume are up - * Bit 2: The current plex is up - * Maybe they should be local to - * state.c */ -enum volplexstate { - volplex_onlyusdown = 0, /* we're the only plex, and we're down */ - volplex_alldown, /* 1: another plex is down, and so are we */ - volplex_otherup, /* 2: another plex is up */ - volplex_otherupdown, /* other plexes are up and down */ - volplex_onlyus, /* 4: we're up and alone */ - volplex_onlyusup, /* only we are up, others are down */ - volplex_allup, /* all plexes are up */ - volplex_someup /* some plexes are up, including us */ -}; - -/* state map for plex */ -enum sdstates { - sd_emptystate = 1, - sd_downstate = 2, /* found an SD which is down */ - sd_crashedstate = 4, /* found an SD which is crashed */ - sd_obsoletestate = 8, /* found an SD which is obsolete */ - sd_stalestate = 16, /* found an SD which is stale */ - sd_rebornstate = 32, /* found an SD which is reborn */ - sd_upstate = 64, /* found an SD which is up */ - sd_initstate = 128, /* found an SD which is init */ - sd_otherstate = 256 /* found an SD in some other state */ -}; - -/* This is really just a parameter to pass to - * set__state, but since it needs to be known - * in the external definitions, we need to define - * it here */ -enum setstateflags { - setstate_none = 0, /* no flags */ - setstate_force = 1, /* force the state change */ - setstate_configuring = 2, /* we're currently configuring, don't save */ - setstate_recursing = 4, /* we're called from another setstate function */ - setstate_norecurse = 8, /* don't call other setstate functions */ - setstate_noupdate = 16 /* don't update config */ -}; - -#ifdef DEBUG -/* Debugging stuff */ -#define DEBUG_ADDRESSES 1 -#define DEBUG_NUMOUTPUT 2 -#define DEBUG_RESID 4 /* go into debugger in complete_rqe */ -#define DEBUG_LASTREQS 8 /* keep a circular buffer of last requests */ -#define DEBUG_REMOTEGDB 256 /* go into remote gdb */ -#endif diff --git a/sys/dev/vinum/COPYRIGHT b/sys/dev/vinum/COPYRIGHT deleted file mode 100644 index 4ee95f2..0000000 --- a/sys/dev/vinum/COPYRIGHT +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: COPYRIGHT,v 1.1 1998/03/05 06:07:05 grog Exp grog $ - */ diff --git a/sys/dev/vinum/Makefile b/sys/dev/vinum/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index f1f4bb7..0000000 --- a/sys/dev/vinum/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.1.1.1 1998/09/16 05:56:21 grog Exp $ - -.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/../../sys/dev/ccd -KMOD= vinum_mod -SRCS= vinum.c vinum.h vnode_if.h parser.c config.c io.c util.c vinumhdr.h request.h \ - state.c memory.c request.c lock.c vinumext.h vinumio.h vinumkw.h \ - vinumstate.h vinumvar.h revive.c vinumioctl.c interrupt.c -NOMAN= -PSEUDO_LKM= -CFLAGS = -I${.CURDIR} -O -g -I/usr/include/machine -DDEBUG -Wall -Wno-unused -Wno-parentheses - -CLEANFILES+= vinum.h vnode_if.h vnode_if.c - -all: - -# We don't need this, but the Makefile wants it -vinum.h: - touch $@ - -state.h: maketabs vinumstate.h - ./maketabs >state.h - -maketabs: maketabs.c - ${CC} -g -o maketabs maketabs.c - -.include diff --git a/sys/dev/vinum/makestatetext b/sys/dev/vinum/makestatetext deleted file mode 100755 index ca5eb2d..0000000 --- a/sys/dev/vinum/makestatetext +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# Make statetexts.h from vinumstate.h -# $Id: makestatetext,v 1.4 1998/03/13 05:36:16 grog Exp grog $ -infile=vinumstate.h -ofile=statetexts.h -cat $ofile - -echo >>$ofile "/* Created by $0 on" `date`. "Do not edit */" -echo >>$ofile -echo >>$ofile "/* Drive state texts */" -echo >>$ofile "char *drivestatetext [] = - { " -egrep -e 'drive_[A-z0-9]*,' <$infile | grep -v = | sed 's: *drive_\([^,]*\).*: \"\1\",:' >>$ofile -cat <> $ofile - }; - -/* Subdisk state texts */ -char *sdstatetext [] = - { -FOO -egrep -e 'sd_[A-z0-9]*,' $infile | grep -v = | sed 's: *sd_\([^,]*\).*: \"\1\",:' >>$ofile -cat <> $ofile - }; - -/* Plex state texts */ -char *plexstatetext [] = - { -FOO -egrep -e 'plex_[A-z0-9]*,' $infile | grep -v = | sed 's: *plex_\([^,]*\).*: \"\1\",:' >>$ofile -cat <> $ofile - }; - -/* Volume state texts */ -char *volstatetext [] = - { -FOO -egrep -e 'volume_[A-z0-9]*,' $infile | grep -v = | sed 's: *volume_\([^,]*\).*: \"\1\",:' >>$ofile -cat <> $ofile - }; -FOO diff --git a/sys/dev/vinum/request.h b/sys/dev/vinum/request.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6575204..0000000 --- a/sys/dev/vinum/request.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,191 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: request.h,v 1.10 1998/08/03 07:15:26 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -/* Information needed to set up a transfer */ - -/* struct buf is surprisingly big (about 300 - * bytes), and it's part of the request, so this - * value is really important. Most requests - * don't need more than 2 subrequests per - * plex. The table is automatically extended if - * this value is too small. */ -#define RQELTS 2 /* default of 2 requests per transfer */ - -enum xferinfo { - XFR_NORMAL_READ = 1, - XFR_NORMAL_WRITE = 2, /* write request in normal mode */ - XFR_RECOVERY_READ = 4, - XFR_DEGRADED_WRITE = 8, - XFR_PARITYLESS_WRITE = 0x10, - XFR_NO_PARITY_STRIPE = 0x20, /* parity stripe is not available */ - XFR_DATA_BLOCK = 0x40, /* data block in request */ - XFR_PARITY_BLOCK = 0x80, /* parity block in request */ - XFR_BAD_SUBDISK = 0x100, /* this subdisk is dead */ - XFR_MALLOCED = 0x200, /* this buffer is malloced */ -#if DEBUG - XFR_PHASE2 = 0x800, /* documentation only: 2nd phase write */ -#endif - XFR_REVIVECONFLICT = 0x1000, /* possible conflict with a revive operation */ - /* operations that need a parity block */ - XFR_PARITYOP = (XFR_NORMAL_WRITE | XFR_RECOVERY_READ | XFR_DEGRADED_WRITE), - /* operations that use the group parameters */ - XFR_GROUPOP = (XFR_DEGRADED_WRITE | XFR_RECOVERY_READ), - /* operations that that use the data parameters */ - XFR_DATAOP = (XFR_NORMAL_READ | XFR_NORMAL_WRITE | XFR_PARITYLESS_WRITE), - /* operations requiring read before write */ - XFR_RBW = (XFR_NORMAL_WRITE | XFR_DEGRADED_WRITE), - /* operations that need a malloced buffer */ - XFR_NEEDS_MALLOC = (XFR_NORMAL_WRITE | XFR_RECOVERY_READ | XFR_DEGRADED_WRITE) -}; - -/* Describe one low-level request, part - * of a high-level request. This is an - * extended struct buf buffer, and the first - * element *must* be a struct buf. We pass this structure - * to the I/O routines instead of a struct buf in oder - * to be able to locate the high-level request when it - * completes. - * - * All offsets and lengths are in "blocks", i.e. sectors */ -struct rqelement { - struct buf b; /* buf structure */ - struct rqgroup *rqg; /* pointer to our group */ - /* Information about the transfer */ - daddr_t sdoffset; /* offset in subdisk */ - int useroffset; /* offset in user buffer of normal data */ - /* dataoffset and datalen refer to "individual" - * data transfers (normal read, parityless write) - * and also degraded write. - * - * groupoffset and grouplen refer to the other - * "group" operations (normal write, recovery read) - * Both the offsets are relative to the start of the - * local buffer */ - int dataoffset; /* offset in buffer of the normal data */ - int groupoffset; /* offset in buffer of group data */ - short datalen; /* length of normal data (sectors) */ - short grouplen; /* length of group data (sectors) */ - short buflen; /* total buffer length to allocate */ - short flags; /* really enum xferinfo (see above) */ - /* Ways to find other components */ - short sdno; /* subdisk number */ - short driveno; /* drive number */ -}; - -/* A group of requests built to satisfy a certain - * component of a user request */ -struct rqgroup { - struct rqgroup *next; /* pointer to next group */ - struct request *rq; /* pointer to the request */ - short count; /* number of requests in this group */ - short active; /* and number active */ - short plexno; /* index of plex */ - int badsdno; /* index of bad subdisk or -1 */ - enum xferinfo flags; /* description of transfer */ - struct rqelement rqe[0]; /* and the elements of this request */ -}; - -/* Describe one high-level request and the - * work we have to do to satisfy it */ -struct request { - struct buf *bp; /* pointer to the high-level request */ - int flags; - union { - int volno; /* volume index */ - int plexno; /* or plex index */ - } volplex; - int error; /* current error indication */ - short isplex; /* set if this is a plex request */ - short active; /* number of subrequests still active */ - struct rqgroup *rqg; /* pointer to the first group of requests */ - struct rqgroup *lrqg; /* and to the first group of requests */ - struct request *next; /* link of waiting requests */ -}; - -/* Extended buffer header for subdisk I/O. Includes - * a pointer to the user I/O request. */ -struct sdbuf { - struct buf b; /* our buffer */ - struct buf *bp; /* and pointer to parent */ - short driveno; /* drive index */ - short sdno; /* and subdisk index */ -}; - -/* Values returned by rqe and friends. - * Be careful with these: they are in order of increasing - * seriousness. Some routines check for > REQUEST_RECOVERED - * to indicate a completely failed request. */ -enum requeststatus { - REQUEST_OK, /* request built OK */ - REQUEST_RECOVERED, /* request OK, but involves RAID5 recovery */ - REQUEST_EOF, /* request failed: outside plex */ - REQUEST_DOWN, /* request failed: subdisk down */ - REQUEST_ENOMEM /* ran out of memory */ -}; - -#ifdef DEBUG -/* Trace entry for request info (DEBUG_LASTREQS) */ -enum rqinfo_type { - loginfo_unused, /* never been used */ - loginfo_user_bp, /* this is the bp when strategy is called */ - loginfo_user_bpl, /* and this is the bp at launch time */ - loginfo_rqe, /* user RQE */ - loginfo_iodone, /* iodone */ - loginfo_raid5_data, /* write RAID-5 data block */ - loginfo_raid5_parity /* write RAID-5 parity block */ -}; - -union rqinfou { /* info to pass to logrq */ - struct buf *bp; - struct rqelement *rqe; /* address of request, for correlation */ -}; - -struct rqinfo { - enum rqinfo_type type; /* kind of event */ - struct timeval timestamp; /* time it happened */ - struct buf *bp; /* point to user buffer */ - union { - struct buf b; /* yup, the *whole* buffer header */ - struct rqelement rqe; /* and the whole rqe */ - } info; -}; - -#define RQINFO_SIZE 64 /* number of info slots in buffer */ - -void logrq(enum rqinfo_type type, union rqinfou info, struct buf *ubp); -#endif diff --git a/sys/dev/vinum/statetexts.h b/sys/dev/vinum/statetexts.h deleted file mode 100644 index b7ce4eb..0000000 --- a/sys/dev/vinum/statetexts.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: COPYRIGHT,v 1.1 1998/03/05 06:07:05 grog Exp grog $ - */ -/* Created by ./makestatetext on Tue 4 Aug 15:53:16 CST 1998. Do not edit */ - -/* Drive state texts */ -char *drivestatetext[] = -{ - "unallocated", - "uninit", - "down", - "coming_up", - "up", -}; - -/* Subdisk state texts */ -char *sdstatetext[] = -{ - "unallocated", - "uninit", - "init", - "initializing", - "empty", - "obsolete", - "stale", - "crashed", - "down", - "reborn", - "up", -}; - -/* Plex state texts */ -char *plexstatetext[] = -{ - "unallocated", - "init", - "faulty", - "down", - "reviving", - "initializing", - "corrupt", - "degraded", - "flaky", - "up", -}; - -/* Volume state texts */ -char *volstatetext[] = -{ - "unallocated", - "uninit", - "down", - "up", -}; diff --git a/sys/dev/vinum/vinum.c b/sys/dev/vinum/vinum.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2717f0c..0000000 --- a/sys/dev/vinum/vinum.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,544 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: vinum.c,v 1.20 1998/10/29 02:15:30 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -#define STATIC /* nothing while we're testing XXX */ - -#define REALLYKERNEL -#include "vinumhdr.h" -#include "sys/sysproto.h" /* for sync(2) */ -#ifdef DEBUG -#include -int debug = 0; -#endif - -/* pointer to ioctl p parameter, to save passing it around */ -struct proc *myproc; - -#if __FreeBSD__ < 3 -STATIC struct cdevsw vinum_cdevsw; -STATIC struct bdevsw vinum_bdevsw = -{ - vinumopen, vinumclose, vinumstrategy, vinumioctl, - vinumdump, vinumsize, 0, - "vinum", &vinum_cdevsw, -1 -}; -#else /* goodbye, bdevsw */ -STATIC struct cdevsw vinum_cdevsw = -{ - vinumopen, vinumclose, vinumread, vinumwrite, - vinumioctl, nostop, nullreset, nodevtotty, - seltrue, nommap, vinumstrategy, "vinum", - NULL, -1, vinumdump, vinumsize, - D_DISK, 0, -1 -}; -#endif - -/* Called by main() during pseudo-device attachment. */ -STATIC void vinumattach(void *); - -STATIC void vinumgetdisklabel(dev_t); -void vinum_scandisk(void); -int vinum_inactive(void); -void free_vinum(int); - -#ifndef ACTUALLY_LKM_NOT_KERNEL -STATIC int vinum_modevent(module_t mod, modeventtype_t type, void *unused); -#endif - -#if __FreeBSD__ >= 3 -/* Why aren't these declared anywhere? XXX */ -int setjmp(jmp_buf); -void longjmp(jmp_buf, int); -#endif - -extern jmp_buf command_fail; /* return here if config fails */ - -struct _vinum_conf vinum_conf; /* configuration information */ - -STATIC int vinum_devsw_installed = 0; - -/* - * Called by main() during pseudo-device attachment. All we need - * to do is allocate enough space for devices to be configured later, and - * add devsw entries. - */ -void -vinumattach(void *dummy) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - char *buf; /* pointer to temporary buffer */ - struct _ioctl_reply *ioctl_reply; /* struct to return */ - struct uio uio; - struct iovec iovec; - - /* modload should prevent multiple loads, so this is worth a panic */ - if ((vinum_conf.flags & VF_LOADED) != NULL) - panic("vinum: already loaded"); - - printf("vinum: loaded\n"); - vinum_conf.flags |= VF_LOADED; /* we're loaded now */ - - /* We don't have a p pointer here, so take it from curproc */ - myproc = curproc; -#if __FreeBSD__ < 3 - bdevsw_add_generic(BDEV_MAJOR, CDEV_MAJOR, &vinum_bdevsw); -#else - cdevsw_add_generic(BDEV_MAJOR, CDEV_MAJOR, &vinum_cdevsw); -#endif -#ifdef DEVFS -#error DEVFS not finished yet -#endif - - uio.uio_iov = &iovec; - uio.uio_iovcnt = 1; /* just one buffer */ - uio.uio_offset = 0; /* start at the beginning */ - uio.uio_resid = 512; /* one sector */ - uio.uio_segflg = UIO_SYSSPACE; /* we're in system space */ - uio.uio_rw = UIO_READ; /* do we need this? */ - uio.uio_procp = curproc; /* do it for our own process */ - - iovec.iov_len = 512; - buf = (char *) Malloc(iovec.iov_len); /* get a buffer */ - CHECKALLOC(buf, "vinum: no memory\n"); /* can't get 512 bytes? */ - iovec.iov_base = buf; /* read into buf */ - - /* allocate space: drives... */ - DRIVE = (struct drive *) Malloc(sizeof(struct drive) * INITIAL_DRIVES); - CHECKALLOC(DRIVE, "vinum: no memory\n"); - vinum_conf.drives_allocated = INITIAL_DRIVES; /* number of drive slots allocated */ - vinum_conf.drives_used = 0; /* and number in use */ - - /* volumes, ... */ - VOL = (struct volume *) Malloc(sizeof(struct volume) * INITIAL_VOLUMES); - CHECKALLOC(VOL, "vinum: no memory\n"); - vinum_conf.volumes_allocated = INITIAL_VOLUMES; /* number of volume slots allocated */ - vinum_conf.volumes_used = 0; /* and number in use */ - - /* plexes, ... */ - PLEX = (struct plex *) Malloc(sizeof(struct plex) * INITIAL_PLEXES); - CHECKALLOC(PLEX, "vinum: no memory\n"); - vinum_conf.plexes_allocated = INITIAL_PLEXES; /* number of plex slots allocated */ - vinum_conf.plexes_used = 0; /* and number in use */ - - /* and subdisks */ - SD = (struct sd *) Malloc(sizeof(struct sd) * INITIAL_SUBDISKS); - CHECKALLOC(SD, "vinum: no memory\n"); - vinum_conf.subdisks_allocated = INITIAL_SUBDISKS; /* number of sd slots allocated */ - vinum_conf.subdisks_used = 0; /* and number in use */ - - ioctl_reply = NULL; /* no reply on longjmp */ -} - -/* Check if we have anything open. If so, return 0 (not inactive), - * otherwise 1 (inactive) */ -int -vinum_inactive(void) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int i; - int can_do = 1; /* assume we can do it */ - - lock_config(); - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.volumes_used; i++) { - if (VOL[i].pid != NULL) { /* volume is open */ - can_do = 0; - break; - } - } - unlock_config(); - return can_do; -} - -/* Free all structures. - * If cleardrive is 0, save the configuration; otherwise - * remove the configuration from the drive. - * - * Before coming here, ensure that no volumes are open. - */ -void -free_vinum(int cleardrive) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int i; - - if (cleardrive) { - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.drives_used; i++) - remove_drive(i); /* remove the drive */ - } else { /* keep the config */ - save_config(); - if (DRIVE != NULL) { - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.drives_used; i++) - free_drive(&DRIVE[i]); /* close files and things */ - Free(DRIVE); - } - } - if (SD != NULL) - Free(SD); - if (PLEX != NULL) { - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.plexes_used; i++) { - struct plex *plex = &vinum_conf.plex[i]; - - if (plex->state != plex_unallocated) { /* we have real data there */ - if (plex->sdnos) - Free(plex->sdnos); - if (plex->unmapped_regions) - Free(plex->unmapped_region); - if (plex->defective_regions) - Free(plex->defective_region); - } - } - Free(PLEX); - } - if (VOL != NULL) - Free(VOL); - bzero(&vinum_conf, sizeof(vinum_conf)); -} - -#ifdef ACTUALLY_LKM_NOT_KERNEL /* stuff for LKMs */ - -MOD_MISC(vinum); - -/* - * Function called when loading the driver. - */ - -STATIC int -vinum_load(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - vinumattach(NULL); - return 0; /* OK */ -} - -/* - * Function called when unloading the driver. - */ -STATIC int -vinum_unload(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - if (vinum_inactive()) { /* is anything open? */ - struct sync_args dummyarg = - {0}; -#if __FreeBSD__ < 3 - int retval; -#endif - - printf("vinum: unloaded\n"); -#if __FreeBSD__ < 3 - sync(curproc, &dummyarg, &retval); /* write out buffers */ -#else - sync(curproc, &dummyarg); /* write out buffers */ -#endif - free_vinum(0); /* no: clean up */ -#if __FreeBSD__ < 3 - bdevsw[BDEV_MAJOR] = NULL; /* clear bdevsw */ -#endif - cdevsw[CDEV_MAJOR] = NULL; /* and cdevsw */ - return 0; - } else - return EBUSY; -} - -/* - * Dispatcher function for the module (load/unload/stat). - */ -int -vinum_mod(struct lkm_table *lkmtp, int cmd, int ver) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - MOD_DISPATCH(vinum, /* module name */ - lkmtp, /* LKM table */ - cmd, /* command */ - ver, - vinum_load, /* load with this function */ - vinum_unload, /* and unload with this */ - lkm_nullcmd); -} - -#else /* not LKM */ - -STATIC int -vinum_modevent(module_t mod, modeventtype_t type, void *unused) -{ - struct sync_args dummyarg = - {0}; - - BROKEN_GDB; - switch (type) { - case MOD_LOAD: - vinumattach(NULL); - return 0; /* OK */ - case MOD_UNLOAD: - if (!vinum_inactive()) /* is anything open? */ - return EBUSY; - sync(curproc, &dummyarg); /* write out buffers */ - free_vinum(0); /* no: clean up */ - cdevsw[CDEV_MAJOR] = NULL; /* and cdevsw */ - return 0; - default: - break; - } - return 0; -} - -moduledata_t vinum_mod = -{ - "vinum", - vinum_modevent, - 0 -}; -DECLARE_MODULE(vinum, vinum_mod, SI_SUB_DRIVERS, SI_ORDER_MIDDLE); - -#endif /* LKM */ - -/* ARGSUSED */ -/* Open a vinum object - * At the moment, we only open volumes and the - * super device. It's a nice concept to be - * able to open drives, subdisks and plexes, but - * I can't think what good it could be */ -int -vinumopen(dev_t dev, - int flags, - int fmt, - struct proc *p) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int s; /* spl */ - int error; - unsigned int index; - struct volume *vol; - struct plex *plex; - struct sd *sd; - struct devcode *device; - - device = (struct devcode *) &dev; - - error = 0; - /* First, decide what we're looking at */ - switch (device->type) { - case VINUM_VOLUME_TYPE: - index = VOLNO(dev); - if (index >= vinum_conf.volumes_used) - return ENXIO; /* no such device */ - vol = &VOL[index]; - - switch (vol->state) { - case volume_unallocated: - case volume_uninit: - return ENXIO; - - case volume_up: - s = splhigh(); /* quick lock */ - if (error) - return error; - if (vol->opencount == 0) - vol->openflags = flags; /* set our flags */ - vol->opencount++; - vol->pid = p->p_pid; /* and say who we are (do we need this? XXX) */ - splx(s); - return 0; - - case volume_down: - return EIO; - - default: - return EINVAL; - } - - case VINUM_PLEX_TYPE: - if (VOLNO(dev) >= vinum_conf.volumes_used) - return ENXIO; - index = PLEXNO(dev); /* get plex index in vinum_conf */ - if (index >= vinum_conf.plexes_used) - return ENXIO; /* no such device */ - plex = &PLEX[index]; - - switch (plex->state) { - case plex_unallocated: - return EINVAL; - - default: - s = splhigh(); - if (plex->pid /* it's open already */ - && (plex->pid != p->p_pid)) { /* and not by us, */ - splx(s); - return EBUSY; /* one at a time, please */ - } - plex->pid = p->p_pid; /* and say who we are (do we need this? XXX) */ - splx(s); - return 0; - } - - case VINUM_SD_TYPE: - if ((VOLNO(dev) >= vinum_conf.volumes_used) || /* no such volume */ - (PLEXNO(dev) >= vinum_conf.plexes_used)) /* or no such plex */ - return ENXIO; /* no such device */ - index = SDNO(dev); /* get the subdisk number */ - if (index >= vinum_conf.subdisks_used) - return ENXIO; /* no such device */ - sd = &SD[index]; - - /* Opening a subdisk is always a special operation, so we - * ignore the state as long as it represents a real subdisk */ - switch (sd->state) { - case sd_unallocated: - case sd_uninit: - return EINVAL; - - default: - s = splhigh(); - if (sd->pid /* it's open already */ - && (sd->pid != p->p_pid)) { /* and not by us, */ - splx(s); - return EBUSY; /* one at a time, please */ - } - sd->pid = p->p_pid; /* and say who we are (do we need this? XXX) */ - splx(s); - return 0; - } - - case VINUM_DRIVE_TYPE: - default: - return ENODEV; /* don't know what to do with these */ - - case VINUM_SUPERDEV_TYPE: - if (p->p_ucred->cr_uid == 0) { /* root calling, */ - vinum_conf.opencount++; /* one more opener */ - return 0; /* no worries opening super dev */ - } else - return EPERM; /* you can't do that! */ - } -} - -/* ARGSUSED */ -int -vinumclose(dev_t dev, - int flags, - int fmt, - struct proc *p) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - unsigned int index; - struct volume *vol; - struct plex *plex; - struct sd *sd; - struct devcode *device = (struct devcode *) &dev; - - index = VOLNO(dev); - /* First, decide what we're looking at */ - switch (device->type) { - case VINUM_VOLUME_TYPE: - if (index >= vinum_conf.volumes_used) - return ENXIO; /* no such device */ - vol = &VOL[index]; - - switch (vol->state) { - case volume_unallocated: - case volume_uninit: - return ENXIO; - - case volume_up: - vol->opencount = 0; /* reset our flags */ - vol->pid = NULL; /* and forget who owned us */ - return 0; - - case volume_down: - return EIO; - - default: - return EINVAL; - } - - case VINUM_PLEX_TYPE: - if (VOLNO(dev) >= vinum_conf.volumes_used) - return ENXIO; - index = PLEXNO(dev); /* get plex index in vinum_conf */ - if (index >= vinum_conf.plexes_used) - return ENXIO; /* no such device */ - plex = &PLEX[index]; - plex->pid = 0; - return 0; - - case VINUM_SD_TYPE: - if ((VOLNO(dev) >= vinum_conf.volumes_used) || /* no such volume */ - (PLEXNO(dev) >= vinum_conf.plexes_used)) /* or no such plex */ - return ENXIO; /* no such device */ - index = SDNO(dev); /* get the subdisk number */ - if (index >= vinum_conf.subdisks_used) - return ENXIO; /* no such device */ - sd = &SD[index]; - sd->pid = 0; - return 0; - - case VINUM_SUPERDEV_TYPE: - if (p->p_ucred->cr_uid == 0) /* root calling, */ - vinum_conf.opencount--; /* one less opener */ - return 0; /* no worries closing super dev */ - - case VINUM_DRIVE_TYPE: - default: - return ENODEV; /* don't know what to do with these */ - } -} - -/* size routine */ -int -vinumsize(dev_t dev) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct volume *vol; - int size; - - vol = &VOL[VOLNO(dev)]; - - if (vol->state == volume_up) - size = vol->size; - else - return 0; /* err on the size of conservatism */ - - return size; -} - -int -vinumdump(dev_t dev) -{ - /* Not implemented. */ - return ENXIO; -} diff --git a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumconfig.c b/sys/dev/vinum/vinumconfig.c deleted file mode 100644 index 24df101..0000000 --- a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumconfig.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1723 +0,0 @@ -/* To do: - - * Don't store drive configuration on the config DB: read each drive's header - * to decide where it is. - * - * Accept any old crap in the config_ functions, and complain when - * we try to bring it up. - * - * When trying to bring volumes up, check that the complete address range - * is covered. - */ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: config.c,v 1.19 1998/10/05 02:48:15 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -#define STATIC /* nothing while we're testing XXX */ - -#define REALLYKERNEL -#include "vinumhdr.h" - -extern jmp_buf command_fail; /* return on a failed command */ - -#if __FreeBSD__ >= 3 -/* Why aren't these declared anywhere? XXX */ -void longjmp(jmp_buf, int); -#endif - -#define MAXTOKEN 64 /* maximum number of tokens in a line */ - -/* We can afford the luxury of global variables here, - * since start_config ensures that these functions - * are single-threaded. */ - -/* These are indices in vinum_conf of the last-mentioned of each kind of object */ -static int current_drive = -1; /* note the last drive we mention, for - * some defaults */ -static int current_plex = -1; /* and the same for the last plex */ -static int current_volume = -1; /* and the last volme */ -static struct _ioctl_reply *ioctl_reply; /* struct to return via ioctl */ - - -/* These values are used by most of these routines, so set them as globals */ -static char *token[MAXTOKEN]; /* pointers to individual tokens */ -static int tokens; /* number of tokens */ - -#define TOCONS 0x01 -#define TOTTY 0x02 -#define TOLOG 0x04 - -struct putchar_arg { - int flags; - struct tty *tty; -}; - -#define MSG_MAX 1024 /* maximum length of a formatted message */ -/* Format an error message and return to the user in the reply. - * CARE: This routine is designed to be called only from the - * configuration routines, so it assumes it's the owner of - * the configuration lock, and unlocks it on exit */ -void -throw_rude_remark(int error, char *msg,...) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int retval; - va_list ap; - char *text; - static int finishing; /* don't recurse */ - int was_finishing; - - va_start(ap, msg); - if ((ioctl_reply != NULL) /* we're called from the user */ - &&(!(vinum_conf.flags & VF_KERNELOP))) { /* and we're not doing kernel things: return msg */ - /* XXX We can't just format to ioctl_reply, since it - * may contain our input parameters */ - text = Malloc(MSG_MAX); - if (text == NULL) { - printf("vinum: can't allocate error message buffer"); - printf("vinum: "); - vprintf(msg, ap); /* print to the console */ - printf("\n"); - } else { - retval = kvprintf(msg, NULL, (void *) text, 10, ap); - text[retval] = '\0'; /* delimit */ - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, text); - ioctl_reply->error = error; /* first byte is the error number */ - Free(text); - } - } else { - printf("vinum: "); - vprintf(msg, ap); /* print to the console */ - printf("\n"); - } - va_end(ap); - - if (vinum_conf.flags & VF_READING_CONFIG) /* go through to the bitter end, */ - return; - /* We have a problem here: we want to unlock the - * configuration, which implies tidying up, but - * if we find an error while tidying up, we could - * recurse for ever. Use this kludge to only try - * once */ - was_finishing = finishing; - finishing = 1; - finish_config(was_finishing); /* unlock anything we may be holding */ - finishing = was_finishing; - longjmp(command_fail, error); -} - -/* Function declarations */ -int atoi(char *); /* no atoi in the kernel */ - -/* Minimal version of atoi */ -int -atoi(char *s) -{ /* no atoi in the kernel */ - BROKEN_GDB; - int r = 0; - int sign = 1; - - while (((*s >= '0') && (*s <= '9')) || (*s == '-')) { - if (*s == '-') - sign = -sign; - else - r = r * 10 + (*s - '0'); - } - return r; -} - -/* Find index of volume in vinum_conf. Return the index - * if found, or -1 if not */ -int -volume_index(struct volume *vol) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.volumes_used; i++) - if (&VOL[i] == vol) - return i; - return -1; -} - -/* Find index of plex in vinum_conf. Return the index - * if found, or -1 if not */ -int -plex_index(struct plex *plex) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.plexes_used; i++) - if (&PLEX[i] == plex) - return i; - return -1; -} - -/* Find index of subdisk in vinum_conf. Return the index - * if found, or -1 if not */ -int -sd_index(struct sd *sd) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.subdisks_used; i++) - if (&SD[i] == sd) - return i; - return -1; -} - -/* Find index of drive in vinum_conf. Return the index - * if found, or -1 if not */ -int -drive_index(struct drive *drive) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.drives_used; i++) - if (&DRIVE[i] == drive) - return i; - return -1; -} - -/* Check a volume to see if the plex is already assigned to it. - * Return index in volume->plex, or -1 if not assigned */ -int -my_plex(int volno, int plexno) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int i; - struct volume *vol; - - vol = &VOL[volno]; /* point to volno */ - for (i = 0; i < vol->plexes; i++) - if (vol->plex[i] == plexno) - return i; - return -1; /* not found */ -} - -/* Check a plex to see if the subdisk is already assigned to it. - * Return index in plex->sd, or -1 if not assigned */ -int -my_sd(int plexno, int sdno) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int i; - struct plex *plex; - - plex = &PLEX[plexno]; - for (i = 0; i < plex->subdisks; i++) - if (plex->sdnos[i] == sdno) - return i; - return -1; /* not found */ -} - -/* Check that this operation is being done in the kernel. - * longjmp out if not. op the name of the operation. */ -void -checkkernel(char *op) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - if (vinum_conf.flags & VF_KERNELOP == 0) - throw_rude_remark(EPERM, "Can't perform '%s' from user space", op); -} - -/* Add plex to the volume if possible */ -int -give_plex_to_volume(int volno, int plexno) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct volume *vol; - - /* XXX It's not an error for the plex to already - * belong to the volume, but we need to check a - * number of things to make sure it's done right. - * Some day. */ - if (my_plex(volno, plexno) >= 0) - return plexno; /* that's it */ - - vol = &VOL[volno]; /* point to volume */ - if (vol->plexes == MAXPLEX) /* all plexes allocated */ - throw_rude_remark(ENOSPC, - "Too many plexes for volume %s", - vol->name); - vol->plex[vol->plexes] = plexno; /* this one */ - vol->plexes++; /* add another plex */ - PLEX[plexno].volno = volno; /* note the number of our volume */ - - return vol->plexes - 1; /* and return its index */ -} - -/* Add subdisk to a plex if possible */ -int -give_sd_to_plex(int plexno, int sdno) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int i; - struct plex *plex; - struct sd *sd; - - /* XXX It's not an error for the sd to already - * belong to the plex, but we need to check a - * number of things to make sure it's done right. - * Some day. */ - i = my_sd(plexno, sdno); - if (i >= 0) /* does it already belong to us? */ - return i; /* that's it */ - - plex = &PLEX[plexno]; /* point to the plex */ - sd = &SD[sdno]; /* and the subdisk */ - - /* Do we have an offset? Otherwise put it after the last one */ - if (sd->plexoffset < 0) { /* no offset specified */ - if (plex->subdisks > 0) { - struct sd *lastsd = &SD[plex->sdnos[plex->subdisks - 1]]; /* last subdisk */ - sd->plexoffset = lastsd->sectors + lastsd->plexoffset; /* take it */ - } else /* first subdisk */ - sd->plexoffset = 0; /* start at the beginning */ - } - if (plex->subdisks == MAXSD) /* we already have our maximum */ - throw_rude_remark(ENOSPC, /* crap out */ - "Can't add %s to %s: plex full\n", - sd->name, - plex->name); - - plex->subdisks++; /* another entry */ - if (plex->subdisks >= plex->subdisks_allocated) /* need more space */ - EXPAND(plex->sdnos, int, plex->subdisks_allocated, INITIAL_SUBDISKS_IN_PLEX); - - /* XXX I'm not sure this makes any sense - * for anything except concatenated plexes, - * and it comes up with the wrong answer for - * RAID-5 plexes, but it's currently needed - * for the calculations. We'll adjust for - * RAID-5 in config_plex */ - if ((sd->sectors + sd->plexoffset) > plex->length) { /* gone beyond the end of the plex */ - plex->length = sd->sectors + sd->plexoffset; /* adjust the length */ - - if ((plex->volno >= 0) /* we have a volume */ - &&(plex->length > VOL[plex->volno].size)) /* and we're now the longest plex */ - VOL[plex->volno].size = plex->length; /* increase the size of the volume */ - } - /* We need to check that the subdisks don't overlap, - * but we can't do that until a point where we *must* - * know the size of all the subdisks. That's not - * here. But we need to sort them by offset */ - for (i = 0; i < plex->subdisks - 1; i++) { - if (sd->plexoffset < SD[plex->sdnos[i]].plexoffset) { /* it fits before this one */ - /* First move any remaining subdisks by one */ - int j; - - for (j = plex->subdisks - 1; j > i; j--) /* move up one at a time */ - plex->sdnos[j] = plex->sdnos[j - 1]; - plex->sdnos[i] = sdno; - return i; - } - } - - /* The plex doesn't have any subdisk with a larger - * offset. Insert it */ - plex->sdnos[i] = sdno; - return i; -} - -/* Add a subdisk to drive if possible. The pointer to the drive - * must already be stored in the sd structure, but the drive - * doesn't know about the subdisk yet. */ -static void -give_sd_to_drive(int sdno) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct sd *sd; /* pointer to subdisk */ - struct drive *drive; /* and drive */ - int fe; /* index in free list */ - - sd = &SD[sdno]; /* point to sd */ - drive = &DRIVE[sd->driveno]; /* and drive */ - - if (drive->state != drive_up) /* not up */ - throw_rude_remark(EIO, "Drive %s is not accessible", drive->label.name); - else if (sd->sectors > drive->sectors_available) { /* too big, */ - sd->driveoffset = -1; /* don't be confusing */ - throw_rude_remark(ENOSPC, "No space for %s on %s", sd->name, drive->label.name); - } - drive->subdisks_used++; /* one more subdisk */ - - /* no offset specified, find one */ - if (sd->driveoffset < 0) { - for (fe = 0; fe < drive->freelist_entries; fe++) { - if (drive->freelist[fe].sectors >= sd->sectors) { /* it'll fit here */ - sd->driveoffset = drive->freelist[fe].offset; - if (sd->sectors == drive->freelist[fe].sectors) { /* used up the entire entry */ - if (fe < (drive->freelist_entries - 1)) /* not the last one, */ - bcopy(&drive->freelist[fe + 1], - &drive->freelist[fe], - (drive->freelist_entries - fe) * sizeof(struct drive_freelist)); - drive->freelist_entries--; /* one less entry */ - } else { - drive->freelist[fe].sectors -= sd->sectors; /* this much less space */ - drive->freelist[fe].offset += sd->sectors; /* this much further on */ - } - drive->sectors_available -= sd->sectors; /* and note how much less space we have */ - break; - } - } - if (fe == drive->freelist_entries) - /* Didn't find anything. Although the drive has - * enough space, it's too fragmented */ - { - sd->driveoffset = -1; /* don't be confusing */ - throw_rude_remark(ENOSPC, "No space for %s on %s", sd->name, drive->label.name); - } - } else { /* specific offset */ - /* For a specific offset to work, the space must be - * entirely in a single freelist entry. Look for it. */ - u_int64_t sdend = sd->driveoffset + sd->sectors; /* end of our subdisk */ - for (fe = 0; fe < drive->freelist_entries; fe++) { - u_int64_t dend = drive->freelist[fe].offset + drive->freelist[fe].sectors; /* end of entry */ - if (dend >= sdend) { /* fits before here */ - if (drive->freelist[fe].offset > sd->driveoffset) /* starts after the beginning of sd area */ - throw_rude_remark(ENOSPC, - "No space for subdisk %s on drive %s at offset %qd\n", - sd->name, - drive->label.name); - - /* We've found the space, and we can allocate it. - * We don't need to say that to the subdisk, which - * already knows about it. We need to tell it to - * the free list, though. We have four possibilities: - * - * 1. The subdisk exactly eats up the entry. That's the - * same as above. - * 2. The subdisk starts at the beginning and leaves space - * at the end. - * 3. The subdisk starts after the beginning and leaves - * space at the end as well: we end up with another - * fragment. - * 4. The subdisk leaves space at the beginning and finishes - * at the end. - */ - drive->sectors_available -= sd->sectors; /* note how much less space we have */ - if (sd->driveoffset == drive->freelist[fe].offset) { /* 1 or 2 */ - if (sd->sectors == drive->freelist[fe].sectors) { /* 1: used up the entire entry */ - if (fe < (drive->freelist_entries - 1)) /* not the last one, */ - bcopy(&drive->freelist[fe + 1], - &drive->freelist[fe], - (drive->freelist_entries - fe) * sizeof(struct drive_freelist)); - drive->freelist_entries--; /* one less entry */ - } else { /* 2: space at the end */ - drive->freelist[fe].sectors -= sd->sectors; /* this much less space */ - drive->freelist[fe].offset += sd->sectors; /* this much further on */ - } - } else { /* 3 or 4 */ - drive->freelist[fe].sectors = sd->driveoffset - drive->freelist[fe].offset; - if (dend > sdend) { /* 3: space at the end as well */ - if (fe < (drive->freelist_entries - 1)) /* not the last one */ - bcopy(&drive->freelist[fe], /* move the rest down */ - &drive->freelist[fe + 1], - (drive->freelist_entries - fe) * sizeof(struct drive_freelist)); - drive->freelist_entries++; /* one less entry */ - drive->freelist[fe + 1].offset = sdend; /* second entry starts after sd */ - drive->freelist[fe + 1].sectors = dend - sdend; /* and is this long */ - } - } - break; - } - } - } - drive->opencount++; /* one more subdisk attached */ -} - -/* Get an empty drive entry from the drive table */ -int -get_empty_drive(void) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int driveno; - struct drive *drive; - - /* first see if we have one which has been deallocated */ - for (driveno = 0; driveno < vinum_conf.drives_used; driveno++) { - if (DRIVE[driveno].state == drive_unallocated) /* bingo */ - break; - } - - if (driveno >= vinum_conf.drives_used) - /* Couldn't find a deallocated drive. Allocate a new one */ - { - vinum_conf.drives_used++; - if (vinum_conf.drives_used > vinum_conf.drives_allocated) /* we've used all our allocation */ - EXPAND(DRIVE, struct drive, vinum_conf.drives_allocated, INITIAL_DRIVES); - } - /* got a drive entry. Make it pretty */ - drive = &DRIVE[driveno]; - bzero(drive, sizeof(struct drive)); - drive->driveno = driveno; /* put number in structure */ - return driveno; /* return the index */ -} - -/* Find the named drive in vinum_conf.drive, return a pointer - * return the index in vinum_conf.drive. - * Don't mark the drive as allocated (XXX SMP) - * If create != 0, create an entry if it doesn't exist - */ -/* XXX check if we have it open from attach */ -int -find_drive(const char *name, int create) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int driveno; - struct drive *drive; - - if (name != NULL) { - for (driveno = 0; driveno < vinum_conf.drives_used; driveno++) { - drive = &DRIVE[driveno]; /* point to drive */ - if ((drive->label.name[0] != '\0') /* it has a name */ - &&(strcmp(drive->label.name, name) == 0)) /* and it's this one: found */ - return driveno; - } - } - /* the drive isn't in the list. Add it if he wants */ - if (create == 0) /* don't want to create */ - return -1; /* give up */ - - driveno = get_empty_drive(); - drive = &DRIVE[driveno]; - if (name != NULL) - bcopy(name, /* put in its name */ - drive->label.name, - min(sizeof(drive->label.name), - strlen(name))); - drive->state = drive_uninit; /* in use, nothing worthwhile there */ - return driveno; /* return the index */ -} - -/* Find a drive given its device name. - * devname must be valid. - * Otherwise the same as find_drive above */ -int -find_drive_by_dev(const char *devname, int create) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int driveno; - struct drive *drive; - - for (driveno = 0; driveno < vinum_conf.drives_used; driveno++) { - drive = &DRIVE[driveno]; /* point to drive */ - if ((drive->label.name[0] != '\0') /* it has a name */ - &&(strcmp(drive->label.name, devname) == 0)) /* and it's this one: found */ - return driveno; - } - - /* the drive isn't in the list. Add it if he wants */ - if (create == 0) /* don't want to create */ - return -1; /* give up */ - - driveno = get_empty_drive(); - drive = &DRIVE[driveno]; - bcopy(devname, /* put in its name */ - drive->devicename, - min(sizeof(drive->devicename), - strlen(devname))); - drive->state = drive_uninit; /* in use, nothing worthwhile there */ - return driveno; /* return the index */ -} - -/* Find an empty subdisk in the subdisk table */ -int -get_empty_sd(void) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int sdno; - struct sd *sd; - - /* first see if we have one which has been deallocated */ - for (sdno = 0; sdno < vinum_conf.subdisks_used; sdno++) { - if (SD[sdno].state == sd_unallocated) /* bingo */ - break; - } - - if (sdno >= vinum_conf.subdisks_used) { /* No unused sd found. Allocate a new one */ - vinum_conf.subdisks_used++; - if (vinum_conf.subdisks_used > vinum_conf.subdisks_allocated) - EXPAND(SD, struct sd, vinum_conf.subdisks_allocated, INITIAL_SUBDISKS); - } - /* initialize some things */ - sd = &SD[sdno]; /* point to it */ - bzero(sd, sizeof(struct sd)); /* initialize */ - sd->plexno = -1; /* no plex */ - sd->driveno = -1; /* and no drive */ - sd->plexoffset = -1; /* and no offsets */ - sd->driveoffset = -1; - return sdno; /* return the index */ -} - -/* return a drive to the free pool */ -void -free_drive(struct drive *drive) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - if (drive->vp != NULL) /* device open */ - vn_close(drive->vp, FREAD | FWRITE, FSCRED, drive->p); - bzero(drive, sizeof(struct drive)); /* this also sets drive_unallocated */ - vinum_conf.drives_used--; /* one less drive */ -} - -/* Find the named subdisk in vinum_conf.sd. - - * If create != 0, create an entry if it doesn't exist - * - * Return index in vinum_conf.sd - */ -int -find_subdisk(const char *name, int create) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int sdno; - struct sd *sd; - - for (sdno = 0; sdno < vinum_conf.subdisks_allocated; sdno++) { - if (strcmp(SD[sdno].name, name) == 0) /* found it */ - return sdno; - } - - /* the subdisk isn't in the list. Add it if he wants */ - if (create == 0) /* don't want to create */ - return -1; /* give up */ - - /* Allocate one and insert the name */ - sdno = get_empty_sd(); - sd = &SD[sdno]; - bcopy(name, sd->name, min(sizeof(sd->name), strlen(name))); /* put in its name */ - return sdno; /* return the pointer */ -} - -/* Free an allocated sd entry - * This performs memory management only. remove() - * is responsible for checking relationships. - */ -void -free_sd(int sdno) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct sd *sd; - struct drive *drive; - int fe; /* free list entry */ - u_int64_t sdend; /* end of our subdisk */ - u_int64_t dend; /* end of our freelist entry */ - - sd = &SD[sdno]; - if ((sd->driveno >= 0) /* we have a drive, */ - &&(sd->sectors > 0)) { /* and some space on it */ - drive = &DRIVE[sd->driveno]; - sdend = sd->driveoffset + sd->sectors; /* end of our subdisk */ - - /* Look for where to return the sd address space */ - for (fe = 0; - (fe < drive->freelist_entries) && (drive->freelist[fe].offset < sd->driveoffset); - fe++); - /* Now we are pointing to the last entry, the first - * with a higher offset than the subdisk, or both. */ - if ((fe > 1) /* not the first entry */ - &&((fe == drive->freelist_entries) /* gone past the end */ - ||(drive->freelist[fe].offset > sd->driveoffset))) /* or past the block were looking for */ - fe--; /* point to the block before */ - dend = drive->freelist[fe].offset + drive->freelist[fe].sectors; /* end of the entry */ - - /* At this point, we are pointing to the correct - * place in the free list. A number of possibilities - * exist: - * - * 1. The block to be freed immediately follows - * the block to which we are pointing. Just - * enlarge it. - * 2. The block to be freed starts at the end of - * the current block and ends at the beginning - * of the following block. Merge the three - * areas into a single block. - * 3. The block to be freed starts after the end - * of the block and ends before the start of - * the following block. Create a new free block. - * 4. The block to be freed starts after the end - * of the block, but ends at the start of the - * following block. Enlarge the following block - * downwards. - * - */ - if (sd->driveoffset == dend) { /* it starts after the end of this block */ - if ((fe < drive->freelist_entries - 1) /* we're not the last block in the free list */ - &&(sdend == drive->freelist[fe + 1].offset)) { /* and the subdisk ends at the start of the - * next block */ - drive->freelist[fe].sectors = drive->freelist[fe + 1].sectors; /* 2: merge all three blocks */ - if (fe < drive->freelist_entries - 2) /* still more blocks after next */ - bcopy(&drive->freelist[fe + 2], /* move down one */ - &drive->freelist[fe + 1], - (drive->freelist_entries - 2 - fe) * sizeof(struct drive_freelist)); - drive->freelist_entries--; /* one less entry in the free list */ - } else /* 1: just enlarge this block */ - drive->freelist[fe].sectors += sd->sectors; - } else { - if (sd->driveoffset > dend) /* it starts after this block */ - fe++; /* so look at the next block */ - if ((fe < drive->freelist_entries) /* we're not the last block in the free list */ - &&(sdend == drive->freelist[fe].offset)) { /* and the subdisk ends at the start of - * this block: case 4 */ - drive->freelist[fe].offset = sd->driveoffset; /* it starts where the sd was */ - drive->freelist[fe].sectors += sd->sectors; /* and it's this much bigger */ - } else { /* case 3: non-contiguous */ - if (fe < drive->freelist_entries) /* not after the last block, */ - bcopy(&drive->freelist[fe], /* move the rest up one entry */ - &drive->freelist[fe + 1], - (drive->freelist_entries - fe) * sizeof(struct drive_freelist)); - drive->freelist_entries++; /* one less entry */ - drive->freelist[fe].offset = sd->driveoffset; /* this entry represents the sd */ - drive->freelist[fe].sectors = sd->sectors; - } - } - drive->opencount--; /* one less subdisk attached */ - } - bzero(sd, sizeof(struct sd)); /* and clear it out */ - sd->state = sd_unallocated; - vinum_conf.subdisks_used--; /* one less sd */ -} - -/* Find an empty plex in the plex table */ -int -get_empty_plex(void) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int plexno; - struct plex *plex; /* if we allocate one */ - - /* first see if we have one which has been deallocated */ - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vinum_conf.plexes_used; plexno++) { - if (PLEX[plexno].state == plex_unallocated) /* bingo */ - break; /* and get out of here */ - } - - if (plexno >= vinum_conf.plexes_used) { - /* Couldn't find a deallocated plex. Allocate a new one */ - vinum_conf.plexes_used++; - if (vinum_conf.plexes_used > vinum_conf.plexes_allocated) - EXPAND(PLEX, struct plex, vinum_conf.plexes_allocated, INITIAL_PLEXES); - } - /* Found a plex. Give it an sd structure */ - plex = &PLEX[plexno]; /* this one is ours */ - bzero(plex, sizeof(struct plex)); /* polish it up */ - plex->sdnos = (int *) Malloc(sizeof(int) * INITIAL_SUBDISKS_IN_PLEX); /* allocate sd table */ - CHECKALLOC(plex->sdnos, "vinum: Can't allocate plex subdisk table"); - bzero(plex->sdnos, (sizeof(int) * INITIAL_SUBDISKS_IN_PLEX)); /* do we need this? */ - plex->subdisks = 0; /* no subdisks in use */ - plex->subdisks_allocated = INITIAL_SUBDISKS_IN_PLEX; /* and we have space for this many */ - plex->organization = plex_disorg; /* and it's not organized */ - plex->volno = -1; /* no volume yet */ - return plexno; /* return the index */ -} - -/* Find the named plex in vinum_conf.plex - - * If create != 0, create an entry if it doesn't exist - * return index in vinum_conf.plex - */ -int -find_plex(const char *name, int create) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int plexno; - struct plex *plex; - - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vinum_conf.plexes_allocated; plexno++) { - if (strcmp(PLEX[plexno].name, name) == 0) /* found it */ - return plexno; - } - - /* the plex isn't in the list. Add it if he wants */ - if (create == 0) /* don't want to create */ - return -1; /* give up */ - - /* Allocate one and insert the name */ - plexno = get_empty_plex(); - plex = &PLEX[plexno]; /* point to it */ - bcopy(name, plex->name, min(sizeof(plex->name), strlen(name))); /* put in its name */ - return plexno; /* return the pointer */ -} - -/* Free an allocated plex entry - * and its associated memory areas */ -void -free_plex(int plexno) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct plex *plex; - - plex = &PLEX[plexno]; - if (plex->sdnos) - Free(plex->sdnos); - if (plex->lock) - Free(plex->lock); - if (plex->defective_region) - Free(plex->defective_region); - if (plex->unmapped_region) - Free(plex->unmapped_region); - bzero(plex, sizeof(struct plex)); /* and clear it out */ - plex->state = plex_unallocated; - vinum_conf.plexes_used--; /* one less plex */ -} - -/* Find an empty volume in the volume table */ -int -get_empty_volume(void) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int volno; - struct volume *vol; - - /* first see if we have one which has been deallocated */ - for (volno = 0; volno < vinum_conf.volumes_used; volno++) { - if (VOL[volno].state == volume_unallocated) /* bingo */ - break; - } - - if (volno >= vinum_conf.volumes_used) - /* Couldn't find a deallocated volume. Allocate a new one */ - { - vinum_conf.volumes_used++; - if (vinum_conf.volumes_used > vinum_conf.volumes_allocated) - EXPAND(VOL, struct volume, vinum_conf.volumes_allocated, INITIAL_VOLUMES); - } - /* Now initialize fields */ - vol = &VOL[volno]; - bzero(vol, sizeof(struct volume)); - vol->preferred_plex = -1; /* default to round robin */ - vol->preferred_plex = ROUND_ROBIN_READPOL; /* round robin */ - - return volno; /* return the index */ -} - -/* Find the named volume in vinum_conf.volume. - - * If create != 0, create an entry if it doesn't exist - * return the index in vinum_conf - */ -int -find_volume(const char *name, int create) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int volno; - struct volume *vol; - - for (volno = 0; volno < vinum_conf.volumes_used; volno++) { - if (strcmp(VOL[volno].name, name) == 0) /* found it */ - return volno; - } - - /* the volume isn't in the list. Add it if he wants */ - if (create == 0) /* don't want to create */ - return -1; /* give up */ - - /* Allocate one and insert the name */ - volno = get_empty_volume(); - vol = &VOL[volno]; - bcopy(name, vol->name, min(sizeof(vol->name), strlen(name))); /* put in its name */ - vol->blocksize = DEV_BSIZE; /* block size of this volume */ - return volno; /* return the pointer */ -} - -/* Free an allocated volume entry - * and its associated memory areas */ -void -free_volume(int volno) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct volume *vol; - - vol = &VOL[volno]; - bzero(vol, sizeof(struct volume)); /* and clear it out */ - vol->state = volume_unallocated; - vinum_conf.volumes_used--; /* one less volume */ -} - -/* Handle a drive definition. We store the information in the global variable - * drive, so we don't need to allocate. - * - * If we find an error, print a message and return - */ -void -config_drive(void) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - enum drive_label_info partition_status; /* info about the partition */ - int parameter; - int driveno; /* index of drive in vinum_conf */ - struct drive *drive; /* and pointer to it */ - - if (tokens < 2) /* not enough tokens */ - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Drive has no name"); - driveno = find_drive(token[1], 1); /* allocate a drive to initialize */ - drive = &DRIVE[driveno]; /* and get a pointer */ - - if (drive->state != drive_uninit) { /* we already know this drive */ - /* XXX Check which definition is more up-to-date. Give - * preference for the definition on its own drive */ - return; /* XXX */ - } - for (parameter = 2; parameter < tokens; parameter++) { /* look at the other tokens */ - switch (get_keyword(token[parameter], &keyword_set)) { - case kw_device: - parameter++; - if (drive->devicename[0] != '\0') { /* we know this drive... */ - if (strcmp(drive->devicename, token[parameter])) /* different name */ - close_drive(drive); /* close it if it's open */ - else /* no change */ - break; - } - bcopy(token[parameter], /* insert device information */ - drive->devicename, - min(sizeof(drive->devicename), - strlen(token[parameter]))); - /* open the device and get the configuration */ - partition_status = read_drive_label(drive); - if (partition_status == DL_CANT_OPEN) { /* not our kind */ - close_drive(drive); - if (drive->lasterror == EFTYPE) /* wrong kind of partition */ - throw_rude_remark(drive->lasterror, - "Drive %s has invalid partition type", - drive->label.name); - else /* I/O error of some kind */ - throw_rude_remark(drive->lasterror, - "Can't initialize drive %s", - drive->label.name); - } else if (partition_status == DL_WRONG_DRIVE) { /* valid drive, not ours */ - close_drive(drive); - throw_rude_remark(drive->lasterror, - "Incorrect drive name %s specified for drive %s", - token[1], - drive->label.name); - } - break; - - case kw_state: - checkkernel(token[++parameter]); /* must be a kernel user */ - drive->state = DriveState(token[parameter]); /* set the state */ - break; - - default: - close_drive(drive); - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, - "Drive %s, invalid keyword: %s", - token[1], - token[parameter]); - } - } - - if (drive->devicename[0] == '\0') { - drive->state = drive_unallocated; /* deallocate the drive */ - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "No device name for %s", drive->label.name); - } -} - -/* Handle a subdisk definition. We store the information in the global variable - * sd, so we don't need to allocate. - * - * If we find an error, print a message and return - */ -void -config_subdisk(void) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int parameter; - int sdno; /* index of sd in vinum_conf */ - struct sd *sd; /* and pointer to it */ - u_int64_t size; - int sectors; /* sector offset value */ - int detached = 0; /* set to 1 if this is a detached subdisk */ - int sdindex = -1; /* index in plexes subdisk table */ - int namedsdno; - - sdno = get_empty_sd(); /* allocate an SD to initialize */ - sd = &SD[sdno]; /* and get a pointer */ - for (parameter = 1; parameter < tokens; parameter++) { /* look at the other tokens */ - switch (get_keyword(token[parameter], &keyword_set)) { - case kw_detached: - detached = 1; - break; - - case kw_plexoffset: - size = sizespec(token[++parameter]); - if ((size % DEV_BSIZE) != 0) - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "sd %s, bad plex offset alignment: %qd", sd->name, size); - else - sd->plexoffset = size / DEV_BSIZE; - break; - - case kw_driveoffset: - size = sizespec(token[++parameter]); - if ((size % DEV_BSIZE) != 0) - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "sd %s, bad drive offset alignment: %qd", sd->name, size); - else - sd->driveoffset = size / DEV_BSIZE; - break; - - case kw_name: - namedsdno = find_subdisk(token[++parameter], 0); /* find an existing sd with this name */ - if (namedsdno >= 0) - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Duplicate subdisk %s", token[parameter]); - bcopy(token[parameter], - sd->name, - min(sizeof(sd->name), strlen(token[parameter]))); - break; - - case kw_len: - size = sizespec(token[++parameter]); - if ((size % DEV_BSIZE) != 0) - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "sd %s, length %d not multiple of sector size", sd->name, size); - else - sd->sectors = size / DEV_BSIZE; - break; - - case kw_drive: - sd->driveno = find_drive(token[++parameter], 1); /* insert drive information */ - break; - - case kw_plex: - sd->plexno = find_plex(token[++parameter], 1); /* insert plex information */ - break; - - case kw_state: - checkkernel(token[++parameter]); /* must be a kernel user */ - sd->state = SdState(token[parameter]); /* set the state */ - break; - - default: - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "sd %s, invalid keyword: %s", sd->name, token[parameter]); - } - } - - /* Check we have a drive name */ - if (sd->driveno < 0) { /* didn't specify a drive */ - sd->driveno = current_drive; /* set to the current drive */ - if (sd->driveno < 0) /* no current drive? */ - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Subdisk %s is not associated with a drive", sd->name); - } - /* Check for a plex name */ - if ((sd->plexno < 0) /* didn't specify a plex */ - &&(!detached)) /* and didn't say not to, */ - sd->plexno = current_plex; /* set to the current plex */ - - if (sd->plexno >= 0) - sdindex = give_sd_to_plex(sd->plexno, sdno); /* now tell the plex that it has this sd */ - - sd->sdno = sdno; /* point to our entry in the table */ - - /* Does the subdisk have a name? If not, give it one */ - if (sd->name[0] == '\0') { /* no name */ - char sdsuffix[8]; /* form sd name suffix here */ - - /* Do we have a plex name? */ - if (sdindex >= 0) /* we have a plex */ - strcpy(sd->name, PLEX[sd->plexno].name); /* take it from there */ - else /* no way */ - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Unnamed sd is not associated with a plex"); - sprintf(sdsuffix, ".s%d", sdindex); /* form the suffix */ - strcat(sd->name, sdsuffix); /* and add it to the name */ - } - /* do we have complete info for this subdisk? */ - if (sd->sectors == 0) - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "sd %s has no length spec", sd->name); - - if (sd->state == sd_unallocated) /* no state decided, */ - sd->state = sd_init; /* at least we're in the game */ - - /* register the subdisk with the drive. This action - * will have the side effect of setting the offset if - * we haven't specified one, and causing an error - * message if it overlaps with another subdisk. */ - give_sd_to_drive(sdno); -} - -/* Handle a plex definition. - * If we find an error, print a message, deallocate the nascent plex, and return - */ -void -config_plex(void) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int parameter; - int plexno; /* index of plex in vinum_conf */ - struct plex *plex; /* and pointer to it */ - int pindex = MAXPLEX; /* index in volume's plex list */ - int detached = 0; /* don't give it to a volume */ - int namedplexno; - - current_plex = -1; /* forget the previous plex */ - plexno = get_empty_plex(); /* allocate a plex */ - plex = &PLEX[plexno]; /* and point to it */ - plex->plexno = plexno; /* and back to the config */ - for (parameter = 1; parameter < tokens; parameter++) { /* look at the other tokens */ - switch (get_keyword(token[parameter], &keyword_set)) { - case kw_detached: - detached = 1; - break; - - case kw_name: - namedplexno = find_plex(token[++parameter], 0); /* find an existing plex with this name */ - if (namedplexno >= 0) - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Duplicate plex %s", token[parameter]); - bcopy(token[parameter], /* put in the name */ - plex->name, - min(MAXPLEXNAME, strlen(token[parameter]))); - break; - - case kw_org: /* plex organization */ - switch (get_keyword(token[++parameter], &keyword_set)) { - case kw_concat: - plex->organization = plex_concat; - break; - - case kw_striped: - { - int stripesize = sizespec(token[++parameter]); - - plex->organization = plex_striped; - if (stripesize % DEV_BSIZE != 0) /* not a multiple of block size, */ - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "plex %s: stripe size %d not a multiple of sector size", - plex->name, - stripesize); - else - plex->stripesize = stripesize / DEV_BSIZE; - break; - } - - - default: - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Invalid plex organization"); - } - if (((plex->organization == plex_striped) - ) - && (plex->stripesize == 0)) /* didn't specify a valid stripe size */ - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Need a stripe size parameter"); - break; - - case kw_volume: - plex->volno = find_volume(token[++parameter], 1); /* insert a pointer to the volume */ - break; - - case kw_sd: /* add a subdisk */ - { - int sdno; - - sdno = find_subdisk(token[++parameter], 1); /* find a subdisk */ - SD[sdno].plexoffset = sizespec(token[++parameter]); /* get the offset */ - give_sd_to_plex(plexno, sdno); /* and insert it there */ - break; - } - - case kw_state: - checkkernel(token[++parameter]); /* only for kernel use */ - plex->state = PlexState(token[parameter]); /* set the state */ - break; - - default: - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "plex %s, invalid keyword: %s", - plex->name, - token[parameter]); - } - } - - if ((plex->volno < 0) /* we don't have a volume */ - &&(!detached)) /* and we wouldn't object */ - plex->volno = current_volume; - - if (plex->volno >= 0) - pindex = give_plex_to_volume(plex->volno, plexno); /* Now tell the volume that it has this plex */ - - /* Does the plex have a name? If not, give it one */ - if (plex->name[0] == '\0') { /* no name */ - char plexsuffix[8]; /* form plex name suffix here */ - /* Do we have a volume name? */ - if (plex->volno >= 0) /* we have a volume */ - strcpy(plex->name, /* take it from there */ - VOL[plex->volno].name); - else /* no way */ - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Unnamed plex is not associated with a volume"); - sprintf(plexsuffix, ".p%d", pindex); /* form the suffix */ - strcat(plex->name, plexsuffix); /* and add it to the name */ - } - /* Note the last plex we configured */ - current_plex = plexno; - if (plex->state == plex_unallocated) /* we haven't changed the state, */ - plex->state = plex_init; /* we're initialized now */ -} - -/* Handle a volume definition. - * If we find an error, print a message, deallocate the nascent volume, and return - */ -void -config_volume(void) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int parameter; - int volno; - struct volume *vol; /* collect volume info here */ - int i; - - if (tokens < 2) /* not enough tokens */ - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Volume has no name"); - current_volume = -1; /* forget the previous volume */ - volno = find_volume(token[1], 1); /* allocate a volume to initialize */ - vol = &VOL[volno]; /* and get a pointer */ - - for (parameter = 2; parameter < tokens; parameter++) { /* look at all tokens */ - switch (get_keyword(token[parameter], &keyword_set)) { - case kw_plex: - { - int plexno; /* index of this plex */ - - plexno = find_plex(token[++parameter], 1); /* find a plex */ - if (plexno < 0) /* couldn't */ - break; /* we've already had an error message */ - plexno = my_plex(volno, plexno); /* does it already belong to us? */ - if (plexno > 0) /* yes, shouldn't get it again */ - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, - "Plex %s already belongs to volume %s", - token[parameter], - vol->name); - else if (++vol->plexes > 8) /* another entry */ - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, - "Too many plexes for volume %s", - vol->name); - vol->plex[vol->plexes - 1] = plexno; - } - break; - - case kw_readpol: - switch (get_keyword(token[++parameter], &keyword_set)) { /* decide what to do */ - case kw_round: - vol->preferred_plex = ROUND_ROBIN_READPOL; /* default */ - break; - - case kw_prefer: - { - int myplexno; /* index of this plex */ - - myplexno = find_plex(token[++parameter], 1); /* find a plex */ - if (myplexno < 0) /* couldn't */ - break; /* we've already had an error message */ - myplexno = my_plex(volno, myplexno); /* does it already belong to us? */ - if (myplexno > 0) /* yes */ - vol->preferred_plex = myplexno; /* just note the index */ - else if (++vol->plexes > 8) /* another entry */ - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Too many plexes"); - else { /* space for the new plex */ - vol->plex[vol->plexes - 1] = myplexno; /* add it to our list */ - vol->preferred_plex = vol->plexes - 1; /* and note the index */ - } - } - break; - - default: - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Invalid read policy"); - } - - case kw_setupstate: - vol->flags |= VF_CONFIG_SETUPSTATE; /* set the volume up later on */ - break; - - case kw_state: - checkkernel(token[++parameter]); /* must be a kernel user */ - vol->state = VolState(token[parameter]); /* set the state */ - break; - - /* XXX experimental ideas. These are not - * documented, and will not be until I - * decide they're worth keeping */ - case kw_writethrough: /* set writethrough mode */ - vol->flags |= VF_WRITETHROUGH; - break; - - case kw_writeback: /* set writeback mode */ - vol->flags &= ~VF_WRITETHROUGH; - break; - - case kw_raw: - vol->flags |= VF_RAW; /* raw volume (no label) */ - break; - - default: - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "volume %s, invalid keyword: %s", - vol->name, - token[parameter]); - } - } - - current_volume = volno; /* note last referred volume */ - vol->devno = VINUMBDEV(volno, 0, 0, VINUM_VOLUME_TYPE); /* also note device number */ - - /* Before we can actually use the volume, we need - * a volume label. We could start to fake one here, - * but it will be a lot easier when we have some - * to copy from the drives, so defer it until we - * set up the configuration. XXX */ - if (vol->state == volume_unallocated) - vol->state = volume_down; /* now ready to bring up at the end */ - - /* Find out how big our volume is */ - for (i = 0; i < vol->plexes; i++) - vol->size = max(vol->size, PLEX[vol->plex[i]].length); -} - -/* Parse a config entry. CARE! This destroys the original contents of the - * config entry, which we don't really need after this. More specifically, it - * places \0 characters at the end of each token. - * - * Return 0 if all is well, otherwise EINVAL */ -int -parse_config(char *cptr, struct keywordset *keyset) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int status; - - status = 0; /* until proven otherwise */ - tokens = tokenize(cptr, token); /* chop up into tokens */ - - if (tokens <= 0) /* screwed up or empty line */ - return tokens; /* give up */ - - if (token[0][0] == '#') /* comment line */ - return 0; - - switch (get_keyword(token[0], keyset)) { /* decide what to do */ - case kw_read: /* read config from a specified drive */ - vinum_conf.flags |= VF_KERNELOP | VF_READING_CONFIG; /* kernel operation: reading config */ - status = check_drive(token[1]); /* check the drive info */ - vinum_conf.flags &= ~(VF_KERNELOP | VF_READING_CONFIG); - if (status != 0) { - char *msg = "Can't read configuration from %s"; - if (status == ENODEV) - msg = "No vinum configuration on %s"; - throw_rude_remark(status, msg, token[1]); - } - updateconfig(VF_KERNELOP); /* update from kernel space */ - break; - - case kw_drive: - config_drive(); - break; - - case kw_subdisk: - config_subdisk(); - break; - - case kw_plex: - config_plex(); - break; - - case kw_volume: - config_volume(); - break; - - /* Anything else is invalid in this context */ - default: - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, /* should we die? */ - "Invalid configuration information: %s", - token[0]); - } - return status; -} - -/* parse a line handed in from userland via ioctl. - * This differs only by the error reporting mechanism: - * we return the error indication in the reply to the - * ioctl, so we need to set a global static pointer in - * this file. This technique works because we have - * ensured that configuration is performed in a single- - * threaded manner */ -int -parse_user_config(char *cptr, struct keywordset *keyset) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int status; - - ioctl_reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) cptr; - status = parse_config(cptr, keyset); - ioctl_reply = NULL; /* don't do this again */ - return status; -} - -/* Remove an object */ -void -remove(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *msg) -{ - struct vinum_ioctl_msg message = *msg; /* make a copy to hand on */ - - ioctl_reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) msg; /* reinstate the address to reply to */ - ioctl_reply->error = 0; /* no error, */ - ioctl_reply->msg[0] = '\0'; /* no message */ - - switch (message.type) { - case drive_object: - remove_drive_entry(message.index, message.force, message.recurse); - updateconfig(0); - return; - - case sd_object: - remove_sd_entry(message.index, message.force, message.recurse); - updateconfig(0); - return; - - case plex_object: - remove_plex_entry(message.index, message.force, message.recurse); - updateconfig(0); - return; - - case volume_object: - remove_volume_entry(message.index, message.force, message.recurse); - updateconfig(0); - return; - - default: - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, "Invalid object type"); - } -} - -/* Remove a drive. */ -void -remove_drive_entry(int driveno, int force, int recurse) -{ - struct drive *drive = &DRIVE[driveno]; - - if ((driveno > vinum_conf.drives_used) /* not a valid drive */ - ||(drive->state == drive_unallocated)) { /* or nothing there */ - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, "No such drive"); - } else if (drive->opencount > 0) { /* we have subdisks */ - if (force) { /* do it at any cost */ - int sdno; - struct vinum_ioctl_msg sdmsg; - - for (sdno = 0; sdno < vinum_conf.subdisks_used; sdno++) { - if ((SD[sdno].state != sd_unallocated) /* subdisk is allocated */ - &&(SD[sdno].driveno == driveno)) { /* and it belongs to this drive */ - sdmsg.type = sd_object; - sdmsg.recurse = 1; - sdmsg.force = force; - remove(&sdmsg); /* remove the subdisk by force */ - } - } - remove_drive(driveno); /* now remove it */ - } else - ioctl_reply->error = EBUSY; /* can't do that */ - } else - remove_drive(driveno); /* just remove it */ -} - -/* remove a subdisk */ -void -remove_sd_entry(int sdno, int force, int recurse) -{ - struct sd *sd = &SD[sdno]; - - if ((sdno > vinum_conf.subdisks_used) /* not a valid sd */ - ||(sd->state == sd_unallocated)) { /* or nothing there */ - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, "No such subdisk"); - } else if (sd->plexno >= 0) { /* we have a plex */ - if (force) { /* do it at any cost */ - struct plex *plex = &PLEX[sd->plexno]; /* point to our plex */ - int mysdno; - - for (mysdno = 0; /* look for ourselves */ - mysdno < plex->subdisks && &SD[plex->sdnos[mysdno]] != sd; - mysdno++); - if (mysdno == plex->subdisks) /* didn't find it */ - throw_rude_remark(ENOENT, "plex %s does not contain subdisk %s", plex->name, sd->name); - if (mysdno < (plex->subdisks - 1)) /* not the last subdisk */ - bcopy(&plex->sdnos[mysdno + 1], - &plex->sdnos[mysdno], - (plex->subdisks - 1 - mysdno) * sizeof(int)); - plex->subdisks--; - /* removing a subdisk from a striped or - * RAID-5 plex really tears the hell out - * of the structure, and it needs to be - * reinitialized */ - if (plex->organization != plex_concat) /* not concatenated, */ - set_plex_state(plex->plexno, plex_faulty, setstate_force); /* need to reinitialize */ - rebuild_plex_unmappedlist(plex); /* and see what remains */ - free_sd(sdno); - } else - ioctl_reply->error = EBUSY; /* can't do that */ - } else - free_sd(sdno); -} - -/* remove a plex */ -void -remove_plex_entry(int plexno, int force, int recurse) -{ - struct plex *plex = &PLEX[plexno]; - int sdno; - - if ((plexno > vinum_conf.plexes_used) /* not a valid plex */ - ||(plex->state == plex_unallocated)) { /* or nothing there */ - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, "No such plex"); - } else if (plex->pid) { /* we're open */ - ioctl_reply->error = EBUSY; /* no getting around that */ - return; - } - if (plex->subdisks) { - if (force) { /* do it anyway */ - if (recurse) { /* remove all below */ - for (sdno = 0; sdno < plex->subdisks; sdno++) - free_sd(plex->sdnos[sdno]); /* free all subdisks */ - } else { /* just tear them out */ - for (sdno = 0; sdno < plex->subdisks; sdno++) - SD[plex->sdnos[sdno]].plexno = -1; /* no plex any more */ - } - } else { /* can't do it without force */ - ioctl_reply->error = EBUSY; /* can't do that */ - return; - } - } - if (plex->volno >= 0) { /* we are part of a volume */ - /* XXX This should be more intelligent. We should - * be able to remove a plex as long as the volume - * does not lose any data, which is normally the - * case when it has more than one plex. To do it - * right we must compare the completeness of the - * mapping of all the plexes in the volume */ - if (force) { /* do it at any cost */ - struct volume *vol = &VOL[plex->volno]; - int myplexno; - - for (myplexno = 0; myplexno < vol->plexes; myplexno++) - if (vol->plex[myplexno] == plexno) /* found it */ - break; - if (myplexno == vol->plexes) /* didn't find it. Huh? */ - throw_rude_remark(ENOENT, "volume %s does not contain plex %s", vol->name, plex->name); - if (myplexno < (vol->plexes - 1)) /* not the last plex in the list */ - bcopy(&vol->plex[myplexno + 1], &vol->plex[myplexno], vol->plexes - 1 - myplexno); - vol->plexes--; - } else { - ioctl_reply->error = EBUSY; /* can't do that */ - return; - } - } - free_plex(plexno); -} - -/* remove a volume */ -void -remove_volume_entry(int volno, int force, int recurse) -{ - struct volume *vol = &VOL[volno]; - int plexno; - - if ((volno > vinum_conf.volumes_used) /* not a valid volume */ - ||(vol->state == volume_unallocated)) { /* or nothing there */ - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, "No such volume"); - } else if (vol->opencount) /* we're open */ - ioctl_reply->error = EBUSY; /* no getting around that */ - else if (vol->plexes) { - if (recurse && force) { /* remove all below */ - struct vinum_ioctl_msg plexmsg; - - plexmsg.type = plex_object; - plexmsg.recurse = 1; - plexmsg.force = force; - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vol->plexes; plexno++) { - plexmsg.index = vol->plex[plexno]; /* plex number */ - remove(&plexmsg); - } - free_volume(volno); - } else - ioctl_reply->error = EBUSY; /* can't do that */ - } else - free_volume(volno); -} - -void -update_sd_config(int sdno, int kernelstate) -{ - if (!kernelstate) - set_sd_state(sdno, sd_up, setstate_configuring | setstate_norecurse); -} - -void -update_plex_config(int plexno, int kernelstate) -{ - int error = 0; - int size; - int sdno; - struct plex *plex = &PLEX[plexno]; - enum plexstate state = plex_up; /* state we want the plex in */ - - /* XXX Insert checks here for sparse plexes and volumes */ - - /* Check that our subdisks make sense. For - * striped and RAID5 plexes, we need at least - * two subdisks, and they must all be the same - * size */ - if (((plex->organization == plex_striped) - ) - && (plex->subdisks < 2)) { - error = 1; - printf("vinum: plex %s does not have at least 2 subdisks\n", plex->name); - if (!kernelstate) - set_plex_state(plexno, plex_down, setstate_force | setstate_configuring | setstate_norecurse); - } - size = 0; - for (sdno = 0; sdno < plex->subdisks; sdno++) { - if (((plex->organization == plex_striped) - ) - && (sdno > 0) - && (SD[plex->sdnos[sdno]].sectors != SD[plex->sdnos[sdno - 1]].sectors)) { - error = 1; - printf("vinum: plex %s must have equal sized subdisks\n", plex->name); - set_plex_state(plexno, plex_down, setstate_force | setstate_configuring | setstate_norecurse); - } - size += SD[plex->sdnos[sdno]].sectors; - } - - if (plex->subdisks) { /* plex has subdisks, calculate size */ - rebuild_plex_unmappedlist(plex); /* rebuild the unmapped list first */ - - plex->length = size; - } else { /* no subdisks, */ - plex->length = 0; /* no size */ - state = plex_down; /* take it down */ - } - if (!(kernelstate || error)) - set_plex_state(plexno, state, setstate_none | setstate_configuring | setstate_norecurse); -} - -void -update_volume_config(int volno, int kernelstate) -{ - struct volume *vol = &VOL[volno]; - struct plex *plex; - int plexno; - - if (vol->state != volume_unallocated) - /* Recalculate the size of the volume */ - { - vol->size = 0; - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vol->plexes; plexno++) { - plex = &PLEX[vol->plex[plexno]]; - vol->size = max(plex->length, vol->size); /* maximum size */ - plex->volplexno = plexno; /* note it in the plex */ - } - } - if (!kernelstate) /* try to bring it up */ - set_volume_state(volno, volume_up, setstate_configuring | setstate_norecurse); -} - -/* Update the global configuration. - * kernelstate is != 0 if we're reading in a config - * from disk. In this case, we don't try to - * bring the devices up, though we will bring - * them down if there's some error which got - * missed when writing to disk. - */ -void -updateconfig(int kernelstate) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int sdno; - int plexno; - int volno; - struct volume *vol; - struct plex *plex; - - for (sdno = 0; sdno < vinum_conf.subdisks_used; sdno++) - update_sd_config(sdno, kernelstate); - - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vinum_conf.plexes_used; plexno++) - update_plex_config(plexno, kernelstate); - - for (volno = 0; volno < vinum_conf.volumes_used; volno++) - update_volume_config(volno, kernelstate); - save_config(); -} - -/* Start manual changes to the configuration and lock out - * others who may wish to do so. - * XXX why do we need this and lock_config too? */ -int -start_config(void) -{ - int error; - - while ((vinum_conf.flags & VF_CONFIGURING) != 0) { - vinum_conf.flags |= VF_WILL_CONFIGURE; - if ((error = tsleep(&vinum_conf, PRIBIO | PCATCH, "vincfg", 0)) != 0) - return error; - } - /* We need two flags here: VF_CONFIGURING - * tells other processes to hold off (this - * function), and VF_CONFIG_INCOMPLETE - * tells the state change routines not to - * propagate incrememntal state changes */ - vinum_conf.flags |= VF_CONFIGURING | VF_CONFIG_INCOMPLETE; - current_drive = -1; /* reset the defaults */ - current_plex = -1; /* and the same for the last plex */ - current_volume = -1; /* and the last volme */ - return 0; -} - -/* Update the config if update is 1, and unlock - * it. We won't update the configuration if we - * are called in a recursive loop via throw_rude_remark. - */ -void -finish_config(int update) -{ - vinum_conf.flags &= ~VF_CONFIG_INCOMPLETE; /* we've finished our config */ - if (update) - updateconfig(0); /* so update things */ - else - updateconfig(1); /* do some updates only */ - vinum_conf.flags &= ~VF_CONFIGURING; /* and now other people can take a turn */ - if ((vinum_conf.flags & VF_WILL_CONFIGURE) != 0) { - vinum_conf.flags &= ~VF_WILL_CONFIGURE; - wakeup(&vinum_conf); - } -} diff --git a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumext.h b/sys/dev/vinum/vinumext.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3b63918..0000000 --- a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumext.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,204 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: vinumext.h,v 1.15 1998/09/29 05:17:56 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -/* vinumext.h: external definitions */ - -extern struct _vinum_conf vinum_conf; /* configuration information */ - -#ifdef DEBUG -extern debug; /* debug flags */ -#endif - -#define CHECKALLOC(ptr, msg) \ - if (ptr == NULL) \ - { \ - printf (msg); \ - longjmp (command_fail, -1); \ - } -#ifndef KERNEL -struct vnode; -struct proc; -#endif - -#ifdef KERNEL -int give_sd_to_plex(int plexno, int sdno); -int give_plex_to_volume(int volno, int plexno); -int check_drive(char *); -enum drive_label_info read_drive_label(struct drive *drive); -int parse_config(char *, struct keywordset *); -int parse_user_config(char *cptr, struct keywordset *keyset); -u_int64_t sizespec(char *spec); -int volume_index(struct volume *volume); -int plex_index(struct plex *plex); -int sd_index(struct sd *sd); -int drive_index(struct drive *drive); -int my_plex(int volno, int plexno); -int my_sd(int plexno, int sdno); -int get_empty_drive(void); -int find_drive(const char *name, int create); -int find_drive_by_dev(const char *devname, int create); -int get_empty_sd(void); -int find_subdisk(const char *name, int create); -void free_sd(int sdno); -void free_volume(int volno); -int get_empty_plex(void); -int find_plex(const char *name, int create); -void free_plex(int plexno); -int get_empty_volume(void); -int find_volume(const char *name, int create); -void config_subdisk(void); -void config_plex(void); -void config_volume(void); -void config_drive(void); -void updateconfig(int); -void update_sd_config(int sdno, int kernelstate); -void update_plex_config(int plexno, int kernelstate); -void update_volume_config(int volno, int kernelstate); -void update_config(void); -void drive_io_done(struct buf *); -int save_config(void); -void write_config(char *, int); -int start_config(void); -void finish_config(int); -void remove(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *msg); -void remove_drive_entry(int driveno, int force, int recurse); -void remove_sd_entry(int sdno, int force, int recurse); -void remove_plex_entry(int plexno, int force, int recurse); -void remove_volume_entry(int volno, int force, int recurse); - -void checkernel(char *); -int open_drive(struct drive *, struct proc *); -void close_drive(struct drive *drive); -int driveio(struct drive *, void *, size_t, off_t, int); -/* #define read_drive(a, b, c, d) driveio (a, b, c, d, B_READ) - #define write_drive(a, b, c, d) driveio (a, b, c, d, B_WRITE) */ -int set_drive_parms(struct drive *drive); -int init_drive(struct drive *); -/* void throw_rude_remark (int, struct _ioctl_reply *, char *, ...); XXX */ -void throw_rude_remark(int, char *,...); - -int read_drive(struct drive *drive, void *buf, size_t length, off_t offset); -int write_drive(struct drive *drive, void *buf, size_t length, off_t offset); -void format_config(char *config, int len); -void checkkernel(char *op); -void free_drive(struct drive *drive); -void down_drive(struct drive *drive); -void remove_drive(int driveno); - -/* I/O */ -d_open_t vinumopen; -d_close_t vinumclose; -d_strategy_t vinumstrategy; -d_ioctl_t vinumioctl; -d_dump_t vinumdump; -d_psize_t vinumsize; -d_read_t vinumread; -d_write_t vinumwrite; - -int vinumstart(struct buf *bp, int reviveok); -int launch_requests(struct request *rq, int reviveok); - -/* XXX Do we need this? */ -int vinumpart(dev_t); - -#ifdef DEBUG -/* Memory allocation and request tracing */ -void vinum_meminfo(caddr_t data); -int vinum_mallocinfo(caddr_t data); -int vinum_rqinfo(caddr_t data); -#endif - -void expand_table(void **, int, int); - -void add_defective_region(struct plex *plex, off_t offset, size_t length); -void add_unmapped_region(struct plex *plex, off_t offset, size_t length); -void rebuild_plex_unmappedlist(struct plex *plex); -struct request; -struct rqgroup *allocrqg(struct request *rq, int elements); -void deallocrqg(struct rqgroup *rqg); - -/* State transitions */ -int set_drive_state(int driveno, enum drivestate state, int force); -int set_sd_state(int sdno, enum sdstate state, enum setstateflags flags); -enum requeststatus checksdstate(struct sd *sd, struct request *rq, daddr_t diskaddr, daddr_t diskend); -int set_plex_state(int plexno, enum plexstate state, enum setstateflags flags); -int set_volume_state(int volumeno, enum volumestate state, enum setstateflags flags); -void get_volume_label(struct volume *vol, struct disklabel *lp); -int write_volume_label(int); -void start_object(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *); -void stop_object(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *); -void setstate(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *msg); -void vinum_label(int); -int vinum_writedisklabel(struct volume *, struct disklabel *); -int initsd(int); - -int restart_plex(int plexno); -int revive_block(int plexno); - -/* Auxiliary functions */ -enum sdstates sdstatemap(struct plex *plex, int *sddowncount); -enum volplexstate vpstate(struct plex *plex); -#endif - -enum keyword get_keyword(char *, struct keywordset *); -void listconfig(void); -char *drive_state(enum drivestate); -char *volume_state(enum volumestate); -char *plex_state(enum plexstate); -char *plex_org(enum plexorg); -char *sd_state(enum sdstate); -enum drivestate DriveState(char *text); -enum sdstate SdState(char *text); -enum plexstate PlexState(char *text); -enum volumestate VolState(char *text); -struct drive *validdrive(int driveno, struct _ioctl_reply *); -struct sd *validsd(int sdno, struct _ioctl_reply *); -struct plex *validplex(int plexno, struct _ioctl_reply *); -struct volume *validvol(int volno, struct _ioctl_reply *); -int tokenize(char *, char *[]); -void resetstats(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *msg); - -/* Locking */ -int lockvol(struct volume *vol); -void unlockvol(struct volume *vol); -int lockplex(struct plex *plex); -void unlockplex(struct plex *plex); -int lockrange(struct plex *plex, off_t first, off_t last); -void unlockrange(struct plex *plex, off_t first, off_t last); -int lock_config(void); -void unlock_config(void); diff --git a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumhdr.h b/sys/dev/vinum/vinumhdr.h deleted file mode 100644 index 597b1a2..0000000 --- a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumhdr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,103 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - */ - -/* Header files used by all modules */ -/* $Id: vinumhdr.h,v 1.1.1.1 1998/09/16 05:56:21 grog Exp $ */ - -#ifdef KERNEL -#define REALLYKERNEL -#endif -#include -#ifdef REALLYKERNEL -#include -#include -#endif -#ifdef DEVFS -#error "DEVFS code not complete yet" -#include -#endif /*DEVFS */ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#undef KERNEL /* XXX */ -#include -#ifdef REALLYKERNEL -#define KERNEL -#endif -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#ifdef USES_VM -/* XXX Do we need this? */ -#include -#include -#include -#include -/* #include */ -#include -/* #include */ -#endif /* USES_VM */ -#include -#include -#include "vinumkw.h" -#include "vinumext.h" - -#undef Free /* defined in some funny net stuff */ -#ifdef REALLYKERNEL -#define Malloc(x) MMalloc ((x), __FILE__, __LINE__) /* show where we came from */ -#define Free(x) FFree ((x), __FILE__, __LINE__) /* show where we came from */ -caddr_t MMalloc (int size, char *, int); -void FFree (void *mem, char *, int); -#else -#define Malloc(x) malloc ((x)) /* just the size */ -#define Free(x) free ((x)) /* just the address */ -#endif - diff --git a/sys/dev/vinum/vinuminterrupt.c b/sys/dev/vinum/vinuminterrupt.c deleted file mode 100644 index 086d6d1..0000000 --- a/sys/dev/vinum/vinuminterrupt.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -/* interrupt.c: bottom half of the driver */ - -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: interrupt.c,v 1.2 1998/10/30 06:39:36 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -#define REALLYKERNEL -#include "vinumhdr.h" -#include "request.h" -#include -#include - -void complete_raid5_write(struct rqelement *); -void freerq(struct request *rq); -void free_rqg(struct rqgroup *rqg); -void complete_rqe(struct buf *bp); -void sdio_done(struct buf *bp); - -/* Take a completed buffer, transfer the data back if - * it's a read, and complete the high-level request - * if this is the last subrequest. - * - * The bp parameter is in fact a struct rqelement, which - * includes a couple of extras at the end. - */ -void -complete_rqe(struct buf *bp) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct rqelement *rqe; - struct request *rq; - struct rqgroup *rqg; - struct buf *ubp; /* user buffer */ - - rqe = (struct rqelement *) bp; /* point to the element element that completed */ - rqg = rqe->rqg; /* and the request group */ - rq = rqg->rq; /* and the complete request */ - ubp = rq->bp; /* user buffer */ - -#ifdef DEBUG - if (debug & DEBUG_LASTREQS) - logrq(loginfo_iodone, rqe, ubp); -#endif - if ((bp->b_flags & B_ERROR) != 0) { /* transfer in error */ - if (bp->b_error != 0) /* did it return a number? */ - rq->error = bp->b_error; /* yes, put it in. */ - else if (rq->error == 0) /* no: do we have one already? */ - rq->error = EIO; /* no: catchall "I/O error" */ - if (rq->error == EIO) /* I/O error, */ - set_sd_state(rqe->sdno, sd_crashed, setstate_force | setstate_noupdate); /* take the subdisk down */ - else if (rq->error = ENXIO) /* or "not configured" (drive down) */ - set_drive_state(rqe->driveno, /* take the drive down */ - drive_down, - setstate_force | setstate_noupdate); - } - /* Now update the statistics */ - if (bp->b_flags & B_READ) { /* read operation */ - DRIVE[rqe->driveno].reads++; - DRIVE[rqe->driveno].bytes_read += bp->b_bcount; - SD[rqe->sdno].reads++; - SD[rqe->sdno].bytes_read += bp->b_bcount; - PLEX[rqe->rqg->plexno].reads++; - PLEX[rqe->rqg->plexno].bytes_read += bp->b_bcount; - } else { /* write operation */ - DRIVE[rqe->driveno].writes++; - DRIVE[rqe->driveno].bytes_written += bp->b_bcount; - SD[rqe->sdno].writes++; - SD[rqe->sdno].bytes_written += bp->b_bcount; - PLEX[rqe->rqg->plexno].writes++; - PLEX[rqe->rqg->plexno].bytes_written += bp->b_bcount; - } - rqg->active--; /* one less request active */ - if (rqg->active == 0) /* request group finished, */ - rq->active--; /* one less */ - if (rq->active == 0) { /* request finished, */ -#if DEBUG - if (debug & DEBUG_RESID) { - if (ubp->b_resid != 0) /* still something to transfer? */ - Debugger("resid"); - - { - int i; - for (i = 0; i < ubp->b_bcount; i += 512) /* XXX debug */ - if (((char *) ubp->b_data)[i] != '<') { /* and not what we expected */ - printf("At 0x%x (offset 0x%x): '%c' (0x%x)\n", - (int) (&((char *) ubp->b_data)[i]), - i, - ((char *) ubp->b_data)[i], - ((char *) ubp->b_data)[i]); - Debugger("complete_request checksum"); - } - } - } -#endif - - if (rq->error) { /* did we have an error? */ - ubp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; /* yes, propagate to user */ - ubp->b_error = rq->error; - } else - ubp->b_resid = 0; /* completed our transfer */ - if (rq->isplex == 0) /* volume request, */ - VOL[rq->volplex.volno].active--; /* another request finished */ - biodone(ubp); /* top level buffer completed */ - freerq(rq); /* return the request storage */ - } -} - - -/* Free a request block and anything hanging off it */ -void -freerq(struct request *rq) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct rqgroup *rqg; - struct rqgroup *nrqg; /* next in chain */ - int rqno; - - for (rqg = rq->rqg; rqg != NULL; rqg = nrqg) { /* through the whole request chain */ - for (rqno = 0; rqno < rqg->count; rqno++) - if ((rqg->rqe[rqno].flags & XFR_MALLOCED) /* data buffer was malloced, */ - &&rqg->rqe[rqno].b.b_data) /* and the allocation succeeded */ - Free(rqg->rqe[rqno].b.b_data); /* free it */ - nrqg = rqg->next; /* note the next one */ - Free(rqg); /* and free this one */ - } - Free(rq); /* free the request itself */ -} - -void -free_rqg(struct rqgroup *rqg) -{ - if ((rqg->flags & XFR_GROUPOP) /* RAID 5 request */ - &&(rqg->rqe) /* got a buffer structure */ - &&(rqg->rqe->b.b_data)) /* and it has a buffer allocated */ - Free(rqg->rqe->b.b_data); /* free it */ -} - -/* I/O on subdisk completed */ -void -sdio_done(struct buf *bp) -{ - struct sdbuf *sbp; - - sbp = (struct sdbuf *) bp; - if (sbp->b.b_flags & B_ERROR) { /* had an error */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - bp->b_error = sbp->b.b_error; - } - bp->b_resid = sbp->b.b_resid; - biodone(sbp->bp); /* complete the caller's I/O */ - /* Now update the statistics */ - if (bp->b_flags & B_READ) { /* read operation */ - DRIVE[sbp->driveno].reads++; - DRIVE[sbp->driveno].bytes_read += bp->b_bcount; - SD[sbp->sdno].reads++; - SD[sbp->sdno].bytes_read += bp->b_bcount; - } else { /* write operation */ - DRIVE[sbp->driveno].writes++; - DRIVE[sbp->driveno].bytes_written += bp->b_bcount; - SD[sbp->sdno].writes++; - SD[sbp->sdno].bytes_written += bp->b_bcount; - } - Free(sbp); -} diff --git a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumio.c b/sys/dev/vinum/vinumio.c deleted file mode 100644 index e06d0ef..0000000 --- a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumio.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,907 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: io.c,v 1.18 1998/10/05 02:20:59 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -#define STATIC /* nothing while we're testing XXX */ - -#if __FreeBSD__ < 3 /* this is in sys/disklabel.h in 3.0 and on */ -#define DTYPE_VINUM 12 /* vinum volume */ -#endif - -#define REALLYKERNEL -#include "vinumhdr.h" -#include - -extern jmp_buf command_fail; /* return on a failed command */ -struct _ioctl_reply *ioctl_reply; /* data pointer, for returning error messages */ - -#if __FreeBSD__ >= 3 -/* Why aren't these declared anywhere? XXX */ -int setjmp(jmp_buf); -void longjmp(jmp_buf, int); -#endif - -/* pointer to ioctl p parameter, to save passing it around */ -extern struct proc *myproc; - -/* Open the device associated with the drive, and set drive's vp */ -int -open_drive(struct drive *drive, struct proc *p) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct nameidata nd; - struct vattr va; - int error; - - if (drive->devicename[0] == '\0') /* no device name */ - sprintf(drive->devicename, "/dev/%s", drive->label.name); /* get it from the drive name */ - NDINIT(&nd, LOOKUP, FOLLOW, UIO_SYSSPACE, drive->devicename, p); - error = vn_open(&nd, FREAD | FWRITE, 0); /* open the device */ - if (error != 0) { /* can't open? */ - set_drive_state(drive->driveno, drive_down, 1); - drive->lasterror = error; - printf("vinum open_drive %s: failed with error %d\n", drive->devicename, error); /* XXX */ - return error; - } - drive->vp = nd.ni_vp; - drive->p = p; - - if (drive->vp->v_usecount > 1) { /* already in use? */ -#if 1 - printf("open_drive %s: use count %d, ignoring\n", /* XXX where does this come from? */ - drive->devicename, - drive->vp->v_usecount); - drive->vp->v_usecount = 1; /* will this work? */ -#else -#if __FreeBSD__ == 2 /* pre-4.4BSD Lite/2 parameters */ - VOP_UNLOCK(drive->vp); -#else - VOP_UNLOCK(drive->vp, 0, p); -#endif - close_drive(drive); - set_drive_state(drive->driveno, drive_down, 1); - drive->lasterror = EBUSY; - printf("vinum open_drive %s: Drive in use\n", drive->devicename); /* XXX */ - return EBUSY; -#endif - } - error = VOP_GETATTR(drive->vp, &va, NOCRED, p); - if (error) { -#if __FreeBSD__ == 2 /* pre-4.4BSD Lite/2 parameters */ - VOP_UNLOCK(drive->vp); -#else - VOP_UNLOCK(drive->vp, 0, p); -#endif - close_drive(drive); - set_drive_state(drive->driveno, drive_down, 1); - drive->lasterror = error; - printf("vinum open_drive %s: GETAATTR returns error %d\n", drive->devicename, error); /* XXX */ - return error; - } - drive->dev = va.va_rdev; /* device */ - - if (va.va_type != VBLK) { /* only consider block devices */ -#if __FreeBSD__ == 2 /* pre-4.4BSD Lite/2 parameters */ - VOP_UNLOCK(drive->vp); -#else - VOP_UNLOCK(drive->vp, 0, p); -#endif - close_drive(drive); - set_drive_state(drive->driveno, drive_down, 1); /* this also closes the drive */ - drive->lasterror = ENOTBLK; - printf("vinum open_drive %s: Not a block device\n", drive->devicename); /* XXX */ - return ENOTBLK; - } - drive->vp->v_numoutput = 0; -#if __FreeBSD__ == 2 /* pre-4.4BSD Lite/2 parameters */ - VOP_UNLOCK(drive->vp); -#else - VOP_UNLOCK(drive->vp, 0, p); -#endif - return 0; -} - -/* Set some variables in the drive struct - * in more convenient form. Return error indication */ -int -set_drive_parms(struct drive *drive) -{ - drive->blocksize = BLKDEV_IOSIZE; /* XXX do we need this? */ - drive->secsperblock = drive->blocksize /* number of sectors per block */ - / drive->partinfo.disklab->d_secsize; - - /* Now update the label part */ - bcopy(hostname, drive->label.sysname, VINUMHOSTNAMELEN); /* put in host name */ -#if __FreeBSD__ >= 3 - getmicrotime(&drive->label.date_of_birth); /* and current time */ -#else - drive->label.date_of_birth = time; /* and current time */ -#endif - drive->label.drive_size = ((u_int64_t) drive->partinfo.part->p_size) /* size of the drive in bytes */ - *((u_int64_t) drive->partinfo.disklab->d_secsize); - - /* number of sectors available for subdisks */ - drive->sectors_available = drive->label.drive_size / DEV_BSIZE - DATASTART; - - /* XXX Bug in 3.0 as of January 1998: you can open - * non-existent slices. They have a length of 0 */ - if (drive->label.drive_size < MINVINUMSLICE) { /* too small to worry about */ - set_drive_state(drive->driveno, drive_down, 1); - printf("vinum open_drive %s: Drive too small\n", drive->devicename); /* XXX */ - drive->lasterror = ENOSPC; - return ENOSPC; - } - drive->freelist_size = INITIAL_DRIVE_FREELIST; /* initial number of entries */ - drive->freelist = (struct drive_freelist *) - Malloc(INITIAL_DRIVE_FREELIST * sizeof(struct drive_freelist)); - if (drive->freelist == NULL) /* can't malloc, dammit */ - return ENOSPC; - drive->freelist_entries = 1; /* just (almost) the complete drive */ - drive->freelist[0].offset = DATASTART; /* starts here */ - drive->freelist[0].sectors = (drive->label.drive_size >> DEV_BSHIFT) - DATASTART; /* and it's this long */ - set_drive_state(drive->driveno, drive_up, 1); /* our drive is accessible */ - return 0; -} - -/* Initialize a drive: open the device and add device - * information */ -int -init_drive(struct drive *drive) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int error; - - if (drive->devicename[0] == '\0') { /* no device name yet, default to drive name */ - drive->lasterror = EINVAL; - printf("vinum: Can't open drive without drive name\n"); /* XXX */ - return EINVAL; - } - error = open_drive(drive, myproc); /* open the drive */ - if (error) - return error; - - error = VOP_IOCTL(drive->vp, /* get the partition information */ - DIOCGPART, - (caddr_t) & drive->partinfo, - FREAD, - NOCRED, - myproc); - if (error) { - printf("vinum open_drive %s: Can't get partition information, error %d\n", - drive->devicename, - error); /* XXX */ - close_drive(drive); - drive->lasterror = error; - set_drive_state(drive->driveno, drive_down, 1); - return error; - } - if (drive->partinfo.part->p_fstype != 0) { /* not plain */ - drive->lasterror = EFTYPE; - printf("vinum open_drive %s: Wrong partition type for vinum\n", drive->devicename); /* XXX */ - close_drive(drive); - set_drive_state(drive->driveno, drive_down, 1); - return EFTYPE; - } - return set_drive_parms(drive); /* set various odds and ends */ -} - -/* Close a drive if it's open. No errors */ -void -close_drive(struct drive *drive) -{ - if (drive->vp) { - vn_close(drive->vp, FREAD | FWRITE, NOCRED, drive->p); - if (drive->vp->v_usecount) { /* XXX shouldn't happen */ - printf("close_drive %s: use count still %d\n", drive->devicename, drive->vp->v_usecount); - drive->vp->v_usecount = 0; /* will this work? */ - } - drive->vp = NULL; - } -} - -/* Remove drive from the configuration. - * Caller must ensure that it isn't active - */ -void -remove_drive(int driveno) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct drive *drive = &vinum_conf.drive[driveno]; - long long int nomagic = VINUM_NOMAGIC; /* no magic number */ - - write_drive(drive, /* obliterate the magic, but leave a hint */ - (char *) &nomagic, - 8, - VINUM_LABEL_OFFSET); - close_drive(drive); /* and close it */ - drive->state = drive_unallocated; /* and forget everything we knew about it */ - save_config(); /* and save the updated configuration */ -} - -/* Transfer drive data. Usually called from one of these defines; - * #define read_drive(a, b, c, d) driveio (a, b, c, d, B_READ) - * #define write_drive(a, b, c, d) driveio (a, b, c, d, B_WRITE) - * - * Return error number - */ -int -driveio(struct drive *drive, void *buf, size_t length, off_t offset, int flag) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int error; - struct buf *bp; - int spl; - - error = 0; - - /* Get a buffer */ - bp = (struct buf *) Malloc(sizeof(struct buf)); /* get a buffer */ - CHECKALLOC(bp, "Can't allocate memory"); - - bzero(&buf, sizeof(buf)); - bp->b_flags = B_BUSY | flag; /* tell us when it's done */ - bp->b_iodone = drive_io_done; /* here */ - bp->b_proc = myproc; /* process */ - bp->b_dev = drive->vp->v_un.vu_specinfo->si_rdev; /* device */ - if (offset & (drive->partinfo.disklab->d_secsize - 1)) /* not on a block boundary */ - bp->b_blkno = offset / drive->partinfo.disklab->d_secsize; /* block number */ - bp->b_data = buf; - bp->b_vp = drive->vp; /* vnode */ - bp->b_bcount = length; - bp->b_bufsize = length; - - (*bdevsw[major(bp->b_dev)]->d_strategy) (bp); /* initiate the transfer */ - - spl = splbio(); - while ((bp->b_flags & B_DONE) == 0) { - bp->b_flags |= B_CALL; /* wake me again */ - tsleep((caddr_t) bp, PRIBIO, "driveio", 0); /* and wait for it to complete */ - } - splx(spl); - if (bp->b_flags & B_ERROR) /* didn't work */ - error = bp->b_error; /* get the error return */ - Free(bp); /* then return the buffer */ - return error; -} - -/* Read data from a drive - - * Return error number - */ -int -read_drive(struct drive *drive, void *buf, size_t length, off_t offset) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int error; - struct buf *bp; - daddr_t nextbn; - long bscale; - - struct uio uio; - struct iovec iov; - daddr_t blocknum; /* block number */ - int blockoff; /* offset in block */ - int count; /* amount to transfer */ - - iov.iov_base = buf; - iov.iov_len = length; - - uio.uio_iov = &iov; - uio.uio_iovcnt = length; - uio.uio_offset = offset; - uio.uio_resid = length; - uio.uio_segflg = UIO_SYSSPACE; - uio.uio_rw = UIO_READ; - uio.uio_procp = myproc; - - bscale = btodb(drive->blocksize); /* mask off offset from block number */ - do { - blocknum = btodb(uio.uio_offset) & ~(bscale - 1); /* get the block number */ - blockoff = uio.uio_offset % drive->blocksize; /* offset in block */ - count = min((unsigned) (drive->blocksize - blockoff), /* amount to transfer in this block */ - uio.uio_resid); - - /* XXX Check this. I think the test is wrong */ - if (drive->vp->v_lastr + bscale == blocknum) { /* did our last read finish in this block? */ - nextbn = blocknum + bscale; /* note the end of the transfer */ - error = breadn(drive->vp, /* and read with read-ahead */ - blocknum, - (int) drive->blocksize, - &nextbn, - (int *) &drive->blocksize, - 1, - NOCRED, - &bp); - } else /* random read: just read this block */ - error = bread(drive->vp, blocknum, (int) drive->blocksize, NOCRED, &bp); - drive->vp->v_lastr = blocknum; /* note the last block we read */ - count = min(count, drive->blocksize - bp->b_resid); - if (error) { - brelse(bp); - return error; - } - error = uiomove((char *) bp->b_data + blockoff, count, &uio); /* move the data */ - brelse(bp); - } - while (error == 0 && uio.uio_resid > 0 && count != 0); - return error; -} - -/* Write data to a drive - - * Return error number - */ -int -write_drive(struct drive *drive, void *buf, size_t length, off_t offset) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int error; - struct buf *bp; - struct uio uio; - struct iovec iov; - daddr_t blocknum; /* block number */ - int blockoff; /* offset in block */ - int count; /* amount to transfer */ - int blockshift; - - if (drive->state == drive_down) /* currently down */ - return 0; /* ignore */ - if (drive->vp == NULL) { - drive->lasterror = ENODEV; - return ENODEV; /* not configured yet */ - } - iov.iov_base = buf; - iov.iov_len = length; - - uio.uio_iov = &iov; - uio.uio_iovcnt = length; - uio.uio_offset = offset; - uio.uio_resid = length; - uio.uio_segflg = UIO_SYSSPACE; - uio.uio_rw = UIO_WRITE; - uio.uio_procp = myproc; - - error = 0; - blockshift = btodb(drive->blocksize) - 1; /* amount to shift block number - * to get sector number */ - do { - blocknum = btodb(uio.uio_offset) & ~blockshift; /* get the block number */ - blockoff = uio.uio_offset % drive->blocksize; /* offset in block */ - count = min((unsigned) (drive->blocksize - blockoff), /* amount to transfer in this block */ - uio.uio_resid); - if (count == drive->blocksize) /* the whole block */ - bp = getblk(drive->vp, blocknum, drive->blocksize, 0, 0); /* just get it */ - else /* partial block: */ - error = bread(drive->vp, /* read it first */ - blocknum, - drive->blocksize, - NOCRED, - &bp); - count = min(count, drive->blocksize - bp->b_resid); /* how much will we transfer now? */ - if (error == 0) - error = uiomove((char *) bp->b_data + blockoff, /* move the data to the block */ - count, - &uio); - if (error) { - brelse(bp); - drive->lasterror = error; - switch (error) { - case EIO: - set_drive_state(drive->driveno, drive_down, 1); - break; - - /* XXX Add other possibilities here */ - default: - } - return error; - } - if (count + blockoff == drive->blocksize) - /* The transfer goes to the end of the block. There's - * no need to wait for any more data to arrive. */ - bawrite(bp); /* start the write now */ - else - bdwrite(bp); /* do a delayed write */ - } - while (error == 0 && uio.uio_resid > 0 && count != 0); - if (error) - drive->lasterror = error; - return error; /* OK */ -} - -/* Wake up on completion */ -void -drive_io_done(struct buf *bp) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - wakeup((caddr_t) bp); /* Wachet auf! */ - bp->b_flags &= ~B_CALL; /* don't do this again */ -} - -/* Check a drive for a vinum header. If found, - * update the drive information. We come here - * with a partially populated drive structure - * which includes the device name. - * - * Return information on what we found - */ -enum drive_label_info -read_drive_label(struct drive *drive) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int error; - int result; /* result of our search */ - struct vinum_hdr *vhdr; /* and as header */ - - error = init_drive(drive); /* find the drive */ - if (error) /* find the drive */ - return DL_CANT_OPEN; /* not ours */ - - vhdr = (struct vinum_hdr *) Malloc(VINUMHEADERLEN); /* allocate buffers */ - CHECKALLOC(vhdr, "Can't allocate memory"); - - error = read_drive(drive, (void *) vhdr, VINUMHEADERLEN, VINUM_LABEL_OFFSET); - if (vhdr->magic == VINUM_MAGIC) { /* ours! */ - if (drive->label.name[0] /* we have a name for this drive */ - &&(strcmp(drive->label.name, vhdr->label.name))) { /* but it doesn't match the real name */ - drive->lasterror = EINVAL; - result = DL_WRONG_DRIVE; /* it's the wrong drive */ - } else { - set_drive_parms(drive); /* and set other parameters */ - result = DL_OURS; - } - /* We copy the drive anyway so that we have - * the correct name in the drive info. This - * may not be the name specified */ - drive->label = vhdr->label; /* put in the label information */ - } else if (vhdr->magic == VINUM_NOMAGIC) /* was ours, but we gave it away */ - result = DL_DELETED_LABEL; - else - result = DL_NOT_OURS; /* we could have it, but we don't yet */ - Free(vhdr); /* that's all. */ - return result; -} - -/* Check a drive for a vinum header. If found, - * read configuration information from the drive and - * incorporate the data into the configuration. - * - * Return error number - */ -int -check_drive(char *drivename) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int error; - struct nameidata nd; /* mount point credentials */ - char *config_text; /* read the config info from disk into here */ - volatile char *cptr; /* pointer into config information */ - char *eptr; /* end pointer into config information */ - int driveno; - struct drive *drive; - char *config_line; /* copy the config line to */ - - driveno = find_drive_by_dev(drivename, 1); /* doesn't exist, create it */ - drive = &vinum_conf.drive[driveno]; /* and get a pointer */ - strcpy(drive->devicename, drivename); /* put in device name */ - - if (read_drive_label(drive) == DL_OURS) { /* ours! */ - config_text = (char *) Malloc(MAXCONFIG * 2); /* allocate buffers */ - CHECKALLOC(config_text, "Can't allocate memory"); - config_line = (char *) Malloc(MAXCONFIGLINE * 2); /* allocate buffers */ - CHECKALLOC(config_line, "Can't allocate memory"); - - /* Read in both copies of the configuration information */ - error = read_drive(drive, config_text, MAXCONFIG * 2, VINUM_CONFIG_OFFSET); - - if (error != 0) { - printf("vinum: Can't read device %s, error %d\n", drive->devicename, error); - Free(config_text); - Free(config_line); - free_drive(drive); /* give it back */ - return error; - } - /* XXX At this point, check that the two copies are the same, and do something useful if not. - * In particular, consider which is newer, and what this means for the integrity of the - * data on the drive */ - - /* Parse the configuration, and add it to the global configuration */ - for (cptr = config_text; *cptr != '\0';) { /* love this style(9) */ - volatile int parse_status; /* return value from parse_config */ - - for (eptr = config_line; (*cptr != '\n') && (*cptr != '\0');) /* until the end of the line */ - *eptr++ = *cptr++; - *eptr = '\0'; /* and delimit */ - if (setjmp(command_fail) == 0) { /* come back here on error and continue */ - parse_status = parse_config(config_line, &keyword_set); /* parse the config line */ - if (parse_status < 0) { /* error in config */ - /* This config should have been parsed in user - * space. If we run into problems here, something - * serious is afoot. Complain and let the user - * snarf the config to see what's wrong */ - printf("vinum: Config error on drive %s, aborting integration\n", nd.ni_dirp); - Free(config_text); - Free(config_line); - free_drive(drive); /* give it back */ - return EINVAL; - } - } - while (*cptr == '\n') - cptr++; /* skip to next line */ - } - Free(config_text); - if ((vinum_conf.flags & VF_READING_CONFIG) == 0) /* not reading config */ - updateconfig(0); /* update object states */ - printf("vinum: read configuration from %s\n", drivename); - return 0; /* it all worked */ - } else { /* no vinum label found */ - if (drive->lasterror) { - set_drive_state(drive->driveno, drive_down, 1); - return drive->lasterror; - } else - return ENODEV; /* not our device */ - } -} - -/* Kludge: kernel printf doesn't handle longs correctly XXX */ -static char *lltoa(long long l, char *s); -static char *sappend(char *txt, char *s); - -static char * -lltoa(long long l, char *s) -{ - if (l < 0) { - *s++ = '-'; - l = -l; - } - if (l > 9) { - s = lltoa(l / 10, s); - l %= 10; - } - *s++ = l + '0'; - return s; -} - -static char * -sappend(char *txt, char *s) -{ - while (*s++ = *txt++); - return s - 1; -} - -/* Format the configuration in text form into the buffer - * at config. Don't go beyond len bytes - * XXX this stinks. Fix soon. */ -void -format_config(char *config, int len) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int i; - int j; - char *s = config; - - bzero(config, len); - - /* First write the drive configuration */ - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.drives_used; i++) { - struct drive *drive; - - drive = &vinum_conf.drive[i]; - if (drive->state != drive_unallocated) { - sprintf(s, - "drive %s state %s device %s\n", - drive->label.name, - drive_state(drive->state), - drive->devicename); - while (*s) - s++; /* find the end */ - if (s > &config[len - 80]) { - printf("vinum: configuration data overflow\n"); - return; - } - } - } - - /* Then the volume configuration */ - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.volumes_used; i++) { - struct volume *vol; - - vol = &vinum_conf.volume[i]; - if (vol->state != volume_unallocated) { - if (vol->preferred_plex >= 0) /* preferences, */ - sprintf(s, - "volume %s state %s readpol prefer %s", - vol->name, - volume_state(vol->state), - vinum_conf.plex[vol->preferred_plex].name); - else /* default round-robin */ - sprintf(s, - "volume %s state %s", - vol->name, - volume_state(vol->state)); - while (*s) - s++; /* find the end */ - s = sappend("\n", s); - if (s > &config[len - 80]) { - printf("vinum: configuration data overflow\n"); - return; - } - } - } - - /* Then the plex configuration */ - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.plexes_used; i++) { - struct plex *plex; - - plex = &vinum_conf.plex[i]; - if (plex->state != plex_unallocated) { - sprintf(s, "plex name %s state %s org %s ", - plex->name, - plex_state(plex->state), - plex_org(plex->organization)); - while (*s) - s++; /* find the end */ - if ((plex->organization == plex_striped) - ) { - sprintf(s, "%db ", (int) plex->stripesize); - while (*s) - s++; /* find the end */ - } - if (plex->volno >= 0) /* we have a volume */ - sprintf(s, "vol %s ", vinum_conf.volume[plex->volno].name); - while (*s) - s++; /* find the end */ - for (j = 0; j < plex->subdisks; j++) { - sprintf(s, " sd %s", vinum_conf.sd[plex->sdnos[j]].name); - } - s = sappend("\n", s); - if (s > &config[len - 80]) { - printf("vinum: configuration data overflow\n"); - return; - } - } - } - - /* And finally the subdisk configuration */ - for (i = 0; i < vinum_conf.subdisks_used; i++) { - struct sd *sd = &vinum_conf.sd[i]; /* XXX */ - if (vinum_conf.sd[i].state != sd_unallocated) { - sprintf(s, - "sd name %s drive %s plex %s state %s len ", - sd->name, - vinum_conf.drive[sd->driveno].label.name, - vinum_conf.plex[sd->plexno].name, - sd_state(sd->state)); - while (*s) - s++; /* find the end */ - s = lltoa(sd->sectors, s); - s = sappend("b driveoffset ", s); - s = lltoa(sd->driveoffset, s); - s = sappend("b plexoffset ", s); - s = lltoa(sd->plexoffset, s); - s = sappend("b\n", s); - if (s > &config[len - 80]) { - printf("vinum: configuration data overflow\n"); - return; - } - } - } -} - -/* Write the configuration to all vinum slices */ -int -save_config(void) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int error; - int written_config; /* set when we firstnwrite the config to disk */ - int driveno; - struct drive *drive; /* point to current drive info */ - struct vinum_hdr *vhdr; /* and as header */ - char *config; /* point to config data */ - int wlabel_on; /* to set writing label on/off */ - - /* don't save the configuration while we're still working on it */ - if (vinum_conf.flags & VF_CONFIGURING) - return 0; - written_config = 0; /* no config written yet */ - /* Build a volume header */ - vhdr = (struct vinum_hdr *) Malloc(VINUMHEADERLEN); /* get space for the config data */ - CHECKALLOC(vhdr, "Can't allocate config data"); - vhdr->magic = VINUM_MAGIC; /* magic number */ - vhdr->config_length = MAXCONFIG; /* length of following config info */ - - config = Malloc(MAXCONFIG); /* get space for the config data */ - CHECKALLOC(config, "Can't allocate config data"); - - format_config(config, MAXCONFIG); - error = 0; /* no errors yet */ - for (driveno = 0; driveno < vinum_conf.drives_used; driveno++) { - drive = &vinum_conf.drive[driveno]; /* point to drive */ - - if ((drive->devicename[0] == '\0') /* XXX we keep getting these nameless drives */ - ||(drive->label.name[0] == '\0')) { /* XXX we keep getting these nameless drives */ - printf("Removing incomplete drive, index %d\n", driveno); - if (drive->vp) /* how can it be open without a name? */ - close_drive(drive); - free_drive(drive); /* get rid of it */ - break; - } - if ((drive->vp == NULL) /* drive not open */ - &&(drive->state > drive_down)) /* and it thinks it's not down */ - set_drive_state(driveno, drive_down, setstate_force | setstate_noupdate); /* tell it what's what */ - if (drive->state != drive_down) { -#if (__FreeBSD__ >= 3) - getmicrotime(&drive->label.last_update); /* time of last update is now */ -#else - drive->label.last_update = time; /* time of last update is now */ -#endif - bcopy((char *) &drive->label, /* and the label info from the drive structure */ - (char *) &vhdr->label, - sizeof(vhdr->label)); - if ((drive->state != drive_unallocated) - && (drive->state != drive_uninit)) { - wlabel_on = 1; /* enable writing the label */ - error = VOP_IOCTL(drive->vp, /* make the label writeable */ - DIOCWLABEL, - (caddr_t) & wlabel_on, - FWRITE, - NOCRED, - myproc); - if (error == 0) - error = write_drive(drive, vhdr, VINUMHEADERLEN, VINUM_LABEL_OFFSET); - if (error == 0) - error = write_drive(drive, config, MAXCONFIG, VINUM_CONFIG_OFFSET); - wlabel_on = 0; /* enable writing the label */ - VOP_IOCTL(drive->vp, /* make the label non-writeable again */ - DIOCWLABEL, - (caddr_t) & wlabel_on, - FWRITE, - NOCRED, - myproc); - if (error) { - printf("vinum: Can't write config to %s, error %d\n", drive->devicename, error); - set_drive_state(drive->driveno, drive_down, 1); - } else - written_config = 1; /* we've written it on at least one drive */ - } - } - } - Free(vhdr); - Free(config); - return written_config == 0; /* return 1 if we failed to write config */ -} - -/* Disk labels are a mess. The correct way to access them - * is with the DIOC[GSW]DINFO ioctls, but some programs, such - * as newfs, access the disk directly, so we have to write - * things there. We do this only on request. If a user - * request tries to read it directly, we fake up one on the fly. - */ - -/* get_volume_label returns a label structure to lp, which - * is allocated by the caller */ -void -get_volume_label(struct volume *vol, struct disklabel *lp) -{ - bzero(lp, sizeof(struct disklabel)); - - strncpy(lp->d_typename, "vinum", sizeof(lp->d_typename)); - lp->d_type = DTYPE_VINUM; - strncpy(lp->d_packname, vol->name, min(sizeof(lp->d_packname), sizeof(vol->name))); - lp->d_rpm = 14400 * vol->plexes; /* to keep them guessing */ - lp->d_interleave = 1; - lp->d_flags = 0; - - /* Fitting unto the vine, a vinum has a single - * track with all its sectors */ - lp->d_secsize = DEV_BSIZE; /* bytes per sector */ - lp->d_nsectors = vol->size; /* data sectors per track */ - lp->d_ntracks = 1; /* tracks per cylinder */ - lp->d_ncylinders = 1; /* data cylinders per unit */ - lp->d_secpercyl = vol->size; /* data sectors per cylinder */ - lp->d_secperunit = vol->size; /* data sectors per unit */ - - lp->d_bbsize = BBSIZE; - lp->d_sbsize = SBSIZE; - - lp->d_magic = DISKMAGIC; - lp->d_magic2 = DISKMAGIC; - - /* Set up partitions a, b and c to be identical - * and the size of the volume. a is UFS, b is - * swap, c is nothing */ - lp->d_partitions[0].p_size = vol->size; - lp->d_partitions[0].p_fsize = 1024; - lp->d_partitions[0].p_fstype = FS_BSDFFS; /* FreeBSD File System :-) */ - lp->d_partitions[0].p_fsize = 1024; /* FS fragment size */ - lp->d_partitions[0].p_frag = 8; /* and fragments per block */ - lp->d_partitions[SWAP_PART].p_size = vol->size; - lp->d_partitions[SWAP_PART].p_fstype = FS_SWAP; /* swap partition */ - lp->d_partitions[LABEL_PART].p_size = vol->size; - lp->d_npartitions = LABEL_PART + 1; - strncpy(lp->d_packname, vol->name, min(sizeof(lp->d_packname), sizeof(vol->name))); - lp->d_checksum = dkcksum(lp); -} - -int -write_volume_label(int volno) -{ - struct disklabel *lp; - struct buf *bp; - struct disklabel *dlp; - struct volume *vol; - int error; - - lp = (struct disklabel *) Malloc((sizeof(struct disklabel) + (DEV_BSIZE - 1)) & (DEV_BSIZE - 1)); - if (lp == 0) - return ENOMEM; - - if ((unsigned) (volno) >= (unsigned) vinum_conf.volumes_used) /* invalid volume */ - return ENOENT; - - vol = &VOL[volno]; /* volume in question */ - if (vol->state == volume_unallocated) /* nothing there */ - return ENOENT; - - get_volume_label(vol, lp); /* get the label */ - - /* Now write to disk. This code is derived from the - * system writedisklabel (), which does silly things - * like reading the label and refusing to write - * unless it's already there. */ - bp = geteblk((int) lp->d_secsize); /* get a buffer */ - bp->b_dev = minor(vol->devno) | (CDEV_MAJOR << MAJORDEV_SHIFT); /* our own raw volume */ - bp->b_blkno = LABELSECTOR * ((int) lp->d_secsize / DEV_BSIZE); - bp->b_bcount = lp->d_secsize; - bzero(bp->b_data, lp->d_secsize); - dlp = (struct disklabel *) bp->b_data; - *dlp = *lp; - bp->b_flags &= ~B_INVAL; - bp->b_flags |= B_BUSY | B_WRITE; - vinumstrategy(bp); /* write it out */ - error = biowait(bp); - bp->b_flags |= B_INVAL | B_AGE; - brelse(bp); - return error; -} - -/* Initialize a subdisk */ -int -initsd(int sdno) -{ - return 0; -} diff --git a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumio.h b/sys/dev/vinum/vinumio.h deleted file mode 100644 index b99bd42..0000000 --- a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumio.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,141 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: vinumio.h,v 1.10 1998/08/10 05:46:19 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -#ifdef DEBUG -#define MAX_IOCTL_REPLY 4096 -#else -#define MAX_IOCTL_REPLY 256 -#endif - -#define L 'F' /* ID letter of our ioctls */ -/* VINUM_CREATE returns a buffer of this kind */ -struct _ioctl_reply { - int error; - char msg[MAX_IOCTL_REPLY]; -}; - -/* ioctl requests */ -#define BUFSIZE 1024 /* size of buffer, including continuations */ -#define VINUM_CREATE _IOC(IOC_IN | IOC_OUT, L, 64, BUFSIZE) /* configure vinum */ -#define VINUM_GETCONFIG _IOR(L, 65, struct _vinum_conf) /* get global config */ -#define VINUM_DRIVECONFIG _IOWR(L, 66, struct drive) /* get drive config */ -#define VINUM_SDCONFIG _IOWR(L, 67, struct sd) /* get subdisk config */ -#define VINUM_PLEXCONFIG _IOWR(L, 68, struct plex) /* get plex config */ -#define VINUM_VOLCONFIG _IOWR(L, 69, struct volume) /* get volume config */ -#define VINUM_PLEXSDCONFIG _IOWR(L, 70, struct sd) /* get sd config for plex (plex, sdno) */ -#define VINUM_GETFREELIST _IOWR(L, 71, struct drive_freelist) /* get freelist element (drive, fe) */ -#define VINUM_SAVECONFIG _IOC(0, L, 72, 0) /* release locks, update, write config to disk */ -#define VINUM_RESETCONFIG _IOC(0, L, 73, 0) /* trash config on disk */ -#define VINUM_INIT _IOC(0, L, 74, 0) /* read config from disk */ -#ifdef DEBUG - -struct debuginfo { - int changeit; - int param; -}; - -#define VINUM_DEBUG _IOWR(L, 75, struct debuginfo) /* call the debugger from ioctl () */ -#endif - -enum objecttype { - drive_object, - sd_object, - plex_object, - volume_object, - invalid_object -}; - -/* Start an object. Pass two integers: - * msg [0] index in vinum_conf. - * msg [1] type of object (see below) - * - * Return ioctl_reply - */ -#define VINUM_SETSTATE _IOC(IOC_IN | IOC_OUT, L, 76, MAX_IOCTL_REPLY) /* start an object */ - -/* The state to set with VINUM_SETSTATE. Since - * each object has a different set of states, we - * need to translate later */ -enum objectstate { - object_down, - object_initializing, - object_up -}; - -/* This structure is used for modifying objects - * (VINUM_SETSTATE, VINUM_REMOVE, VINUM_RESETSTATS, VINUM_ATTACH, - * VINUM_DETACH, VINUM_REPLACE - */ -struct vinum_ioctl_msg { - int index; - enum objecttype type; - enum objectstate state; /* state to set (VINUM_SETSTATE) */ - int force; /* do it even if it doesn't make sense */ - int recurse; /* recurse (VINUM_REMOVE) */ - int otherobject; /* superordinate object (attach), - * replacement object (replace) */ - int rename; /* rename object (attach) */ - int64_t offset; /* offset of subdisk (for attach) */ -}; - -#define VINUM_RELEASECONFIG _IOC(0, L, 77, 0) /* release locks and write config to disk */ -#define VINUM_STARTCONFIG _IOC(0, L, 78, 0) /* start a configuration operation */ -#define VINUM_MEMINFO _IOR(L, 79, struct meminfo) /* get memory usage summary */ -#define VINUM_MALLOCINFO _IOWR(L, 80, struct mc) /* get specific malloc information [i] */ -#define VINUM_LABEL _IOC(IOC_IN | IOC_OUT, L, 81, MAX_IOCTL_REPLY) /* label a volume */ -#define VINUM_INITSD _IOW(L, 82, int) /* initialize a subdisk */ -#define VINUM_REMOVE _IOC(IOC_IN | IOC_OUT, L, 83, MAX_IOCTL_REPLY) /* remove an object */ -#define VINUM_GETUNMAPPED _IOWR(L, 84, struct plexregion) /* get unmapped element (plex, re) */ -#define VINUM_GETDEFECTIVE _IOWR(L, 85, struct plexregion) /* get defective element (plex, re) */ -#define VINUM_RESETSTATS _IOC(IOC_IN | IOC_OUT, L, 86, MAX_IOCTL_REPLY) /* reset object stats */ -#define VINUM_ATTACH _IOC(IOC_IN | IOC_OUT, L, 87, MAX_IOCTL_REPLY) /* reset object stats */ -#define VINUM_DETACH _IOC(IOC_IN | IOC_OUT, L, 88, MAX_IOCTL_REPLY) /* reset object stats */ - -struct vinum_rename_msg { - int index; - int recurse; /* rename subordinate objects too */ - enum objecttype type; - char newname[MAXNAME]; /* new name to give to object */ -}; - -#define VINUM_RENAME _IOC(IOC_IN | IOC_OUT, L, 89, MAX_IOCTL_REPLY) /* reset object stats */ -#define VINUM_REPLACE _IOC(IOC_IN | IOC_OUT, L, 90, MAX_IOCTL_REPLY) /* reset object stats */ - -#ifdef DEBUG -#define VINUM_RQINFO _IOWR(L, 91, struct rqinfo) /* get request info [i] from trace buffer */ -#endif diff --git a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumioctl.c b/sys/dev/vinum/vinumioctl.c deleted file mode 100644 index fd91f79..0000000 --- a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumioctl.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,795 +0,0 @@ -/* XXX replace all the checks on object validity with - * calls to valid */ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: vinumioctl.c,v 1.3 1998/09/29 05:26:37 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -#define STATIC /* nothing while we're testing XXX */ - -#define REALLYKERNEL -#include "vinumhdr.h" -#include "sys/sysproto.h" /* for sync(2) */ -#ifdef DEBUG -#include -#include "request.h" -#endif - -jmp_buf command_fail; /* return on a failed command */ - -#if __FreeBSD__ >= 3 -/* Why aren't these declared anywhere? XXX */ -int setjmp(jmp_buf); -void longjmp(jmp_buf, int); -#endif - -/* pointer to ioctl p parameter, to save passing it around */ -struct proc *myproc; - -int vinum_inactive(void); -void free_vinum(int); -void attachobject(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *); -void detachobject(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *); -void renameobject(struct vinum_rename_msg *); -void replaceobject(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *); - -/* ioctl routine */ -int -vinumioctl(dev_t dev, -#if __FreeBSD__ >= 3 - u_long cmd, -#else - int cmd, -#endif - caddr_t data, - int flag, - struct proc *p) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - unsigned int objno; - int error = 0; - struct volume *vol; - unsigned int index; /* for transferring config info */ - unsigned int sdno; /* for transferring config info */ - int fe; /* free list element number */ - struct _ioctl_reply *ioctl_reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) data; /* struct to return */ - - struct devcode *device = (struct devcode *) &dev; - - /* First, decide what we're looking at */ - switch (device->type) { - case VINUM_SUPERDEV_TYPE: - myproc = p; /* save pointer to process */ - ioctl_reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) data; /* save the address to reply to */ - error = setjmp(command_fail); /* come back here on error */ - if (error) /* bombed out */ - return 0; /* the reply will contain meaningful info */ - switch (cmd) { -#ifdef DEBUG - case VINUM_DEBUG: - if (((struct debuginfo *) data)->changeit) /* change debug settings */ - debug = (((struct debuginfo *) data)->param); - else { - if (debug & DEBUG_REMOTEGDB) - boothowto |= RB_GDB; /* serial debug line */ - else - boothowto &= ~RB_GDB; /* local ddb */ - Debugger("vinum debug"); - } - ioctl_reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) data; /* reinstate the address to reply to */ - ioctl_reply->error = 0; - return 0; -#endif - - case VINUM_CREATE: /* create a vinum object */ - error = lock_config(); /* get the config for us alone */ - if (error) /* can't do it, */ - return error; /* give up */ - error = setjmp(command_fail); /* come back here on error */ - if (error == 0) { /* first time, */ - parse_user_config((char *) data, &keyword_set); /* update the config */ - ioctl_reply->error = 0; /* no error if we make it here */ - } else if (ioctl_reply->error == 0) { /* longjmp, but no error status */ - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; /* note that something's up */ - ioctl_reply->msg[0] = '\0'; /* no message? */ - } - unlock_config(); - return 0; /* must be 0 to return the real error info */ - - case VINUM_GETCONFIG: /* get the configuration information */ - bcopy(&vinum_conf, data, sizeof(vinum_conf)); - return 0; - - /* start configuring the subsystem */ - case VINUM_STARTCONFIG: - return start_config(); /* just lock it */ - - /* Move the individual parts of the config to user space. - - * Specify the index of the object in the first word of data, - * and return the object there - */ - case VINUM_DRIVECONFIG: - index = *(int *) data; /* get the index */ - if (index >= (unsigned) vinum_conf.drives_used) /* can't do it */ - return EFAULT; /* bang */ - bcopy(&DRIVE[index], data, sizeof(struct drive)); /* copy the config item out */ - return 0; - - case VINUM_SDCONFIG: - index = *(int *) data; /* get the index */ - if (index >= (unsigned) vinum_conf.subdisks_used) /* can't do it */ - return EFAULT; /* bang */ - bcopy(&SD[index], data, sizeof(struct sd)); /* copy the config item out */ - return 0; - - case VINUM_PLEXCONFIG: - index = *(int *) data; /* get the index */ - if (index >= (unsigned) vinum_conf.plexes_used) /* can't do it */ - return EFAULT; /* bang */ - bcopy(&PLEX[index], data, sizeof(struct plex)); /* copy the config item out */ - return 0; - - case VINUM_VOLCONFIG: - index = *(int *) data; /* get the index */ - if (index >= (unsigned) vinum_conf.volumes_used) /* can't do it */ - return EFAULT; /* bang */ - bcopy(&VOL[index], data, sizeof(struct volume)); /* copy the config item out */ - return 0; - - case VINUM_PLEXSDCONFIG: - index = *(int *) data; /* get the plex index */ - sdno = ((int *) data)[1]; /* and the sd index */ - if ((index >= (unsigned) vinum_conf.plexes_used) /* plex doesn't exist */ - ||(sdno >= PLEX[index].subdisks)) /* or it doesn't have this many subdisks */ - return EFAULT; /* bang */ - bcopy(&SD[PLEX[index].sdnos[sdno]], /* copy the config item out */ - data, - sizeof(struct sd)); - return 0; - - case VINUM_SAVECONFIG: - if (VFLAGS & VF_CONFIGURING) { /* must be us, the others are asleep */ - finish_config(1); /* finish the configuration and update it */ - error = save_config(); /* save configuration to disk */ - } else - error = EINVAL; /* queue up for this one, please */ - return error; - - case VINUM_RELEASECONFIG: /* release the config */ - if (VFLAGS & VF_CONFIGURING) { /* must be us, the others are asleep */ - finish_config(0); /* finish the configuration, don't change it */ - error = save_config(); /* save configuration to disk */ - } else - error = EINVAL; /* release what config? */ - return error; - - case VINUM_INIT: - ioctl_reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) data; /* reinstate the address to reply to */ - ioctl_reply->error = 0; - return 0; - - case VINUM_RESETCONFIG: - if (vinum_inactive() && (vinum_conf.opencount < 2)) { /* if we're not active */ - /* Note the open count. We may be called from v, so we'll be open. - * Keep the count so we don't underflow */ - int oc = vinum_conf.opencount; - free_vinum(1); /* clean up everything */ - printf("vinum: CONFIGURATION OBLITERATED\n"); - vinum_conf.opencount = oc; - ioctl_reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) data; /* reinstate the address to reply to */ - ioctl_reply->error = 0; - return 0; - } - return EBUSY; - - case VINUM_SETSTATE: - setstate((struct vinum_ioctl_msg *) data); /* set an object state */ - return 0; - - case VINUM_MEMINFO: - vinum_meminfo(data); - return 0; - - case VINUM_MALLOCINFO: - return vinum_mallocinfo(data); - - case VINUM_RQINFO: - return vinum_rqinfo(data); - - case VINUM_LABEL: /* label a volume */ - ioctl_reply->error = write_volume_label(*(int *) data); /* index of the volume to label */ - ioctl_reply->msg[0] = '\0'; /* no message */ - return 0; - - case VINUM_REMOVE: - remove((struct vinum_ioctl_msg *) data); /* remove an object */ - return 0; - - case VINUM_GETFREELIST: /* get a drive free list element */ - index = *(int *) data; /* get the drive index */ - fe = ((int *) data)[1]; /* and the free list element */ - if ((index >= (unsigned) vinum_conf.drives_used) /* plex doesn't exist */ - ||(DRIVE[index].state == drive_unallocated)) - return ENODEV; - if (fe >= DRIVE[index].freelist_entries) /* no such entry */ - return ENOENT; - bcopy(&DRIVE[index].freelist[fe], - data, - sizeof(struct drive_freelist)); - return 0; - - case VINUM_GETDEFECTIVE: /* get a plex defective area element */ - index = *(int *) data; /* get the plex index */ - fe = ((int *) data)[1]; /* and the region number */ - if ((index >= (unsigned) vinum_conf.plexes_used) /* plex doesn't exist */ - ||(PLEX[index].state == plex_unallocated)) - return ENODEV; - if (fe >= PLEX[index].defective_regions) /* no such entry */ - return ENOENT; - bcopy(&PLEX[index].defective_region[fe], - data, - sizeof(struct plexregion)); - return 0; - - case VINUM_GETUNMAPPED: /* get a plex unmapped area element */ - index = *(int *) data; /* get the plex index */ - fe = ((int *) data)[1]; /* and the region number */ - if ((index >= (unsigned) vinum_conf.plexes_used) /* plex doesn't exist */ - ||(PLEX[index].state == plex_unallocated)) - return ENODEV; - if (fe >= PLEX[index].unmapped_regions) /* no such entry */ - return ENOENT; - bcopy(&PLEX[index].unmapped_region[fe], - data, - sizeof(struct plexregion)); - return 0; - - case VINUM_RESETSTATS: - resetstats((struct vinum_ioctl_msg *) data); /* reset object stats */ - return 0; - - /* attach an object to a superordinate object */ - case VINUM_ATTACH: - attachobject((struct vinum_ioctl_msg *) data); - return 0; - - /* detach an object from a superordinate object */ - case VINUM_DETACH: - detachobject((struct vinum_ioctl_msg *) data); - return 0; - - /* rename an object */ - case VINUM_RENAME: - renameobject((struct vinum_rename_msg *) data); - return 0; - - /* replace an object */ - case VINUM_REPLACE: - replaceobject((struct vinum_ioctl_msg *) data); - return 0; - - default: - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - } - - default: -#if __FreeBSD__>=3 - printf("vinumioctl: type %d, sd %d, plex %d, major %x, volume %d, command %lx\n", - device->type, - device->sd, - device->plex, - device->major, - device->volume, - cmd); /* XXX */ - -#else - printf("vinumioctl: type %d, sd %d, plex %d, major %x, volume %d, command %x\n", - device->type, - device->sd, - device->plex, - device->major, - device->volume, - cmd); /* XXX */ - -#endif - return EINVAL; - - case VINUM_DRIVE_TYPE: - case VINUM_PLEX_TYPE: - return EAGAIN; /* try again next week */ - - case VINUM_SD_TYPE: - objno = SDNO(dev); - - switch (cmd) { - case VINUM_INITSD: /* initialize subdisk */ - return initsd(objno); - - default: - return EINVAL; - } - break; - - case VINUM_VOLUME_TYPE: - objno = VOLNO(dev); - - if ((unsigned) objno >= (unsigned) vinum_conf.volumes_used) /* not a valid volume */ - return ENXIO; - vol = &VOL[objno]; - if (vol->state != volume_up) /* not up, */ - return EIO; /* I/O error */ - - switch (cmd) { - case DIOCGDINFO: /* get disk label */ - get_volume_label(vol, (struct disklabel *) data); - break; - - /* Care! DIOCGPART returns *pointers* to - * the caller, so we need to store this crap as well. - * And yes, we need it. */ - case DIOCGPART: /* get partition information */ - get_volume_label(vol, &vol->label); - ((struct partinfo *) data)->disklab = &vol->label; - ((struct partinfo *) data)->part = &vol->label.d_partitions[0]; - break; - - /* We don't have this stuff on hardware, - * so just pretend to do it so that - * utilities don't get upset. */ - case DIOCWDINFO: /* write partition info */ - case DIOCSDINFO: /* set partition info */ - return 0; /* not a titty */ - - case DIOCWLABEL: /* set or reset label writeable */ - if ((flag & FWRITE) == 0) /* not writeable? */ - return EACCES; /* no, die */ - if (*(int *) data != 0) /* set it? */ - vol->flags |= VF_WLABEL; /* yes */ - else - vol->flags &= ~VF_WLABEL; /* no, reset */ - break; - - default: - return ENOTTY; /* not my kind of ioctl */ - } - break; - } - return 0; /* XXX */ -} - -/* The following four functions check the supplied - * object index and return a pointer to the object - * if it exists. Otherwise they longjump out via - * throw_rude_remark */ -struct drive * -validdrive(int driveno, struct _ioctl_reply *reply) -{ - if ((driveno < vinum_conf.drives_used) - && (DRIVE[driveno].state != drive_unallocated)) - return &DRIVE[driveno]; - strcpy(reply->msg, "No such drive"); - reply->error = ENOENT; - return NULL; -} - -struct sd * -validsd(int sdno, struct _ioctl_reply *reply) -{ - if ((sdno < vinum_conf.subdisks_used) - && (SD[sdno].state != sd_unallocated)) - return &SD[sdno]; - strcpy(reply->msg, "No such subdisk"); - reply->error = ENOENT; - return NULL; -} - -struct plex * -validplex(int plexno, struct _ioctl_reply *reply) -{ - if ((plexno < vinum_conf.plexes_used) - && (PLEX[plexno].state != plex_unallocated)) - return &PLEX[plexno]; - strcpy(reply->msg, "No such plex"); - reply->error = ENOENT; - return NULL; -} - -struct volume * -validvol(int volno, struct _ioctl_reply *reply) -{ - if ((volno < vinum_conf.volumes_used) - && (VOL[volno].state != volume_unallocated)) - return &VOL[volno]; - strcpy(reply->msg, "No such volume"); - reply->error = ENOENT; - return NULL; -} - -/* reset an object's stats */ -void -resetstats(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *msg) -{ - struct _ioctl_reply *reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) msg; - - switch (msg->type) { - case drive_object: - if (msg->index < vinum_conf.drives_used) { - struct drive *drive = &DRIVE[msg->index]; - if (drive->state != drive_unallocated) { - drive->reads = 0; /* number of reads on this drive */ - drive->writes = 0; /* number of writes on this drive */ - drive->bytes_read = 0; /* number of bytes read */ - drive->bytes_written = 0; /* number of bytes written */ - reply->error = 0; - return; - } - reply->error = EINVAL; - return; - } - case sd_object: - if (msg->index < vinum_conf.subdisks_used) { - struct sd *sd = &SD[msg->index]; - if (sd->state != sd_unallocated) { - sd->reads = 0; /* number of reads on this subdisk */ - sd->writes = 0; /* number of writes on this subdisk */ - sd->bytes_read = 0; /* number of bytes read */ - sd->bytes_written = 0; /* number of bytes written */ - reply->error = 0; - return; - } - reply->error = EINVAL; - return; - } - break; - - case plex_object: - if (msg->index < vinum_conf.plexes_used) { - struct plex *plex = &PLEX[msg->index]; - if (plex->state != plex_unallocated) { - plex->reads = 0; - plex->writes = 0; /* number of writes on this plex */ - plex->bytes_read = 0; /* number of bytes read */ - plex->bytes_written = 0; /* number of bytes written */ - plex->multiblock = 0; /* requests that needed more than one block */ - plex->multistripe = 0; /* requests that needed more than one stripe */ - reply->error = 0; - return; - } - reply->error = EINVAL; - return; - } - break; - - case volume_object: - if (msg->index < vinum_conf.volumes_used) { - struct volume *vol = &VOL[msg->index]; - if (vol->state != volume_unallocated) { - vol->bytes_read = 0; /* number of bytes read */ - vol->bytes_written = 0; /* number of bytes written */ - vol->reads = 0; /* number of reads on this volume */ - vol->writes = 0; /* number of writes on this volume */ - vol->recovered_reads = 0; /* reads recovered from another plex */ - reply->error = 0; - return; - } - reply->error = EINVAL; - return; - } - case invalid_object: /* can't get this */ - reply->error = EINVAL; - return; - } -} - -/* attach an object to a superior object */ -void -attachobject(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *msg) -{ - struct _ioctl_reply *reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) msg; - struct sd *sd; - struct plex *plex; - struct volume *vol; - - switch (msg->type) { - case drive_object: /* you can't attach a drive to anything */ - case volume_object: /* nor a volume */ - case invalid_object: /* "this can't happen" */ - reply->error = EINVAL; - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; /* vinum(8) doesn't do this */ - return; - - case sd_object: - sd = validsd(msg->index, reply); - if (sd == NULL) /* not a valid subdisk */ - return; - plex = validplex(msg->otherobject, reply); - if (plex) { - if (sd->plexno >= 0) { /* already belong to a plex */ - reply->error = EBUSY; /* no message, the user should check */ - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - return; - } - sd->plexoffset = msg->offset; /* this is where we want it */ - set_sd_state(sd->sdno, sd_stale, setstate_force); /* make sure it's stale */ - give_sd_to_plex(plex->plexno, sd->sdno); /* and give it to the plex */ - update_sd_config(sd->sdno, 0); - save_config(); - reply->error = 0; - } - break; - - case plex_object: - plex = validplex(msg->index, reply); /* get plex */ - if (plex == NULL) - return; - if (plex->organization != plex_concat) { /* can't attach to striped and raid-5 */ - reply->error = EINVAL; /* no message, the user should check */ - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - return; - } - vol = validvol(msg->otherobject, reply); /* and volume information */ - if (vol) { - if ((vol->plexes == MAXPLEX) /* we have too many already */ - ||(plex->volno >= 0)) { /* or the plex has an owner */ - reply->error = EINVAL; /* no message, the user should check */ - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - return; - } - set_plex_state(plex->plexno, plex_down, setstate_force); /* make sure it's down */ - give_plex_to_volume(msg->otherobject, msg->index); /* and give it to the volume */ - update_plex_config(plex->plexno, 0); - save_config(); - if (plex->state == plex_reviving) - reply->error = EAGAIN; /* need to revive it */ - else - reply->error = 0; - } - } -} - -/* detach an object from a superior object */ -void -detachobject(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *msg) -{ - struct _ioctl_reply *reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) msg; - struct sd *sd; - struct plex *plex; - struct volume *vol; - int sdno; - int plexno; - - switch (msg->type) { - case drive_object: /* you can't attach a drive to anything */ - case volume_object: /* nor a volume */ - case invalid_object: /* "this can't happen" */ - reply->error = EINVAL; - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; /* vinum(8) doesn't do this */ - return; - - case sd_object: - sd = validsd(msg->index, reply); - if (sd == NULL) - return; - if (sd->plexno < 0) { /* doesn't belong to a plex */ - reply->error = ENOENT; - strcpy(reply->msg, "Subdisk is not attached"); - return; - } else { /* valid plex number */ - plex = &PLEX[sd->plexno]; - if ((!msg->force) /* don't force things */ - &&((plex->state == plex_up) /* and the plex is up */ - ||((plex->state == plex_flaky) && sd->state == sd_up))) { /* or flaky with this sd up */ - reply->error = EBUSY; /* we need this sd */ - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - return; - } - sd->plexno = -1; /* anonymous sd */ - if (plex->subdisks == 1) { /* this was the only subdisk */ - Free(plex->sdnos); /* free the subdisk array */ - plex->sdnos = NULL; /* and note the fact */ - plex->subdisks_allocated = 0; /* no subdisk space */ - } else { - for (sdno = 0; sdno < plex->subdisks; sdno++) { - if (plex->sdnos[sdno] == msg->index) /* found our subdisk */ - break; - } - if (sdno < (plex->subdisks - 1)) /* not the last one, compact */ - bcopy(&plex->sdnos[sdno + 1], - &plex->sdnos[sdno], - (plex->subdisks - 1 - sdno) * sizeof(int)); - } - plex->subdisks--; - rebuild_plex_unmappedlist(plex); /* rebuild the unmapped list */ - if (!bcmp(plex->name, sd->name, strlen(plex->name))) { /* this subdisk is named after the plex */ - bcopy(sd->name, - &sd->name[3], - min(strlen(sd->name), MAXSDNAME - 3)); - bcopy("ex-", sd->name, 3); - sd->name[MAXSDNAME - 1] = '\0'; - } - update_plex_config(plex->plexno, 0); - if ((plex->organization == plex_striped) /* we've just mutilated our plex, */ - ||(plex->organization == plex_striped)) /* the data no longer matches */ - set_plex_state(plex->plexno, - plex_down, - setstate_force | setstate_configuring); - update_sd_config(sd->sdno, 0); - save_config(); - reply->error = 0; - } - return; - - case plex_object: - plex = validplex(msg->index, reply); /* get plex */ - if (plex == NULL) - return; - if (plex->volno >= 0) { - int volno = plex->volno; - - vol = &VOL[volno]; - if ((!msg->force) /* don't force things */ - &&((vol->state == volume_up) /* and the volume is up */ - &&(vol->plexes == 1))) { /* and this is the last plex */ - /* XXX As elsewhere, check whether we will lose - * mapping by removing this plex */ - reply->error = EBUSY; /* we need this plex */ - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - return; - } - plex->volno = -1; /* anonymous plex */ - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vol->plexes; plexno++) { - if (vol->plex[plexno] == msg->index) /* found our plex */ - break; - } - if (plexno < (vol->plexes - 1)) /* not the last one, compact */ - bcopy(&vol[plexno + 1], &vol[plexno], (vol->plexes - 1 - plexno) * sizeof(int)); - vol->plexes--; - if (!bcmp(vol->name, plex->name, strlen(vol->name))) { /* this plex is named after the volume */ - /* First, check if the subdisks are the same */ - if (msg->recurse) { - int sdno; - - for (sdno = 0; sdno < plex->subdisks; sdno++) { - struct sd *sd = &SD[plex->sdnos[sdno]]; - - if (!bcmp(plex->name, sd->name, strlen(plex->name))) { /* subdisk is named after the plex */ - bcopy(sd->name, &sd->name[3], min(strlen(sd->name), MAXSDNAME - 3)); - bcopy("ex-", sd->name, 3); - sd->name[MAXSDNAME - 1] = '\0'; - } - } - } - bcopy(plex->name, &plex->name[3], min(strlen(plex->name), MAXPLEXNAME - 3)); - bcopy("ex-", plex->name, 3); - plex->name[MAXPLEXNAME - 1] = '\0'; - } - update_plex_config(plex->plexno, 0); - update_volume_config(volno, 0); - save_config(); - reply->error = 0; - } else { - reply->error = ENOENT; - strcpy(reply->msg, "Plex is not attached"); - } - } -} - -void -renameobject(struct vinum_rename_msg *msg) -{ - struct _ioctl_reply *reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) msg; - struct drive *drive; - struct sd *sd; - struct plex *plex; - struct volume *vol; - - switch (msg->type) { - case drive_object: /* you can't attach a drive to anything */ - if (find_drive(msg->newname, 0) >= 0) { /* we have that name already, */ - reply->error = EEXIST; - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - return; - } - drive = validdrive(msg->index, reply); - if (drive) { - bcopy(msg->newname, drive->label.name, MAXDRIVENAME); - save_config(); - reply->error = 0; - } - return; - - case sd_object: /* you can't attach a subdisk to anything */ - if (find_subdisk(msg->newname, 0) >= 0) { /* we have that name already, */ - reply->error = EEXIST; - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - return; - } - sd = validsd(msg->index, reply); - if (sd) { - bcopy(msg->newname, sd->name, MAXSDNAME); - update_sd_config(sd->sdno, 0); - save_config(); - reply->error = 0; - } - return; - - case plex_object: /* you can't attach a plex to anything */ - if (find_plex(msg->newname, 0) >= 0) { /* we have that name already, */ - reply->error = EEXIST; - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - return; - } - plex = validplex(msg->index, reply); - if (plex) { - bcopy(msg->newname, plex->name, MAXPLEXNAME); - update_plex_config(plex->plexno, 0); - save_config(); - reply->error = 0; - } - return; - - case volume_object: /* you can't attach a volume to anything */ - if (find_volume(msg->newname, 0) >= 0) { /* we have that name already, */ - reply->error = EEXIST; - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - return; - } - vol = validvol(msg->index, reply); - if (vol) { - bcopy(msg->newname, vol->name, MAXVOLNAME); - update_volume_config(msg->index, 0); - save_config(); - reply->error = 0; - } - return; - - case invalid_object: - reply->error = EINVAL; - reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - } -} - -/* Replace one object with another */ -void -replaceobject(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *msg) -{ - struct _ioctl_reply *reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) msg; - - reply->error = ENODEV; /* until I know how to do this */ - strcpy(reply->msg, "replace not implemented yet"); -/* save_config (); */ -} diff --git a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumkw.h b/sys/dev/vinum/vinumkw.h deleted file mode 100644 index 597d160..0000000 --- a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumkw.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: vinumkw.h,v 1.8 1998/09/29 05:17:39 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -/* Command keywords that vinum knows. These include both user-level - * and kernel-level stuff */ - -/* Our complete vocabulary. The names of the commands are - * the same as the identifier without the kw_ at the beginning - * (i.e. kw_create defines the "create" keyword). Preprocessor - * magic in parser.c does the rest. */ -enum keyword { - kw_create, - kw_modify, - kw_list, - kw_l = kw_list, - kw_ld, /* list drive */ - kw_ls, /* list subdisk */ - kw_lp, /* list plex */ - kw_lv, /* list volume */ - kw_set, - kw_rm, - kw_start, - kw_stop, - kw_drive, - kw_sd, - kw_subdisk = kw_sd, - kw_plex, - kw_volume, - kw_vol = kw_volume, - kw_read, - kw_readpol, - kw_org, - kw_name, - kw_concat, - kw_striped, - kw_raid5, - kw_driveoffset, - kw_plexoffset, - kw_len, - kw_length = kw_len, - kw_state, - kw_setupstate, - kw_d, /* flag names */ - kw_f, - kw_r, - kw_s, - kw_v, - kw_round, /* round robin */ - kw_prefer, /* prefer plex */ - kw_device, - kw_init, - kw_label, - kw_resetconfig, - kw_writethrough, - kw_writeback, - kw_raw, - kw_resetstats, - kw_attach, - kw_detach, - kw_rename, - kw_printconfig, - kw_replace, - kw_detached, -#ifdef DEBUG - kw_debug, /* go into debugger */ -#endif - kw_info, - kw_invalid_keyword = -1 -}; - -struct _keywords { - char *name; - enum keyword keyword; -}; - -struct keywordset { - int size; - struct _keywords *k; -}; - -extern struct _keywords keywords[]; -extern struct _keywords flag_keywords[]; - -extern struct keywordset keyword_set; -extern struct keywordset flag_set; diff --git a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumlock.c b/sys/dev/vinum/vinumlock.c deleted file mode 100644 index ed69649..0000000 --- a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumlock.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: lock.c,v 1.6 1998/07/28 06:32:57 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -#define REALLYKERNEL -#include "vinumhdr.h" - -/* Lock routines. Currently, we lock either an individual volume - * or the global configuration. I don't think tsleep and - * wakeup are SMP safe. FIXME XXX */ - -/* Lock a volume, wait if it's in use */ -int -lockvol(struct volume *vol) -{ - int error; - - while ((vol->flags & VF_LOCKED) != 0) { - vol->flags |= VF_LOCKING; - /* It would seem to make more sense to sleep on - * the address 'vol'. Unfortuntaly we can't - * guarantee that this address won't change due to - * table expansion. The address we choose won't change. */ - if ((error = tsleep(&vinum_conf.volume + vol->devno, - PRIBIO | PCATCH, - "volock", - 0)) != 0) - return error; - } - vol->flags |= VF_LOCKED; - return 0; -} - -/* Unlock a volume and let the next one at it */ -void -unlockvol(struct volume *vol) -{ - vol->flags &= ~VF_LOCKED; - if ((vol->flags & VF_LOCKING) != 0) { - vol->flags &= ~VF_LOCKING; - wakeup(&vinum_conf.volume + vol->devno); - } -} - -/* Lock a plex, wait if it's in use */ -int -lockplex(struct plex *plex) -{ - int error; - - while ((plex->flags & VF_LOCKED) != 0) { - plex->flags |= VF_LOCKING; - /* It would seem to make more sense to sleep on - * the address 'plex'. Unfortuntaly we can't - * guarantee that this address won't change due to - * table expansion. The address we choose won't change. */ - if ((error = tsleep(&vinum_conf.plex + plex->sdnos[0], - PRIBIO | PCATCH, - "plexlk", - 0)) != 0) - return error; - } - plex->flags |= VF_LOCKED; - return 0; -} - -/* Unlock a plex and let the next one at it */ -void -unlockplex(struct plex *plex) -{ - plex->flags &= ~VF_LOCKED; - if ((plex->flags & VF_LOCKING) != 0) { - plex->flags &= ~VF_LOCKING; - wakeup(&vinum_conf.plex + plex->plexno); - } -} - - -/* Get a lock for the global config, wait if it's not available */ -int -lock_config(void) -{ - int error; - - while ((vinum_conf.flags & VF_LOCKED) != 0) { - vinum_conf.flags |= VF_LOCKING; - if ((error = tsleep(&vinum_conf, PRIBIO | PCATCH, "vincfg", 0)) != 0) - return error; - } - vinum_conf.flags |= VF_LOCKED; - return 0; -} - -/* Unlock and wake up any waiters */ -void -unlock_config(void) -{ - vinum_conf.flags &= ~VF_LOCKED; - if ((vinum_conf.flags & VF_LOCKING) != 0) { - vinum_conf.flags &= ~VF_LOCKING; - wakeup(&vinum_conf); - } -} diff --git a/sys/dev/vinum/vinummemory.c b/sys/dev/vinum/vinummemory.c deleted file mode 100644 index e77af7e..0000000 --- a/sys/dev/vinum/vinummemory.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: memory.c,v 1.17 1998/09/29 05:18:09 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -#define REALLYKERNEL -#define USES_VM -#include "vinumhdr.h" - -extern jmp_buf command_fail; /* return on a failed command */ - -#ifdef DEBUG -#include "request.h" -extern struct rqinfo rqinfo[]; -extern struct rqinfo *rqip; -#endif - -#if __FreeBSD__ >= 3 -/* Why aren't these declared anywhere? XXX */ -int setjmp(jmp_buf); -void longjmp(jmp_buf, int); -#endif - -void freedatabuf(struct mc *me); -caddr_t allocdatabuf(struct mc *me); - -void -expand_table(void **table, int oldsize, int newsize) -{ - if (newsize > oldsize) { - int *temp; - - temp = (int *) Malloc(newsize); /* allocate a new table */ - CHECKALLOC(temp, "vinum: Can't expand table\n"); - if (*table != NULL) { /* already something there, */ - bcopy((char *) *table, (char *) temp, oldsize); /* copy it to the old table */ - Free(*table); - } - *table = temp; - } -} - -#if DEBUG /* XXX debug */ -#define MALLOCENTRIES 16384 -int malloccount = 0; -int highwater = 0; /* highest index ever allocated */ -static struct mc malloced[MALLOCENTRIES]; - -static total_malloced; - -caddr_t -MMalloc(int size, char *file, int line) -{ - caddr_t result; - int i; - static int seq = 0; - int s; - struct mc me; /* information to pass to allocdatabuf */ - - if (malloccount >= MALLOCENTRIES) { /* too many */ - printf("vinum: can't allocate table space to trace memory allocation"); - return 0; /* can't continue */ - } - result = malloc(size, M_DEVBUF, M_WAITOK); /* use malloc for smaller and irregular stuff */ - if (result == NULL) - printf("vinum: can't allocate %d bytes from %s:%d\n", size, file, line); - else { - me.flags = 0; /* allocation via malloc */ - s = splhigh(); - for (i = 0; i < malloccount; i++) { - if (((result + size) > malloced[i].address) - && (result < malloced[i].address + malloced[i].size)) /* overlap */ - Debugger("Malloc overlap"); - } - if (result) { - char *f = index(file, '/'); /* chop off dirname if present */ - - if (f == NULL) - f = file; - i = malloccount++; - total_malloced += size; - malloced[i].address = result; - malloced[i].size = size; - malloced[i].line = line; - malloced[i].seq = seq++; - malloced[i].flags = me.flags; - malloced[i].databuf = me.databuf; /* only used with kva alloc */ - bcopy(f, malloced[i].file, min(strlen(f) + 1, 16)); - } - if (malloccount > highwater) - highwater = malloccount; - splx(s); - } - return result; -} - -void -FFree(void *mem, char *file, int line) -{ - int i; - int s; - - s = splhigh(); - for (i = 0; i < malloccount; i++) { - if ((caddr_t) mem == malloced[i].address) { /* found it */ - bzero(mem, malloced[i].size); /* XXX */ - free(mem, M_DEVBUF); - malloccount--; - total_malloced -= malloced[i].size; - if (i < malloccount) /* more coming after */ - bcopy(&malloced[i + 1], &malloced[i], (malloccount - i) * sizeof(struct mc)); - splx(s); - return; - } - } - splx(s); - printf("Freeing unallocated data at 0x%08x from %s, line %d\n", (int) mem, file, line); - Debugger("Free"); -} - -void -vinum_meminfo(caddr_t data) -{ - struct meminfo *m = (struct meminfo *) data; - - m->mallocs = malloccount; - m->total_malloced = total_malloced; - m->malloced = malloced; - m->highwater = highwater; -} - -int -vinum_mallocinfo(caddr_t data) -{ - struct mc *m = (struct mc *) data; - unsigned int ent = *(int *) data; /* 1st word is index */ - - if (ent >= malloccount) - return ENOENT; - m->address = malloced[ent].address; - m->size = malloced[ent].size; - m->line = malloced[ent].line; - m->seq = malloced[ent].seq; - bcopy(malloced[ent].file, m->file, 16); - return 0; -} - -/* return the nth request trace buffer entry. This - * is indexed back from the current entry (which - * has index 0) */ -int -vinum_rqinfo(caddr_t data) -{ - struct rqinfo *rq = (struct rqinfo *) data; - int ent = *(int *) data; /* 1st word is index */ - int lastent = rqip - rqinfo; /* entry number of current entry */ - - if (ent >= RQINFO_SIZE) /* out of the table */ - return ENOENT; - if ((ent = lastent - ent - 1) < 0) - ent += RQINFO_SIZE; /* roll over backwards */ - bcopy(&rqinfo[ent], rq, sizeof(struct rqinfo)); - return 0; -} -#endif diff --git a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumparser.c b/sys/dev/vinum/vinumparser.c deleted file mode 100644 index 9e7f791..0000000 --- a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumparser.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,206 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: parser.c,v 1.11 1998/08/10 08:50:42 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -/* This file contains the parser for the configuration routines. It's used - * both in the kernel and in the user interface program, thus the separate file. */ - -/* Go through a text and split up into text tokens. These are either non-blank - * sequences, or any sequence (except \0) enclosed in ' or ". Embedded ' or - * " characters may be escaped by \, which otherwise has no special meaning. - * - * Delimit by following with a \0, and return pointers to the starts at token []. - * Return the number of tokens found as the return value. - * - * This method has the restriction that a closing " or ' must be followed by - * grey space. - * - * Error conditions are end of line before end of quote, or no space after - * a closing quote. In this case, tokenize() returns -1. */ - -#include -#ifdef KERNEL -#undef KERNEL /* XXX */ -#define REALLYKERNEL -#else -#include -#include -#include -#endif -/* All this mess for a single struct definition */ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include "sys/buf.h" - -#include -#include "vinumkw.h" -#include "vinumio.h" -#include "vinumext.h" - -#ifdef REALLYKERNEL -#define isspace(c) ((c == ' ') || (c == '\t')) /* check for white space */ -#else /* get it from the headers */ -#include -#endif - -/* enum keyword is defined in vinumvar.h */ - -#define keypair(x) { #x, kw_##x } /* create pair "foo", kw_foo */ -#define flagkeypair(x) { "-"#x, kw_##x } /* create pair "-foo", kw_foo */ -#define KEYWORDSET(x) {sizeof (x) / sizeof (struct _keywords), x} - -/* Normal keywords. These are all the words that vinum knows. */ -struct _keywords keywords[] = -{keypair(drive), - keypair(sd), - keypair(subdisk), - keypair(plex), - keypair(volume), - keypair(vol), - keypair(setupstate), - keypair(readpol), - keypair(org), - keypair(name), - keypair(writethrough), - keypair(writeback), - keypair(raw), - keypair(device), - keypair(concat), - keypair(raid5), - keypair(striped), - keypair(plexoffset), - keypair(driveoffset), - keypair(length), - keypair(len), - keypair(state), - keypair(round), - keypair(prefer), - keypair(rename), - keypair(detached), -#ifndef KERNEL /* for vinum(8) only */ -#ifdef DEBUG - keypair(debug), -#endif - keypair(attach), - keypair(detach), - keypair(printconfig), - keypair(replace), - keypair(create), - keypair(read), - keypair(modify), - keypair(list), - keypair(l), - keypair(ld), - keypair(ls), - keypair(lp), - keypair(lv), - keypair(info), - keypair(set), - keypair(rm), - keypair(init), - keypair(label), - keypair(resetconfig), - keypair(start), - keypair(stop), - keypair(resetstats) -#endif -}; -struct keywordset keyword_set = KEYWORDSET(keywords); - -#ifndef KERNEL -struct _keywords flag_keywords[] = -{flagkeypair(f), - flagkeypair(d), - flagkeypair(v), - flagkeypair(s), - flagkeypair(r) -}; -struct keywordset flag_set = KEYWORDSET(flag_keywords); - -#endif - -int -tokenize(char *cptr, char *token[]) -{ - char delim; /* delimiter for searching for the partner */ - int tokennr; /* index of this token */ - tokennr = 0; /* none found yet */ - - for (;;) { - while (isspace(*cptr)) - cptr++; /* skip initial white space */ - if ((*cptr == '\0') || (*cptr == '\n') || (*cptr == '#')) /* end of line */ - return tokennr; /* return number of tokens found */ - delim = *cptr; - token[tokennr] = cptr; /* point to it */ - tokennr++; /* one more */ - /* XXX this is broken. It leaves superfluous \\ characters in the text */ - if ((delim == '\'') || (delim == '"')) { /* delimitered */ - for (;;) { - cptr++; - if ((*cptr == delim) && (cptr[-1] != '\\')) { /* found the partner */ - cptr++; /* move on past */ - if (!isspace(*cptr)) /* error, no space after closing quote */ - return -1; - *cptr++ = '\0'; /* delimit */ - } else if ((*cptr == '\0') || (*cptr == '\n')) /* end of line */ - return -1; - } - } else { /* not quoted */ - while ((*cptr != '\0') && (!isspace(*cptr)) && (*cptr != '\n')) - cptr++; - if (*cptr != '\0') /* not end of the line, */ - *cptr++ = '\0'; /* delimit and move to the next */ - } - } -} - -/* Find a keyword and return an index */ -enum keyword -get_keyword(char *name, struct keywordset *keywordset) -{ - int i; - struct _keywords *keywords = keywordset->k; /* point to the keywords */ - for (i = 0; i < keywordset->size; i++) - if (!strcmp(name, keywords[i].name)) - return (enum keyword) keywords[i].keyword; - return kw_invalid_keyword; -} diff --git a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumrequest.c b/sys/dev/vinum/vinumrequest.c deleted file mode 100644 index bb7711c..0000000 --- a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumrequest.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,966 +0,0 @@ -/* XXX to do: - - * Decide where we need splbio () - */ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: request.c,v 1.19 1998/11/01 02:18:39 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -#define REALLYKERNEL -#include "vinumhdr.h" -#include "request.h" -#include -#include - -/* pointer to ioctl p parameter, to save passing it around */ -extern struct proc *myproc; - -enum requeststatus bre(struct request *rq, - int plexno, - daddr_t * diskstart, - daddr_t diskend); -enum requeststatus bre5(struct request *rq, - int plexno, - daddr_t * diskstart, - daddr_t diskend); -enum requeststatus build_read_request(struct request *rq, int volplexno); -enum requeststatus build_write_request(struct request *rq); -enum requeststatus build_rq_buffer(struct rqelement *rqe, struct plex *plex); -void freerq(struct request *rq); -void free_rqg(struct rqgroup *rqg); -int find_alternate_sd(struct request *rq); -int check_range_covered(struct request *); -void complete_rqe(struct buf *bp); -void complete_raid5_write(struct rqelement *); -int abortrequest(struct request *rq, int error); -void sdio(struct buf *bp); -void sdio_done(struct buf *bp); -int vinum_bounds_check(struct buf *bp, struct volume *vol); -caddr_t allocdatabuf(struct rqelement *rqe); -void freedatabuf(struct rqelement *rqe); - -#ifdef DEBUG -struct rqinfo rqinfo[RQINFO_SIZE]; -struct rqinfo *rqip = rqinfo; - -void -logrq(enum rqinfo_type type, union rqinfou info, struct buf *ubp) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int s = splhigh(); - - vinum_conf.rqipp = &rqip; /* XXX for broken gdb */ - vinum_conf.rqinfop = rqinfo; /* XXX for broken gdb */ - -#if __FreeBSD__ < 3 - rqip->timestamp = time; /* when did this happen? */ -#else - microtime(&rqip->timestamp); /* when did this happen? */ -#endif - rqip->type = type; - rqip->bp = ubp; /* user buffer */ - switch (type) { - case loginfo_user_bp: - case loginfo_user_bpl: - bcopy(info.bp, &rqip->info.b, sizeof(struct buf)); - break; - - case loginfo_iodone: - case loginfo_rqe: - case loginfo_raid5_data: - case loginfo_raid5_parity: - bcopy(info.rqe, &rqip->info.rqe, sizeof(struct rqelement)); - break; - - case loginfo_unused: - break; - } - rqip++; - if (rqip >= &rqinfo[RQINFO_SIZE]) /* wrap around */ - rqip = rqinfo; - splx(s); -} - -#endif - -void -vinumstrategy(struct buf *bp) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int volno; - struct volume *vol = NULL; - int s; - struct devcode *device = (struct devcode *) &bp->b_dev; /* decode device number */ - enum requeststatus status; - - /* We may have changed the configuration in - * an interrupt context. Update it now. It - * could change again, so do it in a loop. - * XXX this is broken and contains a race condition. - * The correct way is to hand it off the the Vinum - * daemon, but I haven't found a name for it yet */ - while (vinum_conf.flags & VF_DIRTYCONFIG) { /* config is dirty, save it now */ - int driveno; - - vinum_conf.flags &= ~VF_DIRTYCONFIG; /* turn it off */ - for (driveno = 0; driveno < vinum_conf.drives_used; driveno++) { - if ((DRIVE[driveno].state == drive_down) /* drive down */ - &&(DRIVE[driveno].vp != NULL)) /* but still open */ - close_drive(&DRIVE[driveno]); /* close it now */ - } - save_config(); - } - - switch (device->type) { - case VINUM_SD_TYPE: - sdio(bp); - return; - - /* In fact, vinum doesn't handle drives: they're - * handled directly by the disk drivers */ - case VINUM_DRIVE_TYPE: - default: - bp->b_error = EIO; /* I/O error */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - biodone(bp); - return; - - case VINUM_VOLUME_TYPE: /* volume I/O */ - volno = VOLNO(bp->b_dev); - vol = &VOL[volno]; - if (vol->state != volume_up) { /* can't access this volume */ - bp->b_error = EIO; /* I/O error */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - biodone(bp); - return; - } - if (vinum_bounds_check(bp, vol) <= 0) { /* don't like them bounds */ - biodone(bp); /* have nothing to do with this */ - return; - } - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - /* Plex I/O is pretty much the same as volume I/O - * for a single plex. Indicate this by passing a NULL - * pointer (set above) for the volume */ - case VINUM_PLEX_TYPE: - bp->b_resid = bp->b_bcount; /* transfer everything */ - vinumstart(bp, 0); - return; - } -} - -/* Start a transfer. Return -1 on error, - * 0 if OK, 1 if we need to retry. - * Parameter reviveok is set when doing - * transfers for revives: it allows transfers to - * be started immediately when a revive is in - * progress. During revive, normal transfers - * are queued if they share address space with - * a currently active revive operation. */ -int -vinumstart(struct buf *bp, int reviveok) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int plexno; - int maxplex; /* maximum number of plexes to handle */ - struct volume *vol; - struct rqgroup *rqg; /* current plex's requests */ - struct rqelement *rqe; /* individual element */ - struct request *rq; /* build up our request here */ - int rqno; /* index in request list */ - enum requeststatus status; - -#if DEBUG - if (debug & DEBUG_LASTREQS) - logrq(loginfo_user_bp, bp, bp); -#endif - - /* XXX In these routines, we're assuming that - * we will always be called with bp->b_bcount - * which is a multiple of the sector size. This - * is a reasonable assumption, since we are only - * called from system routines. Should we check - * anyway? */ - - if ((bp->b_bcount % DEV_BSIZE) != 0) { /* bad length */ - bp->b_error = EINVAL; /* invalid size */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - biodone(bp); - return -1; - } - rq = (struct request *) Malloc(sizeof(struct request)); /* allocate a request struct */ - if (rq == NULL) { /* can't do it */ - bp->b_error = ENOMEM; /* can't get memory */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - biodone(bp); - return -1; - } - bzero(rq, sizeof(struct request)); - - /* Note the volume ID. This can be NULL, which - * the request building functions use as an - * indication for single plex I/O */ - rq->bp = bp; /* and the user buffer struct */ - - if (DEVTYPE(bp->b_dev) == VINUM_VOLUME_TYPE) { /* it's a volume, */ - rq->volplex.volno = VOLNO(bp->b_dev); /* get the volume number */ - vol = &VOL[rq->volplex.volno]; /* and point to it */ - vol->active++; /* one more active request */ - maxplex = vol->plexes; /* consider all its plexes */ - } else { - vol = NULL; /* no volume */ - rq->volplex.plexno = PLEXNO(bp->b_dev); /* point to the plex */ - rq->isplex = 1; /* note that it's a plex */ - maxplex = 1; /* just the one plex */ - } - - if (bp->b_flags & B_READ) { - /* This is a read request. Decide - * which plex to read from. - * - * There's a potential race condition here, - * since we're not locked, and we could end - * up multiply incrementing the round-robin - * counter. This doesn't have any serious - * effects, however. */ - if (vol != NULL) { - vol->reads++; - vol->bytes_read += bp->b_bcount; - plexno = vol->preferred_plex; /* get the plex to use */ - if (plexno < 0) { /* round robin */ - plexno = vol->last_plex_read; - vol->last_plex_read++; - if (vol->last_plex_read == vol->plexes) /* got the the end? */ - vol->last_plex_read = 0; /* wrap around */ - } - status = build_read_request(rq, plexno); /* build a request */ - } else { - daddr_t diskaddr = bp->b_blkno; /* start offset of transfer */ - status = bre(rq, /* build a request list */ - rq->volplex.plexno, - &diskaddr, - diskaddr + (bp->b_bcount / DEV_BSIZE)); - } - - if ((status > REQUEST_RECOVERED) /* can't satisfy it */ - ||(bp->b_flags & B_DONE)) { /* XXX shouldn't get this without bad status */ - if (status == REQUEST_DOWN) { /* not enough subdisks */ - bp->b_error = EIO; /* I/O error */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - } - biodone(bp); - freerq(rq); - return -1; - } { /* XXX */ - int result; - int s = splhigh(); - result = launch_requests(rq, reviveok); /* now start the requests if we can */ - splx(s); - return result; - } - } else - /* This is a write operation. We write to all - * plexes. If this is a RAID 5 plex, we must also - * update the parity stripe. */ - { - if (vol != NULL) { - vol->writes++; - vol->bytes_written += bp->b_bcount; - status = build_write_request(rq); /* Not all the subdisks are up */ - } else { /* plex I/O */ - daddr_t diskstart; - - diskstart = bp->b_blkno; /* start offset of transfer */ - status = bre(rq, - PLEXNO(bp->b_dev), - &diskstart, - bp->b_blkno + (bp->b_bcount / DEV_BSIZE)); /* build requests for the plex */ - } - if ((status > REQUEST_RECOVERED) /* can't satisfy it */ - ||(bp->b_flags & B_DONE)) { /* XXX shouldn't get this without bad status */ - if (status == REQUEST_DOWN) { /* not enough subdisks */ - bp->b_error = EIO; /* I/O error */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - } - if ((bp->b_flags & B_DONE) == 0) - biodone(bp); - freerq(rq); - return -1; - } { /* XXX */ - int result; - int s = splhigh(); - result = launch_requests(rq, reviveok); /* now start the requests if we can */ - splx(s); - return result; - } - /* return launch_requests (rq, reviveok); *//* start the requests */ - } -} - -/* Call the low-level strategy routines to - * perform the requests in a struct request */ -int -launch_requests(struct request *rq, int reviveok) -{ - struct rqgroup *rqg; - int rqno; /* loop index */ - struct rqelement *rqe; /* current element */ - int s; - - /* First find out whether we're reviving, and the - * request contains a conflict. If so, we hang - * the request off plex->waitlist of the first - * plex we find which is reviving */ - if ((rq->flags & XFR_REVIVECONFLICT) /* possible revive conflict */ - &&(!reviveok)) { /* and we don't want to do it now, */ - struct volume *vol = &VOL[VOLNO(rq->bp->b_dev)]; - struct plex *plex; - int plexno; - - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vol->plexes; plexno++) { /* find the reviving plex */ - plex = &PLEX[vol->plex[plexno]]; - if (plex->state == plex_reviving) /* found it */ - break; - } - if (plexno < vol->plexes) { /* found it? */ - struct request *waitlist = plex->waitlist; /* point to the waiting list */ - - while (waitlist->next != NULL) /* find the end */ - waitlist = waitlist->next; - waitlist->next = rq; /* hook our request there */ - return 0; /* and get out of here */ - } else /* bad vinum, bad */ - printf("vinum: can't find reviving plex for volume %s\n", vol->name); - } - rq->active = 0; /* nothing yet */ - /* XXX This is probably due to a bug */ - if (rq->rqg == NULL) { /* no request */ - abortrequest(rq, EINVAL); - return -1; - } -#if DEBUG - if (debug & DEBUG_ADDRESSES) - printf("Request: %x\n%s dev 0x%x, offset 0x%x, length %ld\n", - (u_int) rq, - rq->bp->b_flags & B_READ ? "Read" : "Write", - rq->bp->b_dev, - rq->bp->b_blkno, - rq->bp->b_bcount); /* XXX */ - vinum_conf.lastrq = (int) rq; - vinum_conf.lastbuf = rq->bp; - if (debug & DEBUG_LASTREQS) - logrq(loginfo_user_bpl, rq->bp, rq->bp); -#endif - for (rqg = rq->rqg; rqg != NULL; rqg = rqg->next) { /* through the whole request chain */ - rqg->active = rqg->count; /* they're all active */ - rq->active++; /* one more active request group */ - for (rqno = 0; rqno < rqg->count; rqno++) { - rqe = &rqg->rqe[rqno]; - if (rqe->flags & XFR_BAD_SUBDISK) /* this subdisk is bad, */ - rqg->active--; /* one less active request */ - else { - struct drive *drive = &DRIVE[rqe->driveno]; /* drive to access */ - if ((rqe->b.b_flags & B_READ) == 0) - rqe->b.b_vp->v_numoutput++; /* one more output going */ - rqe->b.b_flags |= B_ORDERED; /* XXX chase SCSI driver */ -#if DEBUG - if (debug & DEBUG_ADDRESSES) - printf(" %s dev 0x%x, sd %d, offset 0x%x, devoffset 0x%x, length %ld\n", - rqe->b.b_flags & B_READ ? "Read" : "Write", - rqe->b.b_dev, - rqe->sdno, - (u_int) (rqe->b.b_blkno - SD[rqe->sdno].driveoffset), - rqe->b.b_blkno, - rqe->b.b_bcount); /* XXX */ - if (debug & DEBUG_NUMOUTPUT) - printf(" vinumstart sd %d numoutput %ld\n", - rqe->sdno, - rqe->b.b_vp->v_numoutput); - if (debug & DEBUG_LASTREQS) - logrq(loginfo_rqe, rqe, rq->bp); -#endif - /* fire off the request */ - s = splbio(); - (*bdevsw[major(rqe->b.b_dev)]->d_strategy) (&rqe->b); - splx(s); - } - /* XXX Do we need caching? Think about this more */ - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* define the low-level requests needed to perform a - * high-level I/O operation for a specific plex 'plexno'. - * - * Return 0 if all subdisks involved in the request are up, 1 if some - * subdisks are not up, and -1 if the request is at least partially - * outside the bounds of the subdisks. - * - * Modify the pointer *diskstart to point to the end address. On - * read, return on the first bad subdisk, so that the caller - * (build_read_request) can try alternatives. - * - * On entry to this routine, the rqg structures are not assigned. The - * assignment is performed by expandrq(). Strictly speaking, the - * elements rqe->sdno of all entries should be set to -1, since 0 - * (from bzero) is a valid subdisk number. We avoid this problem by - * initializing the ones we use, and not looking at the others (index - * >= rqg->requests). - */ -enum requeststatus -bre(struct request *rq, - int plexno, - daddr_t * diskaddr, - daddr_t diskend) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - int sdno; - struct sd *sd; - struct rqgroup *rqg; - struct buf *bp; /* user's bp */ - struct plex *plex; - enum requeststatus status; /* return value */ - daddr_t plexoffset; /* offset of transfer in plex */ - daddr_t stripebase; /* base address of stripe (1st subdisk) */ - daddr_t stripeoffset; /* offset in stripe */ - daddr_t blockoffset; /* offset in stripe on subdisk */ - struct rqelement *rqe; /* point to this request information */ - daddr_t diskstart = *diskaddr; /* remember where this transfer starts */ - - bp = rq->bp; /* buffer pointer */ - status = REQUEST_OK; /* return value: OK until proven otherwise */ - plex = &PLEX[plexno]; /* point to the plex */ - - switch (plex->organization) { - case plex_concat: - for (sdno = 0; sdno < plex->subdisks; sdno++) { - sd = &SD[plex->sdnos[sdno]]; - if ((*diskaddr < (sd->plexoffset + sd->sectors)) /* The request starts before the end of this */ - &&(diskend > sd->plexoffset)) { /* subdisk and ends after the start of this sd */ - if ((sd->state != sd_up) || (plex->state != plex_up)) { - enum requeststatus s; - - s = checksdstate(sd, rq, *diskaddr, diskend); /* do we need to change state? */ - if (s) /* give up? */ - return s; /* yup */ - } - rqg = allocrqg(rq, 1); /* space for the request */ - if (rqg == NULL) { /* malloc failed */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - bp->b_error = ENOMEM; - biodone(bp); - return REQUEST_ENOMEM; - } - rqg->plexno = plexno; - - rqe = &rqg->rqe[0]; /* point to the element */ - rqe->rqg = rqg; /* group */ - rqe->sdno = sd->sdno; /* put in the subdisk number */ - plexoffset = max(sd->plexoffset, *diskaddr); /* start offset in plex */ - rqe->sdoffset = plexoffset - sd->plexoffset; /* start offset in subdisk */ - rqe->useroffset = plexoffset - diskstart; /* start offset in user buffer */ - rqe->dataoffset = 0; - rqe->datalen = min(diskend - *diskaddr, /* number of sectors to transfer in this sd */ - sd->sectors - rqe->sdoffset); - rqe->groupoffset = 0; /* no groups for concatenated plexes */ - rqe->grouplen = 0; - rqe->buflen = rqe->datalen; /* buffer length is data buffer length */ - rqe->flags = 0; - rqe->driveno = sd->driveno; - *diskaddr += rqe->datalen; /* bump the address */ - if (build_rq_buffer(rqe, plex)) { /* build the buffer */ - deallocrqg(rqg); - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - bp->b_error = ENOMEM; - biodone(bp); - return REQUEST_ENOMEM; /* can't do it */ - } - } - if (*diskaddr > diskend) /* we're finished, */ - break; /* get out of here */ - } - break; - - case plex_striped: - { - while (*diskaddr < diskend) { /* until we get it all sorted out */ - /* The offset of the start address from - * the start of the stripe */ - stripeoffset = *diskaddr % (plex->stripesize * plex->subdisks); - - /* The plex-relative address of the - * start of the stripe */ - stripebase = *diskaddr - stripeoffset; - - /* The number of the subdisk in which - * the start is located */ - sdno = stripeoffset / plex->stripesize; - - /* The offset from the beginning of the stripe - * on this subdisk */ - blockoffset = stripeoffset % plex->stripesize; - - sd = &SD[plex->sdnos[sdno]]; /* the subdisk in question */ - if ((sd->state != sd_up) || (plex->state != plex_up)) { - enum requeststatus s; - - s = checksdstate(sd, rq, *diskaddr, diskend); /* do we need to change state? */ - if (s) /* give up? */ - return s; /* yup */ - } - rqg = allocrqg(rq, 1); /* space for the request */ - if (rqg == NULL) { /* malloc failed */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - bp->b_error = ENOMEM; - biodone(bp); - return REQUEST_ENOMEM; - } - rqg->plexno = plexno; - - rqe = &rqg->rqe[0]; /* point to the element */ - rqe->rqg = rqg; - rqe->sdoffset = stripebase / plex->subdisks + blockoffset; /* start offset in this subdisk */ - rqe->useroffset = *diskaddr - diskstart; /* The offset of the start in the user buffer */ - rqe->dataoffset = 0; - rqe->datalen = min(diskend - *diskaddr, /* the amount remaining to transfer */ - plex->stripesize - blockoffset); /* and the amount left in this stripe */ - rqe->groupoffset = 0; /* no groups for striped plexes */ - rqe->grouplen = 0; - rqe->buflen = rqe->datalen; /* buffer length is data buffer length */ - rqe->flags = 0; - rqe->sdno = sd->sdno; /* put in the subdisk number */ - rqe->driveno = sd->driveno; - - if (rqe->sdoffset >= sd->sectors) { /* starts beyond the end of the subdisk? */ - deallocrqg(rqg); - return REQUEST_EOF; - } else if (rqe->sdoffset + rqe->datalen > sd->sectors) /* ends beyond the end of the subdisk? */ - rqe->datalen = sd->sectors - rqe->sdoffset; /* yes, truncate */ - - if (build_rq_buffer(rqe, plex)) { /* build the buffer */ - deallocrqg(rqg); - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - bp->b_error = ENOMEM; - biodone(bp); - return REQUEST_ENOMEM; /* can't do it */ - } - *diskaddr += rqe->datalen; /* look at the remainder */ - if (*diskaddr < diskend) { /* didn't finish the request on this stripe */ - plex->multiblock++; /* count another one */ - if (sdno == plex->subdisks - 1) /* last subdisk, */ - plex->multistripe++; /* another stripe as well */ - } - } - } - break; - - - default: - printf("vinum: invalid plex type in bre"); - } - - return status; -} - -/* Build up a request structure for reading volumes. - * This function is not needed for plex reads, since there's - * no recovery if a plex read can't be satisified. */ -enum requeststatus -build_read_request(struct request *rq, /* request */ - int plexindex) -{ /* index in the volume's plex table */ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct buf *bp; - daddr_t startaddr; /* offset of previous part of transfer */ - daddr_t diskaddr; /* offset of current part of transfer */ - daddr_t diskend; /* and end offset of transfer */ - int plexno; /* plex index in vinum_conf */ - struct rqgroup *rqg; /* point to the request we're working on */ - struct volume *vol; /* volume in question */ - off_t oldstart; /* note where we started */ - int recovered = 0; /* set if we recover a read */ - enum requeststatus status = REQUEST_OK; - - bp = rq->bp; /* buffer pointer */ - diskaddr = bp->b_blkno; /* start offset of transfer */ - diskend = diskaddr + (bp->b_bcount / DEV_BSIZE); /* and end offset of transfer */ - rqg = &rq->rqg[plexindex]; /* plex request */ - vol = &VOL[rq->volplex.volno]; /* point to volume */ - - while (diskaddr < diskend) { /* build up request components */ - startaddr = diskaddr; - status = bre(rq, vol->plex[plexindex], &diskaddr, diskend); /* build up a request */ - switch (status) { - case REQUEST_OK: - continue; - - case REQUEST_RECOVERED: - recovered = 1; - break; - - case REQUEST_EOF: - case REQUEST_ENOMEM: - return status; - - /* if we get here, we have either had a failure or - * a RAID 5 recovery. We don't want to use the - * recovery, because it's expensive, so first we - * check if we have alternatives */ - case REQUEST_DOWN: /* can't access the plex */ - if (vol != NULL) { /* and this is volume I/O */ - /* Try to satisfy the request - * from another plex */ - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vol->plexes; plexno++) { - diskaddr = startaddr; /* start at the beginning again */ - oldstart = startaddr; /* and note where that was */ - if (plexno != plexindex) { /* don't try this plex again */ - bre(rq, vol->plex[plexno], &diskaddr, diskend); /* try a request */ - if (diskaddr > oldstart) { /* we satisfied another part */ - recovered = 1; /* we recovered from the problem */ - status = REQUEST_OK; /* don't complain about it */ - break; - } - } - if (plexno == (vol->plexes - 1)) /* couldn't satisfy the request */ - return REQUEST_DOWN; /* failed */ - } - } else - return REQUEST_DOWN; /* bad luck */ - } - if (recovered) - vol->recovered_reads += recovered; /* adjust our recovery count */ - } - return status; -} - -/* Build up a request structure for writes. - * Return 0 if all subdisks involved in the request are up, 1 if some - * subdisks are not up, and -1 if the request is at least partially - * outside the bounds of the subdisks. */ -enum requeststatus -build_write_request(struct request *rq) -{ /* request */ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct buf *bp; - daddr_t diskstart; /* offset of current part of transfer */ - daddr_t diskend; /* and end offset of transfer */ - int plexno; /* plex index in vinum_conf */ - struct volume *vol; /* volume in question */ - enum requeststatus status; - - bp = rq->bp; /* buffer pointer */ - vol = &VOL[rq->volplex.volno]; /* point to volume */ - diskend = bp->b_blkno + (bp->b_bcount / DEV_BSIZE); /* end offset of transfer */ - status = REQUEST_OK; - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vol->plexes; plexno++) { - diskstart = bp->b_blkno; /* start offset of transfer */ - status = min(status, bre(rq, /* build requests for the plex */ - vol->plex[plexno], - &diskstart, - diskend)); - } - return status; -} - -/* Fill in the struct buf part of a request element. */ -enum requeststatus -build_rq_buffer(struct rqelement *rqe, struct plex *plex) -{ - BROKEN_GDB; - struct sd *sd; /* point to subdisk */ - struct volume *vol; - struct buf *bp; - struct buf *ubp; /* user (high level) buffer header */ - - vol = &VOL[rqe->rqg->rq->volplex.volno]; - sd = &SD[rqe->sdno]; /* point to subdisk */ - bp = &rqe->b; - ubp = rqe->rqg->rq->bp; /* pointer to user buffer header */ - - /* Initialize the buf struct */ - bzero(&rqe->b, sizeof(struct buf)); - bp->b_proc = ubp->b_proc; /* process pointer */ - bp->b_flags = ubp->b_flags & (B_NOCACHE | B_READ | B_ASYNC); /* copy these flags from user bp */ - bp->b_flags |= B_CALL | B_BUSY; /* inform us when it's done */ - if (plex->state == plex_reviving) - bp->b_flags |= B_ORDERED; /* keep request order if we're reviving */ - bp->b_iodone = complete_rqe; /* by calling us here */ - bp->b_dev = DRIVE[rqe->driveno].dev; /* drive device */ - bp->b_blkno = rqe->sdoffset + sd->driveoffset; /* start address */ - bp->b_bcount = rqe->buflen << DEV_BSHIFT; /* number of bytes to transfer */ - bp->b_resid = bp->b_bcount; /* and it's still all waiting */ - bp->b_bufsize = bp->b_bcount; /* and buffer size */ - bp->b_vp = DRIVE[rqe->driveno].vp; /* drive vnode */ - bp->b_rcred = FSCRED; /* we have the file system credentials */ - bp->b_wcred = FSCRED; /* we have the file system credentials */ - - if (rqe->flags & XFR_MALLOCED) { /* this operation requires a malloced buffer */ - bp->b_data = Malloc(bp->b_bcount); /* get a buffer to put it in */ - if (bp->b_data == NULL) { /* failed */ - Debugger("XXX"); - abortrequest(rqe->rqg->rq, ENOMEM); - return REQUEST_ENOMEM; /* no memory */ - } - } else - /* Point directly to user buffer data. This means - * that we don't need to do anything when we have - * finished the transfer */ - bp->b_data = ubp->b_data + rqe->useroffset * DEV_BSIZE; - return 0; -} -/* Abort a request: free resources and complete the - * user request with the specified error */ -int -abortrequest(struct request *rq, int error) -{ - struct buf *bp = rq->bp; /* user buffer */ - - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - bp->b_error = error; - freerq(rq); /* free everything we're doing */ - biodone(bp); - return error; /* and give up */ -} - -/* Check that our transfer will cover the - * complete address space of the user request. - * - * Return 1 if it can, otherwise 0 */ -int -check_range_covered(struct request *rq) -{ - /* XXX */ - return 1; -} - -/* Perform I/O on a subdisk */ -void -sdio(struct buf *bp) -{ - int s; /* spl */ - struct sd *sd; - struct sdbuf *sbp; - daddr_t endoffset; - struct drive *drive; - - sd = &SD[SDNO(bp->b_dev)]; /* point to the subdisk */ - drive = &DRIVE[sd->driveno]; - - if (drive->state != drive_up) { /* XXX until we get the states fixed */ - set_sd_state(SDNO(bp->b_dev), sd_obsolete, setstate_force); - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - bp->b_error = EIO; - biodone(bp); - return; - } - /* XXX decide which states we will really accept here. up - * implies it could be involved with a plex, in which - * case we don't want to dick with it */ - if ((sd->state != sd_up) - && (sd->state != sd_initializing) - && (sd->state != sd_reborn)) { /* we can't access it */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - bp->b_flags = EIO; - if (bp->b_flags & B_BUSY) /* XXX why isn't this always the case? */ - biodone(bp); - return; - } - /* Get a buffer */ - sbp = (struct sdbuf *) Malloc(sizeof(struct sdbuf)); - if (sbp == NULL) { - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - bp->b_error = ENOMEM; - biodone(bp); - return; - } - bcopy(bp, &sbp->b, sizeof(struct buf)); /* start with the user's buffer */ - sbp->b.b_flags |= B_CALL; /* tell us when it's done */ - sbp->b.b_iodone = sdio_done; /* here */ - sbp->b.b_dev = DRIVE[sd->driveno].dev; /* device */ - sbp->b.b_vp = DRIVE[sd->driveno].vp; /* vnode */ - sbp->b.b_blkno += sd->driveoffset; - sbp->bp = bp; /* note the address of the original header */ - sbp->sdno = sd->sdno; /* note for statistics */ - sbp->driveno = sd->driveno; - endoffset = bp->b_blkno + sbp->b.b_bcount / DEV_BSIZE; /* final sector offset */ - if (endoffset > sd->sectors) { /* beyond the end */ - sbp->b.b_bcount -= (endoffset - sd->sectors) * DEV_BSIZE; /* trim */ - if (sbp->b.b_bcount <= 0) { /* nothing to transfer */ - bp->b_resid = bp->b_bcount; /* nothing transferred */ - /* XXX Grrr. This doesn't seem to work. Return - * an error after all */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - bp->b_error = ENOSPC; - biodone(bp); - Free(sbp); - return; - } - } - if ((sbp->b.b_flags & B_READ) == 0) /* write */ - sbp->b.b_vp->v_numoutput++; /* one more output going */ -#if DEBUG - if (debug & DEBUG_ADDRESSES) - printf(" %s dev 0x%x, sd %d, offset 0x%x, devoffset 0x%x, length %ld\n", - sbp->b.b_flags & B_READ ? "Read" : "Write", - sbp->b.b_dev, - sbp->sdno, - (u_int) (sbp->b.b_blkno - SD[sbp->sdno].driveoffset), - (int) sbp->b.b_blkno, - sbp->b.b_bcount); /* XXX */ - if (debug & DEBUG_NUMOUTPUT) - printf(" vinumstart sd %d numoutput %ld\n", - sbp->sdno, - sbp->b.b_vp->v_numoutput); -#endif - s = splbio(); - (*bdevsw[major(sbp->b.b_dev)]->d_strategy) (&sbp->b); - splx(s); -} - -/* Simplified version of bounds_check_with_label - * Determine the size of the transfer, and make sure it is - * within the boundaries of the partition. Adjust transfer - * if needed, and signal errors or early completion. - * - * Volumes are simpler than disk slices: they only contain - * one component (though we call them a, b and c to make - * system utilities happy), and they always take up the - * complete space of the "partition". - * - * I'm still not happy with this: why should the label be - * protected? If it weren't so damned difficult to write - * one in the first pleace (because it's protected), it wouldn't - * be a problem. - */ -int -vinum_bounds_check(struct buf *bp, struct volume *vol) -{ - int maxsize = vol->size; /* size of the partition (sectors) */ - int size = (bp->b_bcount + DEV_BSIZE - 1) >> DEV_BSHIFT; /* size of this request (sectors) */ - - /* Would this transfer overwrite the disk label? */ - if (bp->b_blkno <= LABELSECTOR /* starts before or at the label */ -#if LABELSECTOR != 0 - && bp->b_blkno + size > LABELSECTOR /* and finishes after */ -#endif - && (!(vol->flags & VF_RAW)) /* and it's not raw */ - &&major(bp->b_dev) == BDEV_MAJOR /* and it's the block device */ - && (bp->b_flags & B_READ) == 0 /* and it's a write */ - && (!vol->flags & (VF_WLABEL | VF_LABELLING))) { /* and we're not allowed to write the label */ - bp->b_error = EROFS; /* read-only */ - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - return -1; - } - if (size == 0) /* no transfer specified, */ - return 0; /* treat as EOF */ - /* beyond partition? */ - if (bp->b_blkno < 0 /* negative start */ - || bp->b_blkno + size > maxsize) { /* or goes beyond the end of the partition */ - /* if exactly at end of disk, return an EOF */ - if (bp->b_blkno == maxsize) { - bp->b_resid = bp->b_bcount; - return 0; - } - /* or truncate if part of it fits */ - size = maxsize - bp->b_blkno; - if (size <= 0) { /* nothing to transfer */ - bp->b_error = EINVAL; - bp->b_flags |= B_ERROR; - return -1; - } - bp->b_bcount = size << DEV_BSHIFT; - } - bp->b_pblkno = bp->b_blkno; - return 1; -} - -/* Allocate a request group and hook - * it in in the list for rq */ -struct rqgroup * -allocrqg(struct request *rq, int elements) -{ - struct rqgroup *rqg; /* the one we're going to allocate */ - int size = sizeof(struct rqgroup) + elements * sizeof(struct rqelement); - - rqg = (struct rqgroup *) Malloc(size); - if (rqg != NULL) { /* malloc OK, */ - if (rq->rqg) /* we already have requests */ - rq->lrqg->next = rqg; /* hang it off the end */ - else /* first request */ - rq->rqg = rqg; /* at the start */ - rq->lrqg = rqg; /* this one is the last in the list */ - - bzero(rqg, size); /* no old junk */ - rqg->rq = rq; /* point back to the parent request */ - rqg->count = elements; /* number of requests in the group */ - } else - Debugger("XXX"); - return rqg; -} - -/* Deallocate a request group out of a chain. We do - * this by linear search: the chain is short, this - * almost never happens, and currently it can only - * happen to the first member of the chain. */ -void -deallocrqg(struct rqgroup *rqg) -{ - struct rqgroup *rqgc = rqg->rq->rqg; /* point to the request chain */ - - if (rqg->rq->rqg == rqg) /* we're first in line */ - rqg->rq->rqg = rqg->next; /* unhook ourselves */ - else { - while (rqgc->next != rqg) /* find the group */ - rqgc = rqgc->next; - rqgc->next = rqg->next; - } - Free(rqgc); -} - -/* Character device interface */ -int -vinumread(dev_t dev, struct uio *uio, int ioflag) -{ - return (physio(vinumstrategy, NULL, dev, 1, minphys, uio)); -} - -int -vinumwrite(dev_t dev, struct uio *uio, int ioflag) -{ - return (physio(vinumstrategy, NULL, dev, 0, minphys, uio)); -} diff --git a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumrevive.c b/sys/dev/vinum/vinumrevive.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2d93524..0000000 --- a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumrevive.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,129 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: revive.c,v 1.3 1998/10/30 00:56:38 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -#define REALLYKERNEL -#include "vinumhdr.h" -#include "request.h" - -/* revive a block of a plex. Return an error - * indication. EAGAIN means successful copy, but - * that more blocks remain to be copied. - * XXX We should specify a block size here. At the moment, - * just take a default value. FIXME */ -int -revive_block(int plexno) -{ - struct plex *plex = &PLEX[plexno]; - struct buf *bp; - int error = EAGAIN; - int size; /* size of revive block, bytes */ - int s; /* priority level */ - - if (plex->revive_blocksize == 0) { - if (plex->stripesize != 0) /* we're striped, don't revive more than */ - plex->revive_blocksize = min(DEFAULT_REVIVE_BLOCKSIZE, /* one block at a time */ - plex->stripesize << DEV_BSHIFT); - else - plex->revive_blocksize = DEFAULT_REVIVE_BLOCKSIZE; - } - size = min(plex->revive_blocksize, (plex->length - plex->revived) << DEV_BSHIFT); - - s = splbio(); - /* Get a buffer */ - bp = geteblk(size); - if (bp == NULL) { - splx(s); - return ENOMEM; - } - if (bp->b_qindex != 0) /* on a queue, */ - bremfree(bp); /* remove it */ - splx(s); - - /* Amount to transfer: block size, unless it - * would overlap the end */ - bp->b_bufsize = size; - bp->b_bcount = bp->b_bufsize; - bp->b_resid = 0x0; - bp->b_blkno = plex->revived; /* we've got this far */ - - /* XXX what about reviving anonymous plexes? */ - - /* First, read the data from the volume. We don't - * care which plex, that's bre's job */ - bp->b_dev = VINUMBDEV(plex->volno, 0, 0, VINUM_VOLUME_TYPE); /* create the device number */ - bp->b_flags = B_BUSY | B_READ; - vinumstart(bp, 1); - biowait(bp); - if (bp->b_flags & B_ERROR) - error = bp->b_error; - else - /* Now write to the plex */ - { - s = splbio(); - if (bp->b_qindex != 0) /* on a queue, */ - bremfree(bp); /* remove it */ - splx(s); - bp->b_dev = VINUMBDEV(plex->volno, plex->volplexno, 0, VINUM_PLEX_TYPE); /* create the device number */ - - bp->b_flags = B_BUSY; /* make this a write */ - bp->b_resid = 0x0; - vinumstart(bp, 1); - biowait(bp); - if (bp->b_flags & B_ERROR) - error = bp->b_error; - else { - plex->revived += bp->b_bcount >> DEV_BSHIFT; /* moved this much further down */ - if (plex->revived >= plex->length) { /* finished */ - plex->revived = 0; - plex->state = plex_up; /* do we need to do more? */ - if (plex->volno >= 0) /* we have a volume, */ - set_volume_state(plex->volno, volume_up, 0); - printf("vinum: plex %s is %s\n", plex->name, plex_state(plex->state)); - save_config(); /* and save the updated configuration */ - error = 0; /* we're done */ - } - } - while (plex->waitlist) { /* we have waiting requests */ - launch_requests(plex->waitlist, 1); /* do them now */ - plex->waitlist = plex->waitlist->next; /* and move on to the next */ - } - } - if (bp->b_qindex == 0) /* not on a queue, */ - brelse(bp); /* is this kosher? */ - return error; -} diff --git a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumstate.c b/sys/dev/vinum/vinumstate.c deleted file mode 100644 index 2223760..0000000 --- a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumstate.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,799 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: state.c,v 2.7 1998/11/01 04:46:13 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -#define REALLYKERNEL -#include "vinumhdr.h" -#include "request.h" - -/* Update drive state */ -/* Return 1 if the state changes, otherwise 0 */ -int -set_drive_state(int driveno, enum drivestate state, int flags) -{ - struct drive *drive = &DRIVE[driveno]; - int oldstate = drive->state; - int sdno; - - if (drive->state == drive_unallocated) /* no drive to do anything with, */ - return 0; - - if (state != oldstate) { /* don't change it if it's not different */ - if (state == drive_down) { /* the drive's going down */ - if ((flags & setstate_force) || (drive->opencount == 0)) { /* we can do it */ - /* We can't call close() from an interrupt - * context. Instead, we do it when we - * next call strategy(). This will change - * when the vinum daemon comes onto the scene */ - if (!(flags & setstate_noupdate)) /* we can close it */ - close_drive(drive); - } else - return 0; /* don't do it */ - } - drive->state = state; /* set the state */ - printf("vinum: drive %s is %s\n", drive->label.name, drive_state(drive->state)); - if (((drive->state == drive_up) - || ((drive->state == drive_coming_up))) - && (drive->vp == NULL)) /* should be open, but we're not */ - init_drive(drive); /* which changes the state again */ - if ((state != oldstate) /* state has changed */ - &&((flags & setstate_norecurse) == 0)) { /* and we want to recurse, */ - for (sdno = 0; sdno < vinum_conf.subdisks_used; sdno++) { /* find this drive's subdisks */ - if (SD[sdno].driveno == driveno) /* belongs to this drive */ - set_sd_state(sdno, sd_down, setstate_force | setstate_recursing); /* take it down */ - } - } - if (flags & setstate_noupdate) /* don't update now, */ - vinum_conf.flags |= VF_DIRTYCONFIG; /* wait until later */ - else - save_config(); /* yes: save the updated configuration */ - return 1; - } - return 0; -} - -/* Try to set the subdisk state. Return 1 if state changed to - * what we wanted, -1 if it changed to something else, and 0 - * if no change. - * - * This routine is called both from the user (up, down states - * only) and internally. - */ -int -set_sd_state(int sdno, enum sdstate state, enum setstateflags flags) -{ - struct sd *sd = &SD[sdno]; - int oldstate = sd->state; - int status = 1; /* status to return */ - - if (state == oldstate) - return 0; /* no change */ - - if (sd->state == sd_unallocated) /* no subdisk to do anything with, */ - return 0; - - if (sd->driveoffset < 0) { /* not allocated space */ - sd->state = sd_down; - if (state != sd_down) - return -1; - } else { /* space allocated */ - switch (state) { - case sd_down: - if ((!flags & setstate_force) /* but gently */ - &&(sd->plexno >= 0)) /* and we're attached to a plex, */ - return 0; /* don't do it */ - break; - - case sd_up: - if (DRIVE[sd->driveno].state != drive_up) /* can't bring the sd up if the drive isn't, */ - return 0; /* not even by force */ - switch (sd->state) { - case sd_crashed: - case sd_down: /* been down, no data lost */ - if ((sd->plexno) /* we're associated with a plex */ - &&(((PLEX[sd->plexno].state < plex_firstup) /* and it's not up */ - ||(PLEX[sd->plexno].subdisks > 1)))) /* or it's the only one */ - break; - /* XXX Get this right: make sure that other plexes in - * the volume cover this address space, otherwise - * we make this one sd_up */ - sd->state = sd_reborn; /* here it is again */ - printf("vinum: subdisk %s is %s, not %s\n", sd->name, sd_state(sd->state), sd_state(state)); - status = -1; - break; - - case sd_init: /* brand new */ - if (flags & setstate_configuring) /* we're doing this while configuring */ - break; - sd->state = sd_empty; /* nothing in it */ - printf("vinum: subdisk %s is %s, not %s\n", sd->name, sd_state(sd->state), sd_state(state)); - status = -1; - break; - - case sd_initializing: - break; /* go on and do it */ - - case sd_empty: - if ((sd->plexno) /* we're associated with a plex */ - &&(((PLEX[sd->plexno].state < plex_firstup) /* and it's not up */ - ||(PLEX[sd->plexno].subdisks > 1)))) /* or it's the only one */ - break; - return 0; /* can't do it */ - - default: /* can't do it */ - /* There's no way to bring subdisks up directly from - * other states. First they need to be initialized - * or revived */ - return 0; - } - break; - - default: /* other ones, only internal with force */ - if (flags & setstate_force == 0) /* no force? What's this? */ - return 0; /* don't do it */ - } - } - sd->state = state; - printf("vinum: subdisk %s is %s\n", sd->name, sd_state(sd->state)); - if ((flags & setstate_norecurse) == 0) - set_plex_state(sd->plexno, plex_up, setstate_recursing); /* update plex state */ - if ((flags & (setstate_configuring | setstate_recursing)) == 0) { /* save config now */ - if (setstate_noupdate) /* we can't update now, */ - vinum_conf.flags |= VF_DIRTYCONFIG; /* wait until later */ - else - save_config(); - } - return status; -} - -/* Called from request routines when they find - * a subdisk which is not kosher. Decide whether - * it warrants changing the state. Return - * REQUEST_DOWN if we can't use the subdisk, - * REQUEST_OK if we can. */ -enum requeststatus -checksdstate(struct sd *sd, struct request *rq, daddr_t diskaddr, daddr_t diskend) -{ - struct plex *plex = &PLEX[sd->plexno]; - int writeop = (rq->bp->b_flags & B_READ) == 0; /* note if we're writing */ - - /* first, see if the plex wants to be accessed */ - switch (plex->state) { - case plex_reviving: - /* When writing, we'll write anything that starts - * up to the current revive pointer, but we'll - * only accept a read which finishes before the - * current revive pointer. - */ - if ((writeop && (diskaddr > plex->revived)) /* write starts after current revive pointer */ - ||((!writeop) && (diskend >= plex->revived))) { /* or read ends after current revive pointer */ - if (writeop) { /* writing to a consistent down disk */ - if (DRIVE[sd->driveno].state == drive_up) - set_sd_state(sd->sdno, sd_stale, setstate_force); /* it's not consistent now */ - else - set_sd_state(sd->sdno, sd_obsolete, setstate_force); /* it's not consistent now */ - } - return REQUEST_DOWN; /* that part of the plex is still down */ - } else if (diskend >= plex->revived) /* write finishes beyond revive pointer */ - rq->flags |= XFR_REVIVECONFLICT; /* note a potential conflict */ - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - - case plex_up: - case plex_degraded: - case plex_flaky: - /* We can access the plex: let's see - * how the subdisk feels */ - switch (sd->state) { - case sd_up: - return REQUEST_OK; - - case sd_reborn: - if (writeop) - return REQUEST_OK; /* always write to a reborn disk */ - /* Handle the mapping. We don't want to reject - * a read request to a reborn subdisk if that's - * all we have. XXX */ - return REQUEST_DOWN; - - case sd_down: - case sd_crashed: - if (writeop) { /* writing to a consistent down disk */ - if (DRIVE[sd->driveno].state == drive_up) - set_sd_state(sd->sdno, sd_stale, setstate_force); /* it's not consistent now */ - else - set_sd_state(sd->sdno, sd_obsolete, setstate_force); /* it's not consistent now */ - } - return REQUEST_DOWN; /* and it's down one way or another */ - - default: - return REQUEST_DOWN; - } - - default: - return REQUEST_DOWN; - } -} - -void -add_defective_region(struct plex *plex, off_t offset, size_t length) -{ -/* XXX get this ordered, and coalesce regions if necessary */ - if (++plex->defective_regions > plex->defective_region_count) - EXPAND(plex->defective_region, - struct plexregion, - plex->defective_region_count, - PLEX_REGION_TABLE_SIZE); - plex->defective_region[plex->defective_regions - 1].offset = offset; - plex->defective_region[plex->defective_regions - 1].length = length; -} - -void -add_unmapped_region(struct plex *plex, off_t offset, size_t length) -{ - if (++plex->unmapped_regions > plex->unmapped_region_count) - EXPAND(plex->unmapped_region, - struct plexregion, - plex->unmapped_region_count, - PLEX_REGION_TABLE_SIZE); - plex->unmapped_region[plex->unmapped_regions - 1].offset = offset; - plex->unmapped_region[plex->unmapped_regions - 1].length = length; -} - -/* Rebuild a plex free list and set state if - * we have a configuration error */ -void -rebuild_plex_unmappedlist(struct plex *plex) -{ - int sdno; - struct sd *sd; - int lastsdend = 0; /* end offset of last subdisk */ - - if (plex->unmapped_region != NULL) { /* we're going to rebuild it */ - Free(plex->unmapped_region); - plex->unmapped_region = NULL; - plex->unmapped_regions = 0; - plex->unmapped_region_count = 0; - } - if (plex->defective_region != NULL) { - Free(plex->defective_region); - plex->defective_region = NULL; - plex->defective_regions = 0; - plex->defective_region_count = 0; - } - for (sdno = 0; sdno < plex->subdisks; sdno++) { - sd = &SD[plex->sdnos[sdno]]; - if (sd->plexoffset < lastsdend) { /* overlap */ - printf("vinum: Plex %s, subdisk %s overlaps previous\n", plex->name, sd->name); - set_plex_state(plex->plexno, plex_down, setstate_force); /* don't allow that */ - } else if (sd->plexoffset > lastsdend) /* gap */ - add_unmapped_region(plex, lastsdend, sd->plexoffset - lastsdend); - else if (sd->state < sd_reborn) /* this part defective */ - add_defective_region(plex, sd->plexoffset, sd->sectors); - lastsdend = sd->plexoffset + sd->sectors; - } -} - -/* return a state map for the subdisks of a plex */ -enum sdstates -sdstatemap(struct plex *plex, int *sddowncount) -{ - int sdno; - enum sdstates statemap = 0; /* note the states we find */ - - *sddowncount = 0; /* no subdisks down yet */ - for (sdno = 0; sdno < plex->subdisks; sdno++) { - struct sd *sd = &SD[plex->sdnos[sdno]]; /* point to the subdisk */ - - switch (sd->state) { - case sd_empty: - statemap |= sd_emptystate; - (*sddowncount)++; /* another unusable subdisk */ - break; - - case sd_init: - statemap |= sd_initstate; - (*sddowncount)++; /* another unusable subdisk */ - break; - - case sd_down: - statemap |= sd_downstate; - (*sddowncount)++; /* another unusable subdisk */ - break; - - case sd_crashed: - statemap |= sd_crashedstate; - (*sddowncount)++; /* another unusable subdisk */ - break; - - case sd_obsolete: - statemap |= sd_obsolete; - (*sddowncount)++; /* another unusable subdisk */ - break; - - case sd_stale: - statemap |= sd_stalestate; - (*sddowncount)++; /* another unusable subdisk */ - break; - - case sd_reborn: - statemap |= sd_rebornstate; - break; - - case sd_up: - statemap |= sd_upstate; - break; - - default: - statemap |= sd_otherstate; - break; - } - } - return statemap; -} - -/* determine the state of the volume relative to this plex */ -enum volplexstate -vpstate(struct plex *plex) -{ - struct volume *vol; - enum volplexstate state = volplex_onlyusdown; /* state to return */ - int plexno; - - if (plex->volno < 0) /* not associated with a volume */ - return volplex_onlyusdown; /* assume the worst */ - - vol = &VOL[plex->volno]; /* point to our volume */ - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vol->plexes; plexno++) { - if (&PLEX[vol->plex[plexno]] == plex) { /* us */ - if (PLEX[vol->plex[plexno]].state == plex_up) /* are we up? */ - state |= volplex_onlyus; /* yes */ - } else { - if (PLEX[vol->plex[plexno]].state == plex_up) /* not us */ - state |= volplex_otherup; /* and when they were up, they were up */ - else - state |= volplex_alldown; /* and when they were down, they were down */ - } - } - return state; /* and when they were only halfway up */ -} /* they were neither up nor down */ - -/* Check if all bits b are set in a */ -int allset(int a, int b); - -int -allset(int a, int b) -{ - return (a & b) == b; -} - -/* Update the state of a plex dependent on its subdisks. - * Also rebuild the unmapped_region and defective_region table */ -int -set_plex_state(int plexno, enum plexstate state, enum setstateflags flags) -{ - int sddowncount = 0; /* number of down subdisks */ - struct plex *plex = &PLEX[plexno]; /* point to our plex */ - enum plexstate oldstate = plex->state; - enum volplexstate vps = vpstate(plex); /* how do we compare with the other plexes? */ - enum sdstates statemap = sdstatemap(plex, &sddowncount); /* get a map of the subdisk states */ - - if ((flags & setstate_force) && (oldstate == state)) /* we're there already, */ - return 0; /* no change */ - - if (plex->state == plex_unallocated) /* no plex to do anything with, */ - return 0; - - switch (state) { - case plex_up: - if ((plex->state == plex_initializing) /* we're initializing */ - &&(statemap != sd_upstate)) /* but SDs aren't up yet */ - return 0; /* do nothing */ - - /* We don't really care what our state was before - * if we want to come up. We rely entirely on the - * state of our subdisks and our volume */ - switch (vps) { - case volplex_onlyusdown: - case volplex_alldown: /* another plex is down, and so are we */ - if (statemap == sd_upstate) { /* all subdisks ready for action */ - if ((plex->state == plex_init) /* we're brand spanking new */ - &&(VOL[plex->volno].flags & VF_CONFIG_SETUPSTATE)) { /* and we consider that up */ - /* Conceptually, an empty plex does not contain valid data, - * but normally we'll see this state when we have just - * created a plex, and it's either consistent from earlier, - * or we don't care about the previous contents (we're going - * to create a file system or use it for swap). - * - * We need to do this in one swell foop: on the next call - * we will no longer be just empty. - * - * We'll still come back to this function for the remaining - * plexes in the volume. They'll be up already, so that - * doesn't change anything, but it's not worth the additional - * code to stop doing it. */ - struct volume *vol = &VOL[plex->volno]; - int plexno; - - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vol->plexes; plexno++) - PLEX[vol->plex[plexno]].state = plex_up; - } - plex->state = plex_up; /* bring up up, anyway */ - } else - plex->state = plex_down; - break; - - case volplex_onlyusup: /* only we are up: others are down */ - case volplex_onlyus: /* we're up and alone */ - if ((statemap == sd_upstate) /* subdisks all up */ - ||(statemap == sd_emptystate)) /* or all empty */ - plex->state = plex_up; /* go for it */ - else if ((statemap & (sd_upstate | sd_reborn)) == statemap) /* all up or reborn, */ - plex->state = plex_flaky; - else if (statemap & (sd_upstate | sd_reborn)) /* some up or reborn, */ - plex->state = plex_degraded; /* so far no corruption */ - else - plex->state = plex_faulty; - break; - - case volplex_otherup: /* another plex is up */ - case volplex_otherupdown: /* other plexes are up and down */ - { - int sdno; - struct sd *sd; - - /* Is the data in all subdisks valid? */ - /* XXX At the moment, subdisks make false - * claims about their validity. Replace this - * when they tell the truth */ - /* No: we have invalid or down subdisks */ - for (sdno = 0; sdno < plex->subdisks; sdno++) { /* look at these subdisks more carefully */ - set_sd_state(plex->sdnos[sdno], /* try to get it up */ - sd_up, - setstate_norecurse | setstate_noupdate); - sd = &SD[plex->sdnos[sdno]]; /* point to subdisk */ - /* we can make a stale subdisk up here, because - * we're in the process of bringing it up. - * This wouldn't work in set_sd_state, because - * it would allow bypassing the revive */ - if (((sd->state == sd_stale) - || (sd->state == sd_obsolete)) - && (DRIVE[sd->driveno].state == drive_up)) - sd->state = sd_up; - } - statemap = sdstatemap(plex, &sddowncount); /* get the new state map */ - /* Do we need reborn? They should now all be up */ - if (statemap == (statemap & (sd_upstate | sd_rebornstate))) { /* got something we can use */ - plex->state = plex_reviving; /* we need reviving */ - return EAGAIN; - } else - plex->state = plex_down; /* still in error */ - } - break; - - case volplex_allup: /* all plexes are up */ - case volplex_someup: - if ((statemap & (sd_upstate | sd_reborn)) == statemap) /* all up or reborn, */ - break; /* no change */ - else - plex->state = plex_degraded; /* we're not all there */ - } - - if (plex->state != oldstate) - break; - return 0; /* no change */ - - case plex_down: /* want to take it down */ - if (((vps == volplex_onlyus) /* we're the only one up */ - ||(vps == volplex_onlyusup)) /* we're the only one up */ - &&(!(flags & setstate_force))) /* and we don't want to use force */ - return 0; /* can't do it */ - plex->state = state; /* do it */ - break; - - /* This is only requested by the driver. - * Trust ourselves */ - case plex_faulty: - plex->state = state; /* do it */ - break; - - case plex_initializing: - /* XXX consider what safeguards we need here */ - if ((flags & setstate_force) == 0) - return 0; - plex->state = state; /* do it */ - break; - - /* What's this? */ - default: - return 0; - } - printf("vinum: plex %s is %s\n", plex->name, plex_state(plex->state)); - /* Now see what we have left, and whether - * we're taking the volume down */ - if (plex->volno >= 0) { /* we have a volume */ - struct volume *vol = &VOL[plex->volno]; - - vps = vpstate(plex); /* get our combined state again */ - if ((flags & setstate_norecurse) == 0) { /* we can recurse */ - if ((vol->state == volume_up) - && (vps == volplex_alldown)) /* and we're all down */ - set_volume_state(plex->volno, volume_down, setstate_recursing); /* take our volume down */ - else if ((vol->state == volume_down) - && (vps & (volplex_otherup | volplex_onlyusup))) /* and at least one is up */ - set_volume_state(plex->volno, volume_up, setstate_recursing); /* bring our volume up */ - } - } - if ((flags & (setstate_configuring | setstate_recursing)) == 0) { /* save config now */ - if (flags & setstate_noupdate) /* don't update now, */ - vinum_conf.flags |= VF_DIRTYCONFIG; /* wait until later */ - else - save_config(); /* yes: save the updated configuration */ - } - return 1; -} - -/* Update the state of a plex dependent on its plexes. - * Also rebuild the unmapped_region and defective_region table */ -int -set_volume_state(int volno, enum volumestate state, enum setstateflags flags) -{ - int plexno; - enum plexstates { - plex_downstate = 1, /* found a plex which is down */ - plex_degradedstate = 2, /* found a plex which is halfway up */ - plex_upstate = 4 /* found a plex which is completely up */ - }; - - int plexstatemap = 0; /* note the states we find */ - struct volume *vol = &VOL[volno]; /* point to our volume */ - - if (vol->state == state) /* we're there already */ - return 0; /* no change */ - if (vol->state == volume_unallocated) /* no volume to do anything with, */ - return 0; - - for (plexno = 0; plexno < vol->plexes; plexno++) { - struct plex *plex = &PLEX[vol->plex[plexno]]; /* point to the plex */ - switch (plex->state) { - case plex_degraded: - case plex_flaky: - case plex_reviving: - plexstatemap |= plex_degradedstate; - break; - - case plex_up: - plexstatemap |= plex_upstate; - break; - - default: - plexstatemap |= plex_downstate; - break; - } - } - - if (state == volume_up) { /* want to come up */ - if (plexstatemap & plex_upstate) { /* we have a plex which is completely up */ - vol->state = volume_up; /* did it */ - printf("vinum: volume %s is %s\n", vol->name, volume_state(vol->state)); - if ((flags & (setstate_configuring | setstate_recursing)) == 0) { /* save config now */ - if (flags & setstate_noupdate) /* don't update now, */ - vinum_conf.flags |= VF_DIRTYCONFIG; /* wait until later */ - else - save_config(); /* yes: save the updated configuration */ - } - return 1; - } - /* Here we should check whether we have enough - * coverage for the complete volume. Writeme XXX */ - } else if (state == volume_down) { /* want to go down */ - if ((vol->opencount == 0) /* not open */ - ||(flags & setstate_force != 0)) { /* or we're forcing */ - vol->state = volume_down; - printf("vinum: volume %s is %s\n", vol->name, volume_state(vol->state)); - if ((flags & (setstate_configuring | setstate_recursing)) == 0) { /* save config now */ - if (flags & setstate_noupdate) /* don't update now, */ - vinum_conf.flags |= VF_DIRTYCONFIG; /* wait until later */ - else - save_config(); /* yes: save the updated configuration */ - } - return 1; - } - } - return 0; /* no change */ -} - -/* Start an object, in other words do what we can to get it up. - * This is called from vinumioctl (VINUMSTART). - * Return error indications via ioctl_reply - */ -void -start_object(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *data) -{ - int status; - int realstatus; /* what we really have */ - int objindex = data->index; /* data gets overwritten */ - struct _ioctl_reply *ioctl_reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) data; /* format for returning replies */ - - switch (data->type) { - case drive_object: - status = set_drive_state(objindex, drive_up, setstate_none); - realstatus = DRIVE[objindex].state == drive_up; /* set status on whether we really did it */ - break; - - case sd_object: - status = set_sd_state(objindex, sd_up, setstate_none); /* set state */ - realstatus = SD[objindex].state == sd_up; /* set status on whether we really did it */ - break; - - case plex_object: - if (PLEX[objindex].state == plex_reviving) { /* reviving, */ - ioctl_reply->error = revive_block(objindex); /* revive another block */ - ioctl_reply->msg[0] = '\0'; /* no comment */ - return; - } - status = set_plex_state(objindex, plex_up, setstate_none); - realstatus = PLEX[objindex].state == plex_up; /* set status on whether we really did it */ - break; - - case volume_object: - status = set_volume_state(objindex, volume_up, setstate_none); - realstatus = VOL[objindex].state == volume_up; /* set status on whether we really did it */ - break; - - default: - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, "Invalid object type"); - return; - } - /* There's no point in saying anything here: - * the userland program does it better */ - ioctl_reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - if (realstatus == 0) /* couldn't do it */ - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - else - ioctl_reply->error = 0; -} - -/* Stop an object, in other words do what we can to get it down - * This is called from vinumioctl (VINUMSTOP). - * Return error indications via ioctl_reply. - */ -void -stop_object(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *data) -{ - int status = 1; - int objindex = data->index; /* save the number from change */ - struct _ioctl_reply *ioctl_reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) data; /* format for returning replies */ - - switch (data->type) { - case drive_object: - status = set_drive_state(objindex, drive_down, data->force); - break; - - case sd_object: - status = set_sd_state(objindex, sd_down, data->force); - break; - - case plex_object: - status = set_plex_state(objindex, plex_down, data->force); - break; - - case volume_object: - status = set_volume_state(objindex, volume_down, data->force); - break; - - default: - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, "Invalid object type"); - return; - } - ioctl_reply->msg[0] = '\0'; - if (status == 0) /* couldn't do it */ - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - else - ioctl_reply->error = 0; -} - -/* VINUM_SETSTATE ioctl: set an object state - * msg is the message passed by the user */ -void -setstate(struct vinum_ioctl_msg *msg) -{ - int sdno; - struct sd *sd; - struct plex *plex; - struct _ioctl_reply *ioctl_reply = (struct _ioctl_reply *) msg; /* format for returning replies */ - - switch (msg->state) { - case object_down: - stop_object(msg); - break; - - case object_initializing: - switch (msg->type) { - case sd_object: - sd = &SD[msg->index]; - if ((msg->index >= vinum_conf.subdisks_used) - || (sd->state == sd_unallocated)) { - sprintf(ioctl_reply->msg, "Invalid subdisk %d", msg->index); - ioctl_reply->error = EFAULT; - return; - } - set_sd_state(msg->index, sd_initializing, msg->force); - if (sd->state != sd_initializing) { - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, "Can't set state"); - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - } else - ioctl_reply->error = 0; - break; - - case plex_object: - plex = &PLEX[msg->index]; - if ((msg->index >= vinum_conf.plexes_used) - || (plex->state == plex_unallocated)) { - sprintf(ioctl_reply->msg, "Invalid subdisk %d", msg->index); - ioctl_reply->error = EFAULT; - return; - } - set_plex_state(msg->index, plex_initializing, msg->force); - if (plex->state != plex_initializing) { - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, "Can't set state"); - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - } else { - ioctl_reply->error = 0; - for (sdno = 0; sdno < plex->subdisks; sdno++) { - sd = &SD[plex->sdnos[sdno]]; - set_sd_state(plex->sdnos[sdno], sd_initializing, msg->force); - if (sd->state != sd_initializing) { - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, "Can't set state"); - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - break; - } - } - } - break; - - default: - strcpy(ioctl_reply->msg, "Invalid object"); - ioctl_reply->error = EINVAL; - } - break; - - case object_up: - start_object(msg); - } -} diff --git a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumstate.h b/sys/dev/vinum/vinumstate.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0b07590..0000000 --- a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumstate.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,213 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: vinumstate.h,v 1.11 1998/08/04 06:22:49 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -/* This file gets read by makestatetext to create text files - * with the names of the states, so don't change the file - * format */ - -enum volumestate { - volume_unallocated, - /* present but unused. Must be 0 */ - - volume_uninit, - /* mentioned elsewhere but not defined */ - - volume_down, - - /* The volume is up and functional, but not all plexes may be available */ - volume_up, - volume_laststate = volume_up /* last value, for table dimensions */ -}; - -enum plexstate { - /* An empty entry, not a plex at all. */ - plex_unallocated, - - /* The plex has been allocated, but there configuration - * is not complete */ - plex_init, - - /* A plex which has gone completely down because of - * I/O errors. */ - plex_faulty, - - /* A plex which has been taken down by the - * administrator. */ - plex_down, - - /* A plex which is currently being brought up after - * being not up. This involves copying data from - * another plex */ - plex_reviving, - - /* A plex which is being initialized */ - plex_initializing, - - /* *** The remaining states represent plexes which are - * at least partially up. Keep these separate so that - * they can be checked more easily. */ - - /* A plex entry which is at least partially up. Not - * all subdisks are available, and an inconsistency - * has occurred. If no other plex is uncorrupted, - * the volume is no longer consistent. */ - plex_corrupt, - - plex_firstup = plex_corrupt, /* first "up" state */ - - /* A plex entry which is at least partially up. Not - * all subdisks are available, but so far no - * inconsistency has occurred (this will change with - * the first write to the address space occupied by - * a defective subdisk). A RAID 5 plex with one subdisk - * down will remain degraded even after a write */ - plex_degraded, - - /* A plex which is really up, but which has a reborn - * subdisk which we don't completely trust, and - * which we don't want to read if we can avoid it */ - plex_flaky, - - /* A plex entry which is completely up. All subdisks - * are up. */ - plex_up, - - plex_laststate = plex_up /* last value, for table dimensions */ -}; - -/* subdisk states */ -enum sdstate { - /* An empty entry, not a subdisk at all. */ - sd_unallocated, - - /* A subdisk entry which has not been created - * completely. Some fields may be empty. - */ - sd_uninit, - - /* A subdisk entry which has been created completely. - * All fields are correct, but the disk hasn't - * been updated. - */ - sd_init, - - /* A subdisk entry which has been created completely and - * which is currently being initialized */ - sd_initializing, - - /* A subdisk entry which has been created completely. - * All fields are correct, and the disk has been - * updated, but there is no data on the disk. - */ - sd_empty, - - /* *** The following states represent invalid data */ - /* A subdisk entry which has been created completely. - * All fields are correct, the disk has been updated, - * and the data was valid, but since then the drive - * has gone down, and as a result updates have been - * missed. - */ - sd_obsolete, - - /* A subdisk entry which has been created completely. - * All fields are correct, the disk has been updated, - * and the data was valid, but since then the drive - * has gone down, updates have been lost, and then - * the drive came up again. - */ - sd_stale, - - /* *** The following states represent valid, inaccessible data */ - /* A subdisk entry which has been created completely. - * All fields are correct, the disk has been updated, - * and the data was valid, but since then the drive - * has gone down. No attempt has been made to write - * to the subdisk since the crash. - */ - sd_crashed, - - /* A subdisk entry which was up, which contained - * valid data, and which was taken down by the - * administrator. The data is valid. */ - sd_down, - - /* *** The following states represent accessible subdisks - * with valid data */ - - /* A subdisk entry which has been created completely. - * All fields are correct, the disk has been updated, - * and the data was valid, but since then the drive - * has gone down and up again. No updates were lost, - * but it is possible that the subdisk has been - * damaged. We won't read from this subdisk if we - * have a choice. If this is the only subdisk which - * covers this address space in the plex, we set its - * state to sd_up under these circumstances, so this - * status implies that there is another subdisk to - * fulfil the request. - */ - sd_reborn, - - /* A subdisk entry which has been created completely. - * All fields are correct, the disk has been updated, - * and the data is valid. - */ - sd_up, - - sd_laststate = sd_up /* last value, for table dimensions */ -}; - -enum drivestate { - drive_unallocated, - /* present but unused. Must be 0 */ - - drive_uninit, - /* just mentioned in some other config entry */ - - drive_down, - /* not accessible */ - - drive_coming_up, - /* in the process of being brought up */ - - drive_up, - /* up and running */ - - drive_laststate = drive_up /* last value, for table dimensions */ -}; diff --git a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumutil.c b/sys/dev/vinum/vinumutil.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5121404..0000000 --- a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumutil.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,211 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: util.c,v 1.7 1998/08/07 09:23:10 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -/* This file contains utility routines used both in kernel and user context */ - -#include "vinumhdr.h" -#include "statetexts.h" -#ifndef REALLYKERNEL -#include -extern jmp_buf command_fail; /* return on a failed command */ -#endif - -static char numeric_state[32]; /* temporary buffer for ASCII conversions */ -#define STATECOUNT(x) (sizeof (x##statetext) / sizeof (char *)) -/* Return drive state as a string */ -char * -drive_state(enum drivestate state) -{ - if (((unsigned) state) >= STATECOUNT(drive)) { - sprintf(numeric_state, "Invalid state %d", (int) state); - return numeric_state; - } else - return drivestatetext[state]; -} - -/* Return volume state as a string */ -char * -volume_state(enum volumestate state) -{ - if (((unsigned) state) >= STATECOUNT(vol)) { - sprintf(numeric_state, "Invalid state %d", (int) state); - return numeric_state; - } else - return volstatetext[state]; -} - -/* Return plex state as a string */ -char * -plex_state(enum plexstate state) -{ - if (((unsigned) state) >= STATECOUNT(plex)) { - sprintf(numeric_state, "Invalid state %d", (int) state); - return numeric_state; - } else - return plexstatetext[state]; -} - -/* Return plex organization as a string */ -char * -plex_org(enum plexorg org) -{ - switch (org) { - case plex_disorg: /* disorganized */ - return "disorg"; - break; - - case plex_concat: /* concatenated plex */ - return "concat"; - break; - - case plex_striped: /* striped plex */ - return "striped"; - break; - - - default: - sprintf(numeric_state, "Invalid org %d", (int) org); - return numeric_state; - } -} - -/* Return sd state as a string */ -char * -sd_state(enum sdstate state) -{ - if (((unsigned) state) >= STATECOUNT(sd)) { - sprintf(numeric_state, "Invalid state %d", (int) state); - return numeric_state; - } else - return sdstatetext[state]; -} - -/* Now convert in the other direction */ -/* These are currently used only internally, - * so we don't do too much error checking */ -enum drivestate -DriveState(char *text) -{ - int i; - for (i = 0; i < STATECOUNT(drive); i++) - if (strcmp(text, drivestatetext[i]) == 0) /* found it */ - return (enum drivestate) i; - return -1; -} - -enum sdstate -SdState(char *text) -{ - int i; - for (i = 0; i < STATECOUNT(sd); i++) - if (strcmp(text, sdstatetext[i]) == 0) /* found it */ - return (enum sdstate) i; - return -1; -} - -enum plexstate -PlexState(char *text) -{ - int i; - for (i = 0; i < STATECOUNT(plex); i++) - if (strcmp(text, plexstatetext[i]) == 0) /* found it */ - return (enum plexstate) i; - return -1; -} - -enum volumestate -VolState(char *text) -{ - int i; - for (i = 0; i < STATECOUNT(vol); i++) - if (strcmp(text, volstatetext[i]) == 0) /* found it */ - return (enum volstate) i; - return -1; -} - -/* Take a number with an optional scale factor and convert - * it to a number of bytes. - * - * The scale factors are: - * - * b blocks (of 512 bytes) - * k kilobytes (1024 bytes) - * m megabytes (of 1024 * 1024 bytes) - * g gigabytes (of 1024 * 1024 * 1024 bytes) - */ -u_int64_t -sizespec(char *spec) -{ - u_int64_t size; - char *s; - - size = 0; - s = spec; - if ((*s >= '0') && (*s <= '9')) { /* it's numeric */ - while ((*s >= '0') && (*s <= '9')) /* it's numeric */ - size = size * 10 + *s++ - '0'; /* convert it */ - switch (*s) { - case '\0': - return size; - - case 'B': - case 'b': - return size * 512; - - case 'K': - case 'k': - return size * 1024; - - case 'M': - case 'm': - return size * 1024 * 1024; - - case 'G': - case 'g': - return size * 1024 * 1024 * 1024; - } - } -#ifdef REALLYKERNEL - throw_rude_remark(EINVAL, "Invalid length specification: %s", spec); -#else - fprintf(stderr, "Invalid length specification: %s", spec); - longjmp(command_fail, -1); -#endif - /* NOTREACHED */ - return -1; -} diff --git a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumvar.h b/sys/dev/vinum/vinumvar.h deleted file mode 100644 index b2e8018..0000000 --- a/sys/dev/vinum/vinumvar.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,516 +0,0 @@ -/*- - * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998 - * Nan Yang Computer Services Limited. All rights reserved. - * - * This software is distributed under the so-called ``Berkeley - * License'': - * - * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without - * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions - * are met: - * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software - * must display the following acknowledgement: - * This product includes software developed by Nan Yang Computer - * Services Limited. - * 4. Neither the name of the Company nor the names of its contributors - * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software - * without specific prior written permission. - * - * This software is provided ``as is'', and any express or implied - * warranties, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of - * merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are disclaimed. - * In no event shall the company or contributors be liable for any - * direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential - * damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of substitute - * goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business - * interruption) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether - * in contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or - * otherwise) arising in any way out of the use of this software, even if - * advised of the possibility of such damage. - * - * $Id: vinumvar.h,v 1.16 1998/10/26 05:50:43 grog Exp grog $ - */ - -/* XXX gdb can't find our global pointers, so use this kludge to - * point to them locally. Remove after testing */ -#define BROKEN_GDB struct _vinum_conf *VC = &vinum_conf - -#include -#include "vinumstate.h" -/* Some configuration maxima. They're an enum because - * we can't define global constants. Sorry about that. - * - * These aren't as bad as they look: most of them are soft limits. - */ - -enum constants { - VINUM_HEADER = 512, /* size of header on disk */ - MAXCONFIGLINE = 1024, /* maximum size of a single config line */ - /* XXX Do we still need this? */ - MINVINUMSLICE = 1048576, /* minimum size of a slice */ - - CDEV_MAJOR = 91, /* major number for character device */ - BDEV_MAJOR = 25, /* and block device */ - - ROUND_ROBIN_READPOL = -1, /* round robin read policy */ - - /* type field in minor number */ - VINUM_VOLUME_TYPE = 0, - VINUM_PLEX_TYPE = 1, - VINUM_SD_TYPE = 2, - VINUM_DRIVE_TYPE = 3, - VINUM_SUPERDEV_TYPE = 4, /* super device. */ - - /* Shifts for the individual fields in the device */ - VINUM_TYPE_SHIFT = 28, - VINUM_VOL_SHIFT = 0, - VINUM_PLEX_SHIFT = 16, - VINUM_SD_SHIFT = 20, - VINUM_VOL_WIDTH = 8, - VINUM_PLEX_WIDTH = 3, - VINUM_SD_WIDTH = 8, - MAJORDEV_SHIFT = 8, - - MAXPLEX = 8, /* maximum number of plexes in a volume */ - MAXSD = 256, /* maximum number of subdisks in a plex */ - MAXDRIVENAME = 32, /* maximum length of a device name */ - MAXSDNAME = 64, /* maximum length of a subdisk name */ - MAXPLEXNAME = 64, /* maximum length of a plex name */ - MAXVOLNAME = 64, /* maximum length of a volume name */ - MAXNAME = 64, /* maximum length of any name */ - - -/* Create a block device number */ -#define VINUMBDEV(v,p,s,t) ((BDEV_MAJOR << MAJORDEV_SHIFT) \ - | (v << VINUM_VOL_SHIFT) \ - | (p << VINUM_PLEX_SHIFT) \ - | (s << VINUM_SD_SHIFT) \ - | (t << VINUM_TYPE_SHIFT) ) - -/* And a character device number */ -#define VINUMCDEV(v,p,s,t) ((CDEV_MAJOR << MAJORDEV_SHIFT) \ - | (v << VINUM_VOL_SHIFT) \ - | (p << VINUM_PLEX_SHIFT) \ - | (s << VINUM_SD_SHIFT) \ - | (t << VINUM_TYPE_SHIFT) ) - -/* extract device type */ -#define DEVTYPE(x) ((x >> VINUM_TYPE_SHIFT) & 7) - -/* extract volume number */ -#define VOLNO(x) (x & ((1 << VINUM_VOL_WIDTH) - 1)) - -/* extract plex number */ -#define PLEXNO(x) (VOL [VOLNO (x)].plex [(x >> VINUM_PLEX_SHIFT) & ((1 << VINUM_PLEX_WIDTH) - 1)]) - -/* extract subdisk number */ -#define SDNO(x) (PLEX [PLEXNO (x)].sdnos [(x >> VINUM_SD_SHIFT) & ((1 << VINUM_SD_WIDTH) - 1)]) - -/* extract drive number */ -#define DRIVENO(x) (SD [SDNO (x)].driveno) - - VINUM_SUPERDEV = VINUMBDEV(0, 0, 0, VINUM_SUPERDEV_TYPE), /* superdevice number */ - -/* the number of object entries to cater for initially, and also the - * value by which they are incremented. It doesn't take long - * to extend them, so theoretically we could start with 1 of each, but - * it's untidy to allocate such small areas. These values are - * probably too small. - */ - - INITIAL_DRIVES = 4, - INITIAL_VOLUMES = 4, - INITIAL_PLEXES = 8, - INITIAL_SUBDISKS = 16, - INITIAL_SUBDISKS_IN_PLEX = 4, /* number of subdisks to allocate to a plex */ - INITIAL_SUBDISKS_IN_DRIVE = 4, /* number of subdisks to allocate to a drive */ - INITIAL_DRIVE_FREELIST = 16, /* number of entries in drive freelist */ - PLEX_REGION_TABLE_SIZE = 8, /* number of entries in plex region tables */ - INITIAL_LOCKS = 8, /* number of locks to allocate to a volume */ - DEFAULT_REVIVE_BLOCKSIZE = 32768, /* size of block to transfer in one op */ - VINUMHOSTNAMELEN = 32, /* host name field in label */ -}; - -/* device numbers */ - -/* - * 31 30 28 27 20 19 18 16 15 8 7 0 - * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| - * |X | Type | Subdisk number | X| Plex | Major number | volume number | - * |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| - * - * 0x2 03 1 19 06 - */ -struct devcode { -/* CARE. These fields assume a big-endian word. On a - * little-endian system, they're the wrong way around */ - unsigned volume:8; /* up to 256 volumes */ - unsigned major:8; /* this is where the major number fits */ - unsigned plex:3; /* up to 8 plexes per volume */ - unsigned unused:1; /* up for grabs */ - unsigned sd:8; /* up to 256 subdisks per plex */ - unsigned type:3; /* type of object */ - /* type field - VINUM_VOLUME = 0, - VINUM_PLEX = 1, - VINUM_SUBDISK = 2, - VINUM_DRIVE = 3, - VINUM_SUPERDEV = 4, */ - unsigned signbit:1; /* to make 32 bits */ -}; - -#define VINUM_DIR "/dev/vinum" -#define VINUM_RDIR "/dev/rvinum" -#define VINUM_SUPERDEV_NAME VINUM_DIR"/control" - -/* Flags for all objects. Most of them only apply to - * specific objects, but we have space for all in any - * 32 bit flags word. */ -enum objflags { - VF_LOCKED = 1, /* somebody has locked access to this object */ - VF_LOCKING = 2, /* we want access to this object */ - VF_WRITETHROUGH = 8, /* volume: write through */ - VF_INITED = 0x10, /* unit has been initialized */ - VF_WLABEL = 0x20, /* label area is writable */ - VF_LABELLING = 0x40, /* unit is currently being labelled */ - VF_WANTED = 0x80, /* someone is waiting to obtain a lock */ - VF_RAW = 0x100, /* raw volume (no file system) */ - VF_LOADED = 0x200, /* module is loaded */ - VF_CONFIGURING = 0x400, /* somebody is changing the config */ - VF_WILL_CONFIGURE = 0x800, /* somebody wants to change the config */ - VF_CONFIG_INCOMPLETE = 0x1000, /* haven't finished changing the config */ - VF_CONFIG_SETUPSTATE = 0x2000, /* set a volume up if all plexes are empty */ - VF_READING_CONFIG = 0x4000, /* we're reading config database from disk */ - VF_KERNELOP = 0x8000, /* we're performing ops from kernel space */ - VF_DIRTYCONFIG = 0x10000, /* config needs updating */ -}; - -/* Global configuration information for the vinum subsystem */ -struct _vinum_conf { - /* Pointers to vinum structures */ - struct drive *drive; - struct sd *sd; - struct plex *plex; - struct volume *volume; - - /* the number allocated */ - int drives_allocated; - int subdisks_allocated; - int plexes_allocated; - int volumes_allocated; - - /* and the number currently in use */ - int drives_used; - int subdisks_used; - int plexes_used; - int volumes_used; - - int flags; - int opencount; /* number of times we've been opened */ -#if DEBUG - int lastrq; - struct buf *lastbuf; - struct rqinfo **rqipp; - struct rqinfo *rqinfop; -#endif -}; - -/* Use these defines to simplify code */ -#define DRIVE vinum_conf.drive -#define SD vinum_conf.sd -#define PLEX vinum_conf.plex -#define VOL vinum_conf.volume -#define VFLAGS vinum_conf.flags - -/* Slice header - - * Vinum drives start with this structure: - * - *\ Sector - * |--------------------------------------| - * | PDP-11 memorial boot block | 0 - * |--------------------------------------| - * | Disk label, maybe | 1 - * |--------------------------------------| - * | Slice definition (vinum_hdr) | 2 - * |--------------------------------------| - * | | - * | Configuration info, first copy | 3 - * | | - * |--------------------------------------| - * | | - * | Configuration info, second copy | 3 + size of config - * | | - * |--------------------------------------| - */ - -/* Sizes and offsets of our information */ -enum { - VINUM_LABEL_OFFSET = 4096, /* offset of vinum label */ - VINUMHEADERLEN = 512, /* size of vinum label */ - VINUM_CONFIG_OFFSET = 4608, /* offset of first config copy */ - MAXCONFIG = 65536, /* and size of config copy */ - DATASTART = (MAXCONFIG * 2 + VINUM_CONFIG_OFFSET) / DEV_BSIZE /* this is where the data starts */ -}; - -/* hostname is 256 bytes long, but we don't need to shlep - * multiple copies in vinum. We use the host name just - * to identify this system, and 32 bytes should be ample - * for that purpose */ - -struct vinum_label { - char sysname[VINUMHOSTNAMELEN]; /* system name at time of creation */ - char name[MAXDRIVENAME]; /* our name of the drive */ - struct timeval date_of_birth; /* the time it was created */ - struct timeval last_update; /* and the time of last update */ - off_t drive_size; /* total size in bytes of the drive. - * This value includes the headers */ -}; - -struct vinum_hdr { - long long magic; /* we're long on magic numbers */ - /* XXX Get these right for big-endian */ -#define VINUM_MAGIC 22322600044678729LL /* should be this */ -#define VINUM_NOMAGIC 22322600044678990LL /* becomes this after obliteration */ - int config_length; /* size in bytes of each copy of the - * configuration info. - * This must be a multiple of the sector size. */ - - struct vinum_label label; /* unique label */ -}; - -/* Information returned from read_drive_label */ -enum drive_label_info { - DL_CANT_OPEN, /* invalid partition */ - DL_NOT_OURS, /* valid partition, but no vinum label */ - DL_DELETED_LABEL, /* valid partition, deleted label found */ - DL_WRONG_DRIVE, /* drive name doesn't match */ - DL_OURS /* valid partition and label found */ -}; - -/*** Drive definitions ***/ -/* A drive corresponds to a disk slice. We use a different term to show - * the difference in usage: it doesn't have to be a slice, and could - * theroretically be a complete, unpartitioned disk */ - -struct drive { - enum drivestate state; /* current state */ - int subdisks_allocated; /* number of entries in sd */ - int subdisks_used; /* and the number used */ - int blocksize; /* size of fs blocks */ - u_int64_t sectors_available; /* number of sectors still available */ - int secsperblock; - int lasterror; /* last error on drive */ - int driveno; /* index of drive in vinum_conf */ - int opencount; /* number of up subdisks */ - u_int64_t reads; /* number of reads on this drive */ - u_int64_t writes; /* number of writes on this drive */ - u_int64_t bytes_read; /* number of bytes read */ - u_int64_t bytes_written; /* number of bytes written */ - dev_t dev; /* and device number */ - char devicename[MAXDRIVENAME]; /* name of the slice it's on */ - struct vnode *vp; /* vnode pointer */ - struct proc *p; - struct vinum_label label; /* and the label information */ - struct partinfo partinfo; /* partition information */ - int freelist_size; /* number of entries alloced in free list */ - int freelist_entries; /* number of entries used in free list */ - struct drive_freelist { /* sorted list of free space on drive */ - u_int64_t offset; - long sectors; - } *freelist; -}; - -/*** Subdisk definitions ***/ - -struct sd { - enum sdstate state; /* state */ - /* offsets in blocks */ - int64_t driveoffset; /* offset on drive */ - int64_t plexoffset; /* offset in plex */ - u_int64_t sectors; /* and length in sectors */ - int plexno; /* index of plex, if it belongs */ - int driveno; /* index of the drive on which it is located */ - int sdno; /* our index in vinum_conf */ - int pid; /* pid of process which opened us */ - u_int64_t reads; /* number of reads on this subdisk */ - u_int64_t writes; /* number of writes on this subdisk */ - u_int64_t bytes_read; /* number of bytes read */ - u_int64_t bytes_written; /* number of bytes written */ - char name[MAXSDNAME]; /* name of subdisk */ -}; - -/*** Plex definitions ***/ - -/* kinds of plex organization */ -enum plexorg { - plex_disorg, /* disorganized */ - plex_concat, /* concatenated plex */ - plex_striped, /* striped plex */ - plex_raid5 /* RAID5 plex */ -}; - -/* Region in plex (either defective or unmapped) */ -struct plexregion { - u_int64_t offset; /* start of region */ - u_int64_t length; /* length */ -}; - -struct plex { - enum plexorg organization; /* Plex organization */ - enum plexstate state; /* and current state */ - u_int64_t length; /* total length of plex (max offset) */ - int flags; - int stripesize; /* size of stripe or raid band, in sectors */ - int subdisks; /* number of associated subdisks */ - int subdisks_allocated; /* number of subdisks allocated space for */ - int *sdnos; /* list of component subdisks */ - int plexno; /* index of plex in vinum_conf */ - int volno; /* index of volume */ - int volplexno; /* number of plex in volume */ - int pid; /* pid of process which opened us */ - /* Lock information */ - int locks; /* number of locks used */ - int alloclocks; /* number of locks allocated */ - struct rangelock *lock; /* ranges of locked addresses */ - /* Statistics */ - u_int64_t reads; /* number of reads on this plex */ - u_int64_t writes; /* number of writes on this plex */ - u_int64_t bytes_read; /* number of bytes read */ - u_int64_t bytes_written; /* number of bytes written */ - u_int64_t multiblock; /* requests that needed more than one block */ - u_int64_t multistripe; /* requests that needed more than one stripe */ - /* revive parameters */ - u_int64_t revived; /* block number of current revive request */ - int revive_blocksize; /* revive block size (bytes) */ - int revive_interval; /* and time to wait between transfers */ - struct request *waitlist; /* list of requests waiting on revive op */ - /* geometry control */ - int defective_regions; /* number of regions which are defective */ - int defective_region_count; /* number of entries in defective_region */ - struct plexregion *defective_region; /* list of offset/length pairs: defective sds */ - int unmapped_regions; /* number of regions which are missing */ - int unmapped_region_count; /* number of entries in unmapped_region */ - struct plexregion *unmapped_region; /* list of offset/length pairs: missing sds */ - char name[MAXPLEXNAME]; /* name of plex */ -}; - -/*** Volume definitions ***/ - - -struct volume { - enum volumestate state; /* current state */ - int plexes; /* number of plexes */ - int preferred_plex; /* plex to read from, -1 for round-robin */ - int last_plex_read; /* index of plex used for last read, - * for round-robin */ - dev_t devno; /* device number */ - int flags; /* status and configuration flags */ - int opencount; /* number of opens (all the same process) */ - int openflags; /* flags supplied to last open(2) */ - u_int64_t size; /* size of volume */ - int disk; /* disk index */ - int blocksize; /* logical block size */ - int active; /* number of outstanding requests active */ - int subops; /* and the number of suboperations */ - pid_t pid; /* pid of locker */ - /* Statistics */ - u_int64_t bytes_read; /* number of bytes read */ - u_int64_t bytes_written; /* number of bytes written */ - u_int64_t reads; /* number of reads on this volume */ - u_int64_t writes; /* number of writes on this volume */ - u_int64_t recovered_reads; /* reads recovered from another plex */ - /* Unlike subdisks in the plex, space for the plex pointers is static */ - int plex[MAXPLEX]; /* index of plexes */ - char name[MAXVOLNAME]; /* name of volume */ - struct disklabel label; /* for DIOCGPART */ -}; - -/* Table expansion. Expand table, which contains oldcount - * entries of type element, by increment entries, and change - * oldcount accordingly */ -#define EXPAND(table, element, oldcount, increment) \ -{ \ - expand_table ((void **) &table, \ - oldcount * sizeof (element), \ - (oldcount + increment) * sizeof (element) ); \ - oldcount += increment; \ - } - -/* Information on vinum's memory usage */ -struct meminfo { - int mallocs; /* number of malloced blocks */ - int total_malloced; /* total amount malloced */ - int highwater; /* maximum number of mallocs */ - struct mc *malloced; /* pointer to kernel table */ -}; - -struct mc { - int seq; - int size; - short line; - short flags; -#define ALLOC_KVA 1 /* allocated via kva calls */ - int *databuf; /* really vm_object_t */ - caddr_t address; - char file[16]; -}; - -/* These enums are used by the state transition - * routines. They're in bit map format: - * - * Bit 0: Other plexes in the volume are down - * Bit 1: Other plexes in the volume are up - * Bit 2: The current plex is up - * Maybe they should be local to - * state.c */ -enum volplexstate { - volplex_onlyusdown = 0, /* we're the only plex, and we're down */ - volplex_alldown, /* 1: another plex is down, and so are we */ - volplex_otherup, /* 2: another plex is up */ - volplex_otherupdown, /* other plexes are up and down */ - volplex_onlyus, /* 4: we're up and alone */ - volplex_onlyusup, /* only we are up, others are down */ - volplex_allup, /* all plexes are up */ - volplex_someup /* some plexes are up, including us */ -}; - -/* state map for plex */ -enum sdstates { - sd_emptystate = 1, - sd_downstate = 2, /* found an SD which is down */ - sd_crashedstate = 4, /* found an SD which is crashed */ - sd_obsoletestate = 8, /* found an SD which is obsolete */ - sd_stalestate = 16, /* found an SD which is stale */ - sd_rebornstate = 32, /* found an SD which is reborn */ - sd_upstate = 64, /* found an SD which is up */ - sd_initstate = 128, /* found an SD which is init */ - sd_otherstate = 256 /* found an SD in some other state */ -}; - -/* This is really just a parameter to pass to - * set__state, but since it needs to be known - * in the external definitions, we need to define - * it here */ -enum setstateflags { - setstate_none = 0, /* no flags */ - setstate_force = 1, /* force the state change */ - setstate_configuring = 2, /* we're currently configuring, don't save */ - setstate_recursing = 4, /* we're called from another setstate function */ - setstate_norecurse = 8, /* don't call other setstate functions */ - setstate_noupdate = 16 /* don't update config */ -}; - -#ifdef DEBUG -/* Debugging stuff */ -#define DEBUG_ADDRESSES 1 -#define DEBUG_NUMOUTPUT 2 -#define DEBUG_RESID 4 /* go into debugger in complete_rqe */ -#define DEBUG_LASTREQS 8 /* keep a circular buffer of last requests */ -#define DEBUG_REMOTEGDB 256 /* go into remote gdb */ -#endif -- cgit v1.1